Malaysian Billionaire’s Son Chooses Spiritual Fulfillment Over $5 Billion Fortune

In a remarkable story that mirrors themes of simplicity and spiritual fulfillment, Ven Ajahn Siripanyo, the only son of Malaysian billionaire Ananda Krishnan, made a life-changing decision to renounce his claim to a $5 billion family empire in favor of embracing a monastic lifestyle. Ananda Krishnan, a leading figure in Malaysia’s business world, controls a vast empire that includes interests in telecommunications, satellites, oil, real estate, and media.

Who is Ven Ajahn Siripanyo?

Born into a life of privilege, Ven Ajahn Siripanyo made an extraordinary decision at the age of 18 to leave behind his luxurious upbringing and become a Buddhist monk. His choice, though unconventional, aligns with his father’s strong Buddhist faith. A report by the South China Morning Post states, “Ajahn Siripanyo’s choice was entirely his own, and it is respected within the family.”

Interestingly, Siripanyo’s mother, Momwajarongse Suprinda Chakraban, is descended from the Thai royal family, giving him both noble and wealthy lineage. Despite the immense material wealth available to him, Siripanyo’s spiritual journey began when he took a temporary retreat in Thailand, which eventually evolved into a lifelong dedication to the monastic life.

The Life of a Forest Monk

For over 20 years, Ven Ajahn Siripanyo has lived as a forest monk, primarily residing at the Dtao Dum Monastery, located near the Thailand-Myanmar border. He embraced the Buddhist principles of renouncing material possessions and living simply, relying on the kindness and generosity of others to meet his basic needs. His decision reflects the core Buddhist teachings of detachment and mindfulness.

While Siripanyo has committed himself to monastic life, he occasionally reconnects with his family, particularly his father. These brief visits are aligned with Buddhist teachings that emphasize the importance of family ties and maintaining relationships within the family while upholding spiritual values. His visits allow him to balance the monastic ideals with familial duties without forsaking his deeper spiritual commitment.

Embracing Global Perspectives

Raised in London alongside his two sisters, Siripanyo was exposed to diverse cultures and experiences. He completed his education in the UK, where he became fluent in at least eight languages. This broad cultural exposure significantly influenced his worldview, allowing him to integrate a deeper understanding of Buddhist teachings into his life and practice.

Ajahn Siripanyo’s path mirrors that of Julian Mantle, the fictional lawyer from the book The Monk Who Sold His Ferrari, a story about a successful lawyer who seeks spiritual enlightenment after abandoning his career. However, Siripanyo’s journey is unique because it is a rare, real-life instance of someone from such a wealthy and privileged background choosing a life of spiritual service and simplicity over material wealth.

A Unique Spiritual Journey

While many individuals born into wealth may find it difficult to abandon such luxuries, Ven Ajahn Siripanyo has chosen a different path, one that prioritizes spiritual enlightenment over the comforts of affluence. This decision to pursue a life dedicated to Buddhism is not simply a fleeting desire but a deep commitment to understanding the true meaning of life, transcending the pursuit of material success. The contrast between his upbringing and the life he now leads is a striking example of the personal sacrifices made in the quest for spiritual fulfillment.

The story of Ajahn Siripanyo also raises questions about the role of family expectations versus individual aspirations. His father, a business mogul with an expansive empire, likely had aspirations for his son to inherit and continue the family legacy. Yet, Ajahn Siripanyo’s personal decision to embrace Buddhism, which he describes as his calling, highlights the freedom to pursue one’s true path despite the external pressures of wealth and legacy.

Ven Ajahn Siripanyo’s renunciation of materialism is a testament to the profound influence of Buddhism in shaping an individual’s values and worldview. His decision demonstrates the potential for profound personal transformation, even for someone born into extreme wealth, and highlights the enduring power of spiritual practice.

In a world where materialism often dictates life choices, Ajahn Siripanyo’s journey serves as an inspiration for others seeking meaning beyond material wealth. His choice to become a forest monk has made him a living example of the Buddhist ideals of non-attachment, simplicity, and spiritual dedication.

Though his life as a monk is marked by simplicity and self-discipline, it also includes moments of connection with his family, which reflect the values of compassion and respect for one’s roots. This balance between his monastic life and his family ties shows that it is possible to live a life of spiritual fulfillment without completely severing connections to one’s past.

In conclusion, Ven Ajahn Siripanyo’s story stands out as an inspiring example of how spiritual fulfillment can be prioritized over wealth and worldly success. His choice to leave behind a life of luxury and embrace monastic life speaks to the power of Buddhism’s teachings, demonstrating that true wealth lies in spiritual growth and inner peace, not material possessions. His journey is a rare, real-life manifestation of the kind of transformation that many only dream of, and his life continues to serve as an example of the possibilities that open up when one chooses the path of simplicity and spiritual service.

Adultery Decriminalized in New York with Repeal of Century-Old Law

Adultery is no longer a criminal offense in New York following Governor Kathy Hochul’s decision on Friday to repeal a law dating back to 1907.

The repealed statute in New York’s penal code stated, “A person is guilty of adultery when he engages in sexual intercourse with another person at a time when he has a living spouse, or the other person has a living spouse.” Previously classified as a Class B misdemeanor, this law could result in a jail sentence of up to three months.

The New York State Senate referred to the law as “outdated” in its rationale for removal. Assemblyman Charles Lavine, who authored the bill to repeal the law, highlighted its limited enforcement over the decades. According to Lavine, there were 13 recorded arrests and charges under this law, with five resulting in convictions. However, he acknowledged that these figures might not fully capture the scope of the law’s application, as some court records are not readily accessible.

The most recent known case involving this statute occurred in 2010 but was ultimately dismissed, underscoring the law’s diminishing relevance and application in modern times.

By signing the repeal, Governor Hochul has brought New York’s legal framework in line with contemporary views on personal relationships and privacy, marking the end of a statute that persisted for more than a century.

5 Parenting Habits That May Be Holding You Back from Building a Strong Bond with Your Kids

As parents, we dream of maintaining a close and trusting relationship with our children well into their adult years. However, some parenting habits, despite being well-intentioned, might inadvertently hinder the deep connection we aim to build.

Here are five common behaviors that may be creating distance between you and your kids—and how to change them for a lasting, meaningful bond.

1) Acting as a Dictator Instead of a Guide

When children are young, parents naturally assume the role of decision-makers and protectors. This approach ensures their safety and well-being during their formative years. However, as children grow, holding on to this “dictator” mindset can backfire.

Teens and young adults need space to develop their judgment and learn from their mistakes. Maintaining rigid control often leads to frustration and resentment, making it harder for children to open up or feel understood.

Transition to being a guide: share advice, set boundaries when necessary, but give them room to make decisions. This shift nurtures mutual respect, fosters independence, and builds trust—key ingredients for a strong parent-child relationship.

2) Being Overly Critical

It’s easy to view our children’s actions as a reflection of our own parenting, which can lead to being excessively critical. However, constant criticism can harm their self-esteem and create emotional distance.

Dr. Jeffrey Bernstein, a parenting psychologist, emphasizes that frequent criticism can cause children to feel “inadequate and unvalued.” Instead of focusing on their shortcomings, acknowledge their efforts and growth. Celebrate their individuality and provide guidance with empathy.

By supporting rather than judging, you cultivate a bond rooted in understanding and encouragement.

3) Pretending to Be All-Knowing

Parents often feel pressure to appear infallible to maintain authority. While this may provide young children with a sense of security, it can alienate older kids. Teens are quick to recognize that no one has all the answers and appreciate authenticity over perfection.

Dr. Brené Brown, a researcher on vulnerability, explains, “Vulnerability is the birthplace of love, belonging, joy, courage, empathy, and creativity.” Acknowledge when you don’t know something, and invite your children to figure it out together.

This openness fosters humility, trust, and a willingness to learn, making your child more likely to approach you during times of uncertainty.

4) Avoiding Tough Conversations

It’s tempting to shield children from difficult or uncomfortable topics, whether it’s about relationships, mental health, or past mistakes. However, avoiding these discussions can make them feel isolated or unsure of where to turn when facing their struggles.

Creating a safe, nonjudgmental space for open dialogue signals to your child that no topic is off-limits. These conversations, while challenging, are opportunities to build trust and demonstrate your unwavering support.

Even if the discussion isn’t perfect, your willingness to engage openly strengthens your bond.

5) Refusing to Admit When You’re Wrong

No parent is perfect, and mistakes are inevitable. Refusing to acknowledge these missteps can damage your credibility and hinder trust.

Admitting when you’re wrong and apologizing teaches your children humility and accountability. It shows them that making mistakes is part of life and that owning up to them is a sign of strength.

By modeling this behavior, you reinforce values of honesty and responsibility while strengthening the foundation of respect in your relationship.

Final Reflection: Parenting Is a Two-Way Journey

Building a meaningful bond with your children doesn’t require perfection—it requires presence, understanding, and authenticity. By letting go of habits that unintentionally create barriers, you pave the way for a relationship built on trust, respect, and connection.

Here’s to fostering a deeper, lasting bond with your kids as they grow!

Rethinking Communication: Turning Battlegrounds Into Bridges in Relationships

As a relationship therapist, I’ve often heard couples lament, “We just can’t communicate.” Yet, deeper examination reveals it’s usually not a lack of communication but how they communicate that creates tension. Miscommunication often turns into a destructive cycle, fostering emotional distance and disconnection.

Take Jamie and Liz as an example. Jamie tended to bottle up frustrations until they became unmanageable. This often led to emotionally charged “We need to talk” moments where they unloaded grievances all at once. Liz, feeling ambushed, would react defensively and withdraw, leaving both partners feeling unheard and resentful. This cycle embodies what I term the “3-D Effect”—emotional Distance, constant Distraction, and a growing sense of Disconnection—a theme I explore in my book, Why Can’t You Read My Mind?

This dynamic is all too common. Whether you’re the partner who bottles up feelings or the one who reacts defensively, these patterns can strain even the strongest relationships. But the good news is that small, deliberate changes can transform conversations from hostile exchanges to meaningful connections.

Why “We Need to Talk” Backfires

The phrase “We need to talk” sets the stage for tension before the conversation even begins. It implies blame, often making the other person defensive before a word is exchanged.

Consider Marcus and Ellie, another couple. Marcus was frustrated with Ellie’s frequent phone use during dinner. Instead of calmly addressing his feelings, Marcus blurted out, “You’re always on that thing! Don’t you care about us?” Ellie, feeling attacked, retorted, “I’m busy with work—why don’t you get off my back?” Neither felt understood, and the issue remained unresolved.

This cycle of blame and defensiveness is common, but shifting how we approach such conversations can break the pattern and foster understanding.

Three Steps to Improve Communication

  1. Begin with Connection, Not Criticism

Instead of starting with a complaint, open with empathy or a positive statement. For instance, Marcus could have said, “I love spending dinner time with you and feel disconnected when phones are out. Could we agree to keep them away during meals?”

Why it works: Starting on a positive note sets a collaborative tone. It signals that the goal is connection, not conflict, making the conversation less confrontational.

  1. Own Your Feelings Without Blaming

Using “I” statements can help express emotions without making the other person feel attacked. For example, Jamie could have said, “I feel overwhelmed when I don’t share my feelings earlier. Can we make time to talk before things build up?”

Why it works: When you take ownership of your emotions, it reduces the likelihood of defensiveness from your partner. This keeps the conversation focused on resolving the issue rather than assigning blame.

  1. Invite Solutions Instead of Dictating Them

Rather than pointing out the problem, shift toward brainstorming solutions together. Ellie could have responded to Marcus by saying, “I didn’t realize how important this was to you. Maybe we can have a no-phone rule for dinners?”

Why it works: Collaborative problem-solving fosters teamwork and mutual understanding, strengthening the relationship.

Practical Tips for Healthier Conversations

Choose the Right Time: Timing is critical. Avoid addressing sensitive topics when emotions are running high or distractions are present. A calm, private setting can help ensure the conversation is productive.

Practice Active Listening: Reflect on what your partner says to show you’re genuinely engaged. For example, Marcus could have responded, “So, you feel unheard when I check my phone at dinner. Is that right?” This simple act of listening can diffuse tension and foster connection.

Focus on the Future: Avoid rehashing past mistakes. Instead, direct the conversation toward solutions and moving forward together.

Changing the Script

If “We need to talk” has become a dreaded phrase in your relationship, it’s time to replace it with something more inviting. For example, saying, “Can we talk about something on my mind? I want us to feel closer,” shifts the tone and sets the stage for a more positive exchange.

Couples like Jamie and Liz or Marcus and Ellie don’t succeed because they avoid disagreements but because they learn to handle conflicts with respect, creativity, and care.

“Relationships flourish not when we avoid hard conversations but when we handle them with courage, kindness, and a willingness to truly hear each other.”

Next time you need to address a sensitive topic, rethink your approach. It’s not about avoiding tough conversations but about handling them with intentionality and compassion. A willingness to listen and connect can transform your relationship into one that thrives.

Life’s Journey: Finding Strength in Adversity

Life is a tapestry of highs and lows, a mixture of joyous celebrations and inevitable hardships. Along the way, people often encounter challenges that test their resolve, leading to one of life’s most perplexing questions: “Why do bad things happen to good people?” Yet, the reality is that adversity does not discriminate—difficulties arise in every life. While the reasons behind these struggles often remain elusive, they are an intrinsic part of the human experience.

The Certainty of Hard Times

From sudden illnesses and broken relationships to career setbacks, life’s trials can leave individuals feeling shaken and bewildered. In these moments, it’s common to seek explanations or assign blame, often turning inward with questions like, “What did I do to deserve this?”

While self-reflection and accountability are valuable, they do not always yield satisfying answers. As much as people strive to rationalize their pain, some experiences defy explanation. “Sometimes, there simply are no easy answers,” the article reminds us. Instead of dwelling on the “why,” a more productive approach is to accept that pain is an inevitable part of life.

Adopting a Growth-Oriented Perspective

One way to face adversity is by shifting focus from lamenting the situation to exploring the lessons it offers. A growth mindset enables individuals to reframe challenges as opportunities for self-improvement. Rather than succumbing to despair and asking, “Why me?”, one might instead consider, “What can I learn from this?”

A growth mindset transforms obstacles into stepping stones, fostering resilience and strength. Each hardship presents an opportunity to grow, equipping people with the tools to face future challenges. This approach instills a sense of purpose and optimism, helping individuals persevere even during their darkest hours.

Taking Control Amid Uncertainty

A crucial aspect of navigating life’s struggles lies in recognizing the difference between what can and cannot be controlled. Although external events often remain beyond one’s influence, personal reactions to those events are always within reach.

Consider the scenario of losing a job—a distressing and often unexpected occurrence. While the decision to downsize is out of an employee’s hands, their response can shape the outcome. They can either dwell on the loss or use it as an opportunity to reevaluate their goals, acquire new skills, and explore different career paths. The article underscores, “By focusing on our internal reactions and making conscious choices about how we respond to challenges, we empower ourselves to take charge of our own happiness.”

Building Resilience to Rebound

Resilience, the ability to recover from setbacks and adapt to change, is a cornerstone of personal growth. Those who cultivate resilience discover an inner strength that helps them face adversity with courage and determination.

Resilience is not about avoiding difficulties but learning to navigate them effectively. It involves believing in one’s capacity to overcome obstacles and focusing on small, actionable steps. Progress may be slow, but each step forward reinforces the idea that setbacks are temporary and surmountable.

The Role of Emotional Intelligence

Emotional intelligence plays a pivotal role in managing life’s challenges. It encompasses the ability to recognize, understand, and regulate emotions—both one’s own and those of others. Mastering emotional intelligence enables individuals to respond to difficulties constructively rather than react impulsively.

Empathy and compassion are key components of emotional intelligence. Understanding that everyone endures hardships fosters a sense of shared humanity. By extending kindness to oneself and others, individuals create a supportive environment conducive to healing and growth.

Seeking Support: A Vital Step Forward

No one is immune to life’s difficulties, and seeking help is not a sign of weakness but of strength. Talking to trusted friends, family members, or professional counselors can provide valuable insights and a sense of relief. As the article emphasizes, “It takes courage to reach out to others, but it can make a significant difference in your ability to cope with challenges and move forward.”

Sharing burdens not only lightens the load but also opens the door to new perspectives and potential solutions. Support systems play an essential role in helping individuals navigate tough times.

Creating a Meaningful Life

Despite its ups and downs, life offers countless opportunities to find beauty and fulfillment. By adopting a growth mindset, focusing on controllable factors, building resilience, honing emotional intelligence, and seeking support when needed, individuals can rise above adversity and forge a meaningful path forward.

“Remember, don’t give up,” the article concludes. Even in moments of despair, hope persists, and solutions exist. With determination and a positive outlook, no obstacle is insurmountable. Life’s challenges, though daunting, ultimately shape individuals into stronger, more compassionate versions of themselves.

John and Julie Gottman on Strengthening Relationships Through Conflict and Understanding

John and Julie Gottman, renowned for their groundbreaking work in couple’s psychology, have spent decades studying how conflict shapes relationships. Their research offers invaluable insights into how couples can not only survive disagreements but use them to strengthen their bond. Through their work, they’ve created strategies and laws for relationships that are built on the foundation of understanding, empathy, and communication.

John and Julie Gottman have been married for over 35 years, and their partnership has proven instrumental in their research into why some couples thrive, while others fall apart. Their journey began in 1986 when John, alongside a colleague, established a laboratory at the University of Washington to study couples. Soon after, Julie joined the team, and together they named their project the “Love Lab.” The Gottmans wanted to answer a fundamental question: Could they predict the future of relationships?

“We wanted to see whether we could predict the future of relationships,” John Gottman says, explaining the origin of their research.

Their methodology was unique. Couples were invited into the lab, where they would sit across from each other and discuss unresolved issues. These conversations were not only recorded but also monitored for physiological reactions, such as heart rate, blood velocity, and skin conductance. Through these readings, they could assess how stress and emotional reactions were influencing the conversation.

“Couples would come into the lab, sit down, typically facing one another, and we would ask them to think about a problem that they hadn’t solved yet that they wanted to talk about,” Julie Gottman recalls. The couple’s body language, tone of voice, and facial expressions were all analyzed to gain a deeper understanding of how conflict affected their relationship dynamics.

John Gottman elaborates on the physiological monitoring: “We measured things like skin conductance, sweating from the palms of the hands, respiration, and a variety of other signals, and they were synchronized to the video time code.” By meticulously analyzing these metrics, the Gottmans discovered patterns in how couples reacted to stress and disagreement.

The Gottmans’ research demonstrated that when individuals became upset during a conversation, their physiological responses—such as an elevated heart rate (typically over 100 beats per minute) and shallow breathing—indicated a state of emotional flooding. In these instances, they found that the ability to listen and engage in productive problem-solving decreased dramatically.

“What we discovered from the physiological research is that people who stonewalled tended to be what we call flooded, which actually means in fight or flight,” Julie Gottman explains. This emotional flooding, John Gottman adds, triggers the release of stress hormones like cortisol and adrenaline, impairing one’s ability to process information. “When you’re flooded, you really feel like you’re in danger of dying. You feel so threatened by your partner that you start to really secrete these stress hormones,” he says. The result is often a breakdown in communication, with partners repeating themselves and becoming increasingly frustrated.

The Gottmans discovered that the key to navigating conflict was not avoiding it, but managing it effectively. Their research led to the identification of what they call the “Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse”—four behaviors that, if present during an argument, significantly increase the likelihood of relationship dissolution. These are criticism, contempt, defensiveness, and stonewalling.

Julie Gottman explains the first horseman: “The first one was criticism—blaming a problem on a personality flaw of your partner. For example, ‘Oh, my God, this place is such a mess. Why are you such a slob?’” The second horseman, contempt, is even more damaging, as it involves superiority, sarcasm, and scorn. “Contempt is like criticism, but it has a dash of superiority,” John Gottman adds. Defensiveness, the third horseman, is when one partner adopts a victim mentality, refusing to take responsibility or listen to the other person’s perspective. “That’s the most common one,” Julie Gottman says. Finally, stonewalling occurs when one partner shuts down completely, refusing to engage with the other.

To combat these destructive behaviors, the Gottmans emphasize the importance of taking breaks during heated conversations. “As soon as you recognize there’s flooding in the room, you say, ‘I think we need to take a break,’” Julie Gottman advises. This allows both partners time to calm down and return to the conversation with a clearer mind. “On the break, you distract yourself by reading, by listening to music, maybe watching TV. So your body has a chance to calm down,” she suggests. When both partners reconvene, they often approach the issue with a renewed sense of understanding.

The Gottmans’ latest book, Fight Right: How Successful Couples Turn Conflict Into Connection, outlines strategies for managing conflict in a way that builds rather than undermines the relationship. One of the exercises they discuss is the “dream-within-conflict” technique, which helps couples understand the underlying dreams and values driving their disagreements.

Julie Gottman gives an example from their work with couples: “We had a woman who was adamantly opposed to getting a dog, but her partner was all for it. They decided to try the dreams-within-conflict conversation.” This exercise helps partners move beyond their positions and explore the deeper emotional needs behind them. When one partner explained that not having a dog meant they could travel freely, the other partner revealed that they saw having a dog as a practice run for raising a family. This deeper understanding allowed them to find common ground.

“Beneath the surface, it was about leading a life of adventure and travel versus staying home and raising a family,” John Gottman notes.

However, not all conflicts can be resolved through understanding. The Gottmans acknowledge that some issues may be deal-breakers, where no amount of compromise or understanding can bridge the gap. John Gottman points out that certain life dreams, such as whether or not to have children or where to live, can be incompatible, leading to a breakup.

“Sometimes one person’s dream is the other person’s nightmare, and they cannot reach a compromise, but at least they know why they’re breaking up,” he explains.

Julie Gottman adds, “Another one that I’ve seen is geography. I treated a couple where one partner lived in Uganda and the other in Switzerland. They loved each other but couldn’t make their future come true.”

Despite these challenges, the Gottmans believe that fighting right can lead to a stronger, longer-lasting relationship. John Gottman concludes, “The payoff is that we can have a lifelong love. Research has shown that when you can do that, you actually live an average of 15 to 17 years longer. You’re healthier, and your kids turn out better.”

Julie Gottman reflects on the deeper nature of love that can emerge when couples work through their conflicts. “What I’ve seen in doing couples therapy for 30 years now is a different kind of love. It’s much more profound,” she says. “Once you’ve seen one person in their fullness, including the cracks, you tend to be more forgiving, I think, of other people.”

The Gottmans’ research and methods offer a path for couples not just to survive conflict but to use it as a foundation for growth, understanding, and connection.

Expert Debra Whitman on Embracing Aging: Keys to a Happier and Healthier Future

As she approached her 50th birthday, Debra Whitman, a specialist on aging, found herself pondering questions about the future. Despite her extensive work in public policy, she couldn’t locate a comprehensive guide for navigating life beyond midlife, similar to guides that prepare people for parenthood. “There was really nothing out there about this second half of life,” said Whitman, now 54 and an executive at AARP as well as a former staff director for the US Senate Special Committee on Aging.

Despite significant advancements in life expectancy, with the population of centenarians in the United States projected to quadruple over the next 30 years, Whitman noted a lack of resources for those wanting to live purposefully into older age. Motivated by this gap, she decided to author The Second Fifty: Answers to the 7 Big Questions of Midlife and Beyond, aiming to shed light on aging’s unique challenges and opportunities.

In an interview just shy of her own 50th birthday, a CNN journalist spoke with Whitman about practical steps for a healthier, more contented second half of life.

When Do Adults Experience Peak Happiness?

Addressing common questions about happiness, Whitman revealed that contentment tends to increase with age. “Personal happiness increases with age,” she said, referencing an AARP survey that found people are generally less happy in their 40s and 50s, but levels of happiness rise dramatically by their 70s. Whitman shared, “By the time we’re in our 70s, that’s when we are happiest. We found that 91% of people over age 70 are happy.” Even among those aged 50 and above, 90% remain optimistic about their future, suggesting that life satisfaction improves with maturity.

Whitman attributes this to greater appreciation for life, improved emotional control, and a positive outlook, even as health issues may become more common. Many older adults, even into their 80s and 90s, still view themselves as healthy despite physical limitations.

Addressing Cognitive Decline

One of the most prominent concerns about aging is the fear of cognitive decline. Whitman noted that “about half of Americans think they’re going to get dementia,” yet only 15% of people, even those in their 70s, experience mild cognitive impairment. She explained that the notion of inevitable memory loss is a misconception.

For those wanting to reduce the risk of dementia, Whitman suggests five essential habits: regular exercise, a balanced diet, maintaining a healthy weight, avoiding smoking, and limiting alcohol intake. Following even one of these habits can extend life expectancy by two years, while practicing all five can add 14 years for women and 12 for men. “Those healthy habits also help our brain health, too,” Whitman said, adding that just a few of these lifestyle changes could reduce dementia risk by up to a third.

Learning From Other Cultures

Whitman’s research also led her to study aging in different cultures. While many countries face similar demographic shifts, she observed that some, like Singapore, proactively address aging by fostering a lifelong culture of learning and engagement. Singapore’s Silver Academies, designed to keep older adults mentally sharp, offer both educational and job-training programs, encouraging active aging.

In New Zealand, Whitman encountered the Kiwi Coffin Club, an initiative sparked by Maori elder Katie Williams. When Williams suggested a class on coffin decoration, she realized that many shared her interest. The club now serves as both a social and support group, where members decorate coffins with personal symbols, from favorite hikes to beloved themes like Elvis. The club even provides coffins for low-income families and customizes coffins for young children. Whitman found it inspiring to see older adults connecting over meaningful projects and giving back to their communities, illustrating a unique approach to both life and death.

The Importance of Community in Aging

Whitman emphasized that having strong social connections is crucial for healthy aging. “Being socially isolated is the equivalent of smoking 15 cigarettes a day,” she explained, adding that isolation can reduce life expectancy by as much as 15 years. Citing Dr. Robert Waldinger, leader of the long-running Harvard Study of Adult Development, Whitman shared that adults who enjoy fulfilling relationships and robust community ties tend to be healthier well into their 80s.

Cultivating a Positive Mindset on Aging

Whitman believes that mindset plays an essential role in the aging process. “If you think that aging is a positive time of life…you live seven and a half years longer,” she said. A positive perspective not only promotes longevity but also reduces risks for strokes, heart attacks, and even dementia. Whitman noted that a constructive outlook on aging can enhance physical and mental health by fostering a sense of purpose and resilience.

Challenging Misconceptions About Advance Directives

Discussing end-of-life preferences, Whitman explained how she had originally planned to advise people to set advance medical directives. However, Dr. Diane Meier, a pioneer in palliative care, offered a different view. Meier pointed out that advance directives might not always reflect a person’s current wishes and can sometimes be limiting. During the COVID-19 pandemic, many individuals chose not to go on ventilators, not realizing they could recover and be removed from ventilators once they improved. Meier advocates for designating a trusted individual to make medical decisions on one’s behalf rather than rigidly outlining preferences in advance.

Whitman now encourages open, ongoing conversations with loved ones to ensure that decisions align with one’s evolving needs and values. She highlighted that as people age, their views on end-of-life care often shift, so these conversations should continue throughout life to accommodate changes.

Preparing for Life’s Physical and Financial Realities

The journey through later life brings various practical needs, from vision and dental care to long-term health services. Whitman pointed out that these needs can be both anticipated and managed with appropriate planning. “There are a lot of holes that we can fall into across our second 50 years,” she said, stressing that preparation can significantly ease the aging experience. Acknowledging the needs of an aging population at a national level is also essential to support the wellbeing of older citizens, Whitman argued.

Making Time for Connection and Gratitude

Reflecting on her own life, Whitman shared that writing her book inspired her to prioritize relationships. With her children now in college, she focuses on maintaining close ties with family and friends. “I think carrying a sense of gratitude through my life as well is really important,” she said, highlighting that nurturing personal bonds and values plays a vital role in ensuring a fulfilling “second 50.”

Whitman’s advice underscores a proactive approach to aging: adopting healthy habits, fostering social connections, cultivating positivity, and preparing for future needs. She believes that both individuals and society must take steps to address aging, ensuring that everyone can enjoy a longer, healthier, and more satisfying life. Through her work, Whitman hopes to guide others in embracing the opportunities that come with growing older.

Nine Daily Habits to Look Younger in 60 Days

The search for youthfulness is timeless, yet it’s less about finding a magical elixir and more about adopting a few transformative habits. Implementing these habits daily can make you look and feel younger within just two months. The goal isn’t to hide age but to embrace it with grace, confidence, and health.

This approach doesn’t involve drastic changes or pricey treatments. Rather, these simple, everyday actions can brighten your appearance and improve your overall confidence.

Here are nine habits that can make a noticeable difference in your appearance, giving you a vibrant glow within 60 days.

  1. Hydrate Continuously

Drinking water seems basic, but it’s a powerful step toward youthful skin. Many overlook the importance of hydration, yet it helps maintain skin’s plumpness, smooths wrinkles, and supports a natural glow. Staying hydrated also helps detoxify the body, which is essential for a refreshed appearance.

Think about it—when dehydrated, skin becomes dull, dark circles form, and wrinkles become more pronounced. Make it a habit to drink at least eight glasses of water a day. Though it might seem like a lot initially, it will soon feel natural, and you’ll wonder how you ever managed without it.

  1. Wear Sunscreen Daily

Sunscreen isn’t just for beach days; it’s essential year-round. Many, like the author, regret not adopting this habit earlier. “I thought sunscreen was only necessary when heading to the beach or spending a significant amount of time directly in the sun. Boy, was I wrong.” UV rays can damage the skin anytime they reach us, even through clouds or cool temperatures, causing wrinkles, dark spots, and other signs of aging.

Now, sunscreen is as essential as brushing teeth every morning, applied rain or shine. Using a moisturizer with SPF 30 or more has made a noticeable difference, leading to an even skin tone, improved texture, and fewer fine lines around the eyes and mouth.

  1. Get Sufficient Sleep

Adequate sleep is fundamental for youthfulness, as it’s not just a recharge for the body but also for the skin. During sleep, the body repairs daily damage and gets ready for the next day. Chronic sleep deprivation, however, accelerates aging, leading to dull skin, dark circles, and fine lines.

While asleep, collagen production increases significantly, which is crucial for skin elasticity. When well-rested, the skin looks brighter, healthier, and rejuvenated.

  1. Exercise Regularly

Exercise benefits the body and mind, but it also contributes to radiant, youthful skin. Physical activity boosts blood flow to the skin, bringing in oxygen and nutrients that are key to skin health. It also promotes collagen production, resulting in firmer, younger-looking skin.

Sweating during exercise helps flush out toxins from the body, preventing clogged pores and skin issues. Any exercise—from brisk walks and yoga sessions to intense high-intensity workouts—can be beneficial for the skin.

  1. Eat a Colorful Diet

Diet plays a significant role in skin health. Consuming excessive processed foods, sugars, and unhealthy fats can cause breakouts, dullness, and speed up the aging process. On the other hand, a diet rich in fruits and vegetables, packed with antioxidants, can have the opposite effect.

For instance, red bell peppers are rich in anti-aging antioxidants, while papaya is loaded with vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants that improve skin elasticity and reduce fine lines. Aim to “eat the rainbow” by including various colorful fruits and vegetables in daily meals, which will not only make you look younger but also improve overall health.

  1. Practice Mindfulness

Stress affects more than just the mind; it also has a visible impact on the skin. When stressed, the body releases cortisol, which can cause acne, wrinkles, and skin conditions like rosacea. Practicing mindfulness can be a powerful way to mitigate these effects.

Yoga, meditation, or simply deep breathing can reduce stress, fostering a youthful appearance. “Beauty truly does come from within,” notes the author. Taking care of the inner self allows the outer self to reflect that well-being.

  1. Quit Smoking

The author recounts their experience with smoking and its toll on the skin: “I used to be a smoker, and I can tell you firsthand about the damage it does to your skin.” Smoking restricts blood flow to the skin, depriving it of oxygen and nutrients. Additionally, the chemicals in tobacco harm collagen and elastin, essential proteins for firm and elastic skin.

After quitting, the author noticed improved skin health, a brighter complexion, and fewer lines around the mouth. This visible transformation demonstrates the skin’s capacity to heal when spared the damage caused by smoking.

  1. Drink Alcohol in Moderation

Alcohol has a dehydrating effect that leaves skin looking dry and dull. It also triggers inflammation, which can cause skin sagging and wrinkles over time. While occasional drinks are fine, reducing alcohol intake is better for the skin’s appearance.

Consider substituting a nightly drink with a hydrating herbal tea a few times a week. This switch not only aids hydration but also improves sleep quality, which benefits skin health overall.

  1. Appreciate and Care for Your Skin

Finally, one of the most important aspects of youthful skin is self-love. The author emphasizes the need to treat skin gently, nourishing it and embracing its unique qualities. Lines and wrinkles reflect a life lived fully, and they can be worn proudly while still caring for the skin.

Beauty emanates from within, and self-love amplifies this beyond physical appearance. True beauty lies in acceptance and mindful care, which shine through to the outside.

Balancing Act for Overall Well-Being

Each of these habits contributes to a balanced lifestyle that enhances not only appearance but also overall well-being. “The beautiful thing about these habits is that they all feed into one another,” the author observes. A good night’s sleep can reduce stress, a balanced diet complements exercise, and all of these promote healthier, more youthful-looking skin.

Consistency is the key to transforming these habits into a routine that naturally yields lasting results. Just as true beauty comes from within, so does the resilience and radiance achieved through daily dedication to self-care.

7 November, 2024: Just Another Man of the Mountains

set in Zeni, the Republic of Abkhazia

Father takes a break from pouring water into his mother’s mouth to look up and notice that he is not just at home, but also at the bottom of the mountains, and all around him is the beauty of Svaneti. He sees this view from the window every day, but for the first time in his life, he is astounded by the tint of the sky and the shape of the mountains. It is like the mountains are curling around him and his home. They are inverted white-powdered cones stacked together under an infinite swathe of blue. The day is just beginning. And unlike when Father was working, the mountains are no longer a nuisance for Father to drive around on the way to the hospital in the bigger town of Gali.

They are his surroundings, they are a part of his world, they are the source of his air and water.

Father sips some coffee, slowly savouring the bitter taste. The beauty of being retired is that the day is no longer a back and forth between hospital and home, a rush from one duty to another. There is time for introspection. There is time to remember who he is beyond the work he does. And there is time to consider the value of his wife, the state of his mother, the taste of food, and the beauty of nature.

His mother was once a beautiful mountain girl. Father remembers how she’d make matsoni out of milk in the early hours of the day. He remembers the barely built-up cottage he grew up in, how the sheep and goat would come harass them from outside the windows of their home, how cold he felt cuddling in his wool blankets in the winter. There was no heating in that house, and Zeni is in the lowlands unlike Chegali, but otherwise things are more or less the same.

He hasn’t visited the hospital or the town of Gali for a good forty days. He thought he’d still be visiting often after he retired for the check-ups that his mother, the Andu of family Gogia, would require.

But Andu Gogia has been doing better in the last month. Instead of making a pained or frustrated face at the wall, she smiles whenever Father walks into the room, her eyes lighting up. She doesn’t sit in her wheelchair silently and wait for the day to pass. She’s gone back to attempting communication, though her mind has forgotten how to construct the words. She blathers incoherent syllables and sounds, but the point is that it feels like a conversation.

Feeding her is still incredibly difficult. The hole in her throat has long been patched up and the feeding tube is no more, but Andu Gogia still gargles when she is supposed to be swallowing the food from Father’s spoon. Even when she drinks water she coughs longly and loudly after every sip. Many people are dying of old age in Abkhazia. Father was used to these sorts of sounds when it came from his patients. He always felt removed from them. Their problems were things to be solved like mathematical puzzles, and their deaths the results when he failed at his task or when he couldn’t do more. He never thought health problems could concern him at a spiritual level until he treated his mother. He is worried about her impending death, and admittedly this makes him feel more human.

Father feels the coffee stains on the top of his lips. He really smells them, he really tastes them.

This is what it means to be human.

The breakfast ends. Father cleans the pastry pieces that have fallen onto the floor while his mother’s coughing slows down. When she calms down, Father asks her:

« An, do you know what time it is? Do you know what we are doing? »

« Da da da… »

Andu Gogia’s eyes light up.

It is time for them to go for their walk, which is really a euphemism for what they will be doing. It is mostly Father pushing his mother in her wheelchair up and down the pothole-ridden road, passing by the cottages on both sides for several rounds, and then returning home. Had Father been told a few years ago that he would have gone from a successful and accomplished doctor to a person who pushes a wheelchair once every few hours, he would have had a panic attack. How dare he be insulted, how dare he be taken down, how dare he be told he’d be doing anything other than the important work of a doctor attempting the Hippocratic oath.

Now he sees this walk as his favourite part of the day, and he can’t believe that he spent so many years of his life without doing so.

« Come, An. We are going for our walk. Can you say walk? »

« Wa, wa, wam » Andu Gogia murmurs excitedly. « Wa ya tu, tu ra gu. »

« Yes, An, good. I am happy, too. »

They head out. The temperature is cold, but nothing compared to winter. Andu Gogia shivers with a frightened look, but as she notices the cottages on both sides and the backdrop of the mountains, her body relaxes. She lets her body be one with the wheelchair. She is ready for the ride.

Right on the steps of one of the cottages are two girls. One looks like a teenager and the other is on the cusp of her teenage years. They are both smoking cigarettes and gossiping. They usually ignore Father, but as he has become a common fixture of the street for the last month, they smile and wave and sometimes shout, « How are you, Andu? » to his mother as they pass.

Today, they say nothing. The younger girl looks worried. Father is tempted to stop and ask if something is wrong, but he knows he ought to mind his business, and it is a few degrees above the freezing point. If they pause, his mother will get cold.

The road is frozen and hard. Over many weeks of practice, Father has learned how to manage with the potholes. Still, one of the neighbours, a guy who loves to sit idly in his truck, makes the same comments whenever they come around.

« You should be careful on this road. If the wheelchair trips over, she will fall. »

« I know. »

« And then if she breaks something, what will you do? »

« I am a doctor. I will take her to the hospital. »

The man nods, as if he is satistfied, despite him saying the same thing the next day and Father responding in the exact same way.

Sometimes a smile breaks on his face, and he asks something random. Today, he feels like talking about his family.

« My daughter told me last night that she is immigrating to Russia. »

« That is good. She will make good money there. »

« I think she is going because she has found a boyfriend. She is talking to some boy online from Chechnya. I saw it in the browsing records from her computer. I do not want her to be with one of those Chechens. I see how they treat women. I know what they will do to her. »

Father smiles half-heartedly. The truth, as he has seen, is that it often backfires to meddle in the affairs of one’s children. His son was living life as a homosexual far away from them. Because Father had told him to stop, he stopped talking to them altogether. Over the last year, at least he was returning their calls or calling himself on special occasions like birthdays or to check up on his grandmother. But regardless Father knows things would be different if he had kept his mouth shut.

It’s easy to remember this advice but hard to practice when the children are there. The emotions flare up, and one sees them not as the adults they are now but as the kids they were back then. They fell because they didn’t stand when they were told to; they chose bad careers because they didn’t listen to what their parents said.

Anyways, Andu Gogia is gasping to herself. This is her way of communicating that they have stopped for long enough and she would prefer for them to move on. Father points downwards to the woman and the man nods knowingly. He says politely:

« We will talk tomorrow. Have a good day. »

« Have a good day, » Father replies and waves. The man reciprocates. As he turns back to make sure that nothing fell off the wheelchair onto the road, he observes the man rolling up his window but smiling widely. Father can tell he is actually excited to continue his complaining tomorrow. Father will have to be sterner about how he is only out to spend time with his mother or the man will continue to absorb his time.

As they continue on the road, Father sees a woman feeding the birds and another going to milk her cow. They wave fondly at them both. There are some boys getting into a car to be taken to school. There are some women walking in a group on the way to another’s home.

Whenever Mother talks about these neighbours, it is to complain, as if they are the worst humans she has ever met. She’s been the subject of a lot of their gossip, and Father has been tainted by those experiences. But over the last month, Father has gotten to know a lot of them better through these small talks, and he’s finding everyone quite pleasant and warm. He thinks he would enjoy these interactions even without his mother there. He’d probably go out of his way to talk with them, too.

Actually, he does have the free time. He’s no longer rushing about. Why should he not stop to chat with them or invite himself over if he so chooses? Father has gone back to being another one of the villagers. He’s just another man of the mountains. He’s just another one of the neighbours, a community member, a person who lives on this road.

He notices his mother is shivering. He puts the blanket firmly over her. He whispers softly in her ear to provide some of the warmth of his breath, and also some of the warmth of what he is thinking.

« There are good people all around us. We are truly blessed. »

Andu Gogia smiles and says triumphantly, « Ah ga ga! »

The walk is over, and he turns the wheelchair back homewards, excited for the warmth of the heater as well as the achma Mother will have made for lunch. And he feels warmer yet thinking about the fact that, in a way, he is like achma. He is not just one piece of food wasting idly on the side of a plate. He and all of his people are like the melded cheese, singular and firm in consistency, but melded under the spread of the layers of dough.

U.S. and Canada Prepare for Annual Fall Back to Standard Time

As the annual time shift approaches, most parts of the United States and Canada are gearing up to return to standard time, with clocks scheduled to move back an hour early on Sunday morning. The transition officially happens at 2 a.m., when clocks are set back to 1 a.m. This shift grants an extra hour of sleep for many, while overnight workers experience an additional hour in their shifts. The return to standard time means earlier sunrises, but also earlier sunsets, ushering in the shortest days of the year over the next six weeks.

For many people, automated and electronic devices, like smartphones and computers, will adjust to the new time on their own. However, time will still need to be manually changed on some appliances, such as older microwaves, stoves, and certain car clocks. A few may relate to the sentiment of a writer who noted, “I still haven’t fixed my stove, which has been blinking an incorrect time since a power outage back in July, so that ship has sailed.”

The History of Daylight Saving Time

The concept of daylight saving time dates back to 1784, when Benjamin Franklin, in a lighthearted jest, suggested the practice. In a satirical letter to the editor of the Journal of Paris, Franklin humorously calculated how much Parisians could save on candles if they adjusted their schedules during the winter.

Germany became the first country to officially implement daylight saving time in 1916, followed by the United States in 1918. Initially, it was met with resistance from farmers, who found the change inconvenient as it limited the morning hours available to harvest and prepare goods for market openings.

Although the concept had been introduced, a nationwide daylight saving time law didn’t go into effect in the U.S. until 1966. Before that, during the 1940s and ’50s, local governments were free to set their own schedules, leading to widespread confusion, particularly in the transportation sector. In response, the Uniform Time Act of 1966 established consistent dates for daylight saving time across the country, while allowing states to opt out as long as their choice was uniform statewide. Interestingly, the U.S. Department of Transportation was assigned the task of enforcing this legislation to ensure consistent timekeeping.

Today, most states observe daylight saving time and participate in the annual “fall back” on the first Sunday in November. However, there are exceptions. Arizona, Hawaii, and U.S. territories like American Samoa, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands all opt out. Arizona’s time practice is especially unique. While the state largely observes standard time year-round, the Navajo Nation, which covers a significant portion of Arizona, still participates in the daylight saving time change.

The Debate: Should We Stop Changing Clocks?

The tradition of changing clocks twice a year has long sparked debate, with many Americans expressing a preference to end the practice. There have been multiple attempts in Congress to make daylight saving time permanent, but most efforts have stalled.

Additionally, there is a regional push to adopt a different time zone for certain areas in the Northeast. In states like Rhode Island, Connecticut, and parts of Massachusetts, many advocate for a move to Atlantic Standard Time. This shift would mean cities such as Boston and Providence would share the same time zone as Nova Scotia, potentially eliminating early winter sunsets before 4:30 p.m. “Boston’s earliest sunsets happen at 4:11 p.m. during the first week in December, even though sunrises creep before 7 a.m.,” according to proponents of this proposal, which gained some traction in 2016.

However, for those in northern regions like Utqiagvik, Alaska, the impact of daylight saving time is minimal. In Utqiagvik, the northernmost town in the United States, the sun sets for a period lasting 62 days, and no time change can alter that.

Exploring Bhutan’s Philosophy: Ron Gutman on Simplicity as the Key to Happiness

What is the essence of human happiness? It’s a question that has intrigued humanity for centuries. Ron Gutman, a Stanford adjunct professor, serial entrepreneur, author, speaker, and award-winning inventor, has dedicated a significant portion of his career to understanding it. Known for his widely viewed TED Talk from 2011, *”The Hidden Power of Smiling,”* Gutman took his research to the next level with a trip to Bhutan in October 2024, hoping to uncover insights on happiness from the South Asian kingdom where well-being is prioritized over economic growth.

Journeying Through Bhutan

In October, Gutman embarked on a three-week exploration of Bhutan, a country often called the Kingdom of Bhutan, nestled in the eastern Himalayas. Accompanied by academics, clergy, and local guides, Gutman trekked across the country’s rugged landscape, absorbing the Bhutanese way of life and their understanding of happiness. Bhutan is notable for its focus on “Gross National Happiness,” a concept coined in the 1970s by Bhutan’s fourth king, Jigme Singye Wangchuck. The king asserted, “Gross National Happiness is more important than Gross Domestic Product,” as quoted in a recent OECD report. This philosophy of prioritizing collective happiness and well-being over economic advancement distinguishes Bhutan on the world stage.

“Going deep into understanding happiness led me to researching Bhutan, because they put an emphasis on this,” Gutman explained in an interview with CNBC Make It. He added, “It made me want to understand it from their vantage point, right? So, [I wanted] to go and listen to them, to the people that have been getting this knowledge, from generation to generation for many [years].”

Most of Gutman’s journey was a physically demanding climb through Bhutan’s high-altitude terrain, traveling mostly on foot or by local means. The elevation ranged from around 1,000 feet to nearly 14,000 feet, offering him ample opportunity to immerse himself in Bhutan’s serene and awe-inspiring natural environment.

Bhutan’s Unique Connection to Nature

Environmental sustainability is deeply embedded in Bhutan’s national identity. The country is the world’s first “carbon-negative” nation, a status helped by its extensive forests, which cover over 70% of the country. A 2023 report highlights how this dedication to conservation has shaped Bhutan’s policies and practices. Gutman observed, “They’re very mindful of nature, very protective of nature… It’s sacred for them. You can’t cut a tree without getting a very special permit.”

For many Bhutanese, the bond with nature is more profound than simple respect; it is foundational to their identity. Gutman noted how locals perceive their lives as not merely connected to nature but as emanating from it. This deeply ingrained belief reflects Bhutan’s commitment to safeguarding its natural environment as a crucial component of its philosophy on happiness and well-being.

The Key to Happiness: Simplicity

So, what is the key to happiness? For Gutman, the answer lies in simplicity. He discovered during his time in Bhutan that happiness is closely tied to mindfulness, which can often be found through a connection with nature. Gutman observed, “The more I progress in the research of happiness, the more I personally understand it better, the more I connect it to mindfulness.”

He realized, by observing Bhutanese people and conversing with local religious figures, that happiness is rooted in mindfulness. In his view, modern culture often fosters a fixation on external stimuli, which can become overwhelming. “In modern culture, we’re very concentrated on what’s happening outside. There’s a lot of stimulus that is coming at us …. At some point, we become almost prisoners of that,” he said. In contrast, nature, Gutman reflected, has a calming effect: “Nature creates the exact opposite …. Nature is just there, it just happens.”

Gutman describes this discovery as a revelation about the “empty self.” Just as nature exists in a state of tranquility, so too can human consciousness, he argues. Whether resting beside a secluded lake or hurrying through a bustling city, Gutman believes that our consciousness remains inherently calm and unchanged. He remarked, “We basically choose to get stressed by all these sensory emotions… [because] actually, the inside of us is calm and empty, right? Nature helps see that and understand that.”

Bhutan’s Challenges

However, despite its strengths, Bhutan faces numerous challenges. Only recently did Bhutan leave the UN’s Least Developed Countries category in December. The nation’s GDP per capita was approximately $3,700 in 2022, according to World Bank figures. “We look at it as maybe poverty — low GDP,” Gutman explained. Yet, he was struck by the happiness he observed among Bhutanese citizens, despite their relative lack of material wealth. “It’s not an easy life because these are not wealthy people, but they’re happy,” he said.

The Bhutanese government has been actively working to improve the economy while maintaining its values of environmental sustainability and Gross National Happiness. Policies like a daily tourism fee are one way Bhutan tries to uphold its guiding principles. Gutman believes that Bhutan’s balance between progress and tradition exemplifies a unique approach to growth. “It’s a country that demonstrates how you can innovate without forgetting the ancient wisdom that has supported them for centuries,” he said.

Lessons from Bhutan’s Approach

Gutman’s experience in Bhutan highlighted for him the importance of balancing innovation with tradition. Many developed nations, he observed, often prioritize rapid development and constant change, leaving behind some foundational values. He explained, “When we rush towards the innovation, the new thing, doing things faster, better, easier, cheaper … The thing is, we forget to take with us this very solid foundation that keeps the core very strong. So we’re building a little bit on water.”

According to Gutman, the Bhutanese model shows that slower progress, grounded in strong ethics and mindfulness, can create a more resilient society. He pointed out, “And I think what Bhutanese are doing really well … is keeping that strong core of beliefs, of morals, of ethics, of mindfulness as the foundation of how they make progress. So progress is, sure, slower, but more solid, right? And, I think that’s something to learn from them.”

Conclusion: A Path to Inner Calm

Through his journey, Gutman gained valuable insights on the simplicity of happiness. In Bhutan, he encountered a culture that values mindfulness, a connection with nature, and a slower, more deliberate approach to progress. Gutman left with a sense of admiration for Bhutan’s commitment to preserving its environment, traditions, and focus on Gross National Happiness, offering the world a unique perspective on well-being that contrasts sharply with many developed nations.

In an era dominated by a relentless drive for economic advancement, Gutman’s experience in Bhutan serves as a reminder that happiness might not come from pursuing more but rather from embracing less. The “empty self” and the simplicity found in nature and mindfulness, Gutman argues, could offer a more profound understanding of happiness for those willing to look inward instead of outward.

Bhutan’s Visionary ‘Mindfulness City’ Aims to Redefine Sustainable Living Alongside India

Bhutan, widely recognized as one of the happiest nations globally, is embarking on a transformative project with the potential to set new standards in sustainable living. This ambitious venture, known as the “Mindfulness City,” is underway in Gelephu, a Special Administrative Region (SAR) in Bhutan. Spanning over 2,500 square kilometers, the region will function as a semi-autonomous zone, equipped with its own government, legal system, and judiciary, establishing it as an independent entity within Bhutan.

The project’s distinctiveness lies not just in its size but in its commitment to sustainability and harmonious living with nature. Gelephu Mindfulness City will incorporate two protected ecological zones: a national park and a wildlife sanctuary. These areas will house a network of rivers with renewable energy capacity, projected to generate between 4,000 and 5,000 megawatts of electricity. Additionally, the city will feature agricultural zones, small towns, extensive forests, and diverse wildlife, aligning with Bhutan’s dedication to environmental conservation and sustainable practices.

Bhutan’s King Jigme Khesar Namgyel Wangchuck conceived this “Mindfulness City” to elevate the nation’s growth while preserving its values and resources. The king envisions a place where individuals from various backgrounds can live together in harmony with nature, fostering a multicultural yet ecologically focused society. Prime Minister Tshering Tobgay spoke at the NDTV World Summit in New Delhi, describing the project as “Gross National Happiness 2.0.” He shared, “This is what we call ‘Gross National Happiness 2.0,'” highlighting the city’s goal to enhance the well-being of Bhutanese people through a refined model of sustainable and mindful urban living.

Significantly, Gelephu is strategically situated near Bhutan’s border with Assam, India. The prime minister noted that the location choice is intended to strengthen ties with India, emphasizing that the city will “directly benefit India” in numerous ways. This proximity to India underscores Bhutan’s commitment to collaboration with its neighboring country. The Bhutanese Prime Minister added, “The King had one word for why Gelephu: ‘India’,” illustrating the visionary outlook for integrating Bhutan and India’s futures.

The choice of Gelephu, a biologically rich and pristine area, was not arbitrary. Initially, Prime Minister Tobgay questioned why the project wasn’t placed in Bhutan’s existing infrastructure hubs like Thimphu or Paro, where airports and highways already exist. In response, the king conveyed that Bhutan’s future is inseparably linked with India, explaining, “If we chose any other place, then such a project may succeed, it may have its challenges, but if we plan this along the border with India, the concept itself will drive it to success.” This statement underscores Bhutan’s strategy to develop a collaborative, cross-border vision with India through this groundbreaking city.

Once realized, the Mindfulness City will occupy nearly 2.5% of Bhutan’s total landmass, an area more expansive than the entire nation of Singapore. Comparatively, it will dwarf Bhutan’s capital, Thimphu, which spans just 26 square kilometers, in contrast to Gelephu’s impressive 2,500 square kilometers. The city’s blueprint involves a series of “inhabitable bridges” that will link different areas, fostering a sense of interconnectedness across the region’s natural rivers and streams.

The architectural layout of Gelephu Mindfulness City aims for a low-rise skyline, emphasizing harmony with the surrounding landscape. The city will feature amenities typically found in modern urban centers, including a university, healthcare facilities offering both Western and traditional treatments, markets, and spiritual centers. The development will also see the construction of hydroelectric power plants and hydroponic greenhouses, further supporting Bhutan’s environmentally-conscious objectives.

The city will be divided into 11 key neighborhoods, spanning 35 rivers and streams, designed as mandalas with central public spaces, reinforcing the focus on community and inclusiveness. This design mirrors Bhutan’s Gross National Happiness (GNH) philosophy, where personal well-being, community spirit, and environmental preservation outweigh mere economic considerations. This philosophy has garnered global recognition for its emphasis on a holistic approach to progress, prioritizing the quality of life over GDP growth alone. The kingdom has expressed that the city will prioritize “not just economic development, but personal well-being,” aiming to set a precedent for future urban planning worldwide.

Construction on an international airport in Gelephu has already commenced, setting the stage for the city’s integration into the global network while preserving its unique mindfulness-oriented character. The city aims to redefine modern living, demonstrating how future cities might function in balance with the environment while achieving a high standard of living and well-being for their residents.

Five Signs You’re in a Functional but Emotionally Distant Relationship and What You Can Do About It

Relationships may seem well-adjusted from the outside; you and your partner manage daily responsibilities, communicate smoothly, and rarely clash. Friends and family may even see you as an ideal couple, united and reliable. However, beneath this polished exterior, you might be dealing with an underlying, disheartening void—a feeling that something essential is missing. Conversations might feel shallow, intimacy could seem routine, and the bond you once had may feel more like a faded memory than a current reality.

If you’ve ever wondered whether you’re just “going through the motions” or acting out roles rather than truly connecting, it’s possible that you’re in a functional but loveless relationship. Identifying signs of such a relationship can help you decide whether to reignite the emotional spark or explore alternative options. Here are five signs that may indicate you’re in a functional but emotionally lacking relationship.

  1. Conversations Are Only About Practical Matters, Not Personal Connections

A telltale sign of a functional relationship is the dominance of surface-level communication. Conversations typically revolve around daily logistics: coordinating schedules, managing household chores, or discussing finances. While these exchanges are vital for household management, they don’t nurture emotional closeness or deepen the relationship.

In a relationship rooted in emotional closeness, partners discuss more than logistics. They feel comfortable sharing their dreams, insecurities, and deeper thoughts, creating a genuine intimacy. As researcher Michael Kardas of Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of Management points out, meaningful conversations with others can provide unexpected joy and fulfillment.

When conversations with your partner rarely touch on personal topics, and a once-deep connection feels distant, it could be an indication that the relationship has transitioned from emotionally fulfilling to merely functional.

  1. Emotional Support Is Lacking, Only Coexistence Remains

One of the hallmarks of a healthy, loving relationship is the presence of mutual emotional support. Partners in such relationships offer each other reassurance, listen attentively to concerns, and respond with empathy. This emotional bond creates a sense of security, allowing each person to feel they have someone to rely on during difficult times.

However, in a functional but loveless relationship, emotional support may be missing. Attempts to share personal challenges might be met with indifference or minimal interest, prompting you to seek support from friends or family instead. This absence of emotional responsiveness can make you feel like you’re merely coexisting rather than connecting, which diminishes the relationship’s sense of vitality and partnership.

  1. Physical Affection Feels Obligatory Rather Than Genuine

Physical affection—including hugs, kisses, cuddling, and intimacy—is fundamental to romantic relationships. Studies show that these physical gestures can enhance emotional closeness, passion, and even mental well-being. In a loving relationship, affectionate actions feel genuine and contribute to a profound connection between partners.

In a relationship lacking love, physical affection may still occur, but it often feels forced or transactional. Intimate moments may lack the emotional depth they once had, leading to feelings of detachment or dissatisfaction. When affection feels like a routine task rather than a sincere expression of love, it’s a sign that the relationship has lost its emotional resonance.

  1. Avoidance of Issues Due to a “Fine” Status Quo

In many emotionally detached relationships, partners avoid addressing underlying issues because everything appears to be “fine” on the surface. This tendency often stems from a desire to keep the peace; partners may believe it’s unnecessary to “rock the boat” if no visible problems exist.

However, ignoring deeper issues only widens the emotional gap over time. Studies have shown that repressing emotions can lead to poor communication and weakened connections. In a loving relationship, there’s usually a willingness to confront and work through difficulties. Avoiding such discussions to maintain a superficial harmony can signal a lack of emotional foundation necessary for navigating conflicts and growing together as a couple.

  1. You Feel Alone, Even When Together

Perhaps the most poignant sign of a functional yet emotionally empty relationship is a sense of isolation that persists even in your partner’s presence. You may share meals, participate in activities, or manage household responsibilities together, yet feel emotionally distanced and lonely. This disheartening experience highlights the absence of true companionship in the relationship.

In their book Addressing Loneliness: Coping, Prevention and Clinical Interventions, the authors state that when a relationship doesn’t provide emotional security, it can lead to an overwhelming sense of loneliness. Without emotional intimacy, partners may withdraw, leading to a profound sense of solitude. If you often feel alone, even with your partner nearby, it’s time to evaluate whether the relationship can be revitalized or if a different path would be more fulfilling.

What Can You Do?

Realizing you’re in a functional but emotionally disconnected relationship is challenging, but it’s also a crucial first step toward meaningful change. If you relate to these signs, it doesn’t mean the relationship is beyond repair.

Many couples go through periods where emotional intimacy takes a backseat to daily responsibilities. To address the emotional disconnection, consider these steps:

  1. Initiate Open and Honest Conversations: Begin by expressing your feelings openly. Avoid blaming or judging your partner, and focus on communicating your own experiences and needs. Using “I” statements can help create a non-accusatory, respectful environment.
  1. Dedicate Time for Deeper Discussions: Set aside regular time for open conversations, perhaps through weekly “check-ins,” where both partners have the opportunity to share their thoughts and emotions without interruption.
  1. Consider Therapy: Seeking the guidance of a professional, either individually or as a couple, can be extremely beneficial. Therapists can help you navigate these feelings, break down communication barriers, and develop strategies to rebuild emotional intimacy.

These proactive steps may help you determine whether the relationship can be rekindled or if it’s best to move forward in a new direction. Reconnecting emotionally takes effort, but it’s possible if both partners are willing to work on their bond and prioritize each other’s needs.

By recognizing the signs of a functional but emotionally distant relationship and taking steps to address the underlying issues, you may be able to reignite the emotional spark or make an informed decision about your future.

Marry the Right Person, Lead by Example: Warren Buffett’s Insights on Success in Life and Business

Warren Buffett, a man with a net worth of $142 billion, offers invaluable advice not only on how to make smart business decisions but also on how to lead a fulfilling life. His fortune, amassed over decades, has only grown more impressive as he has donated approximately $56 billion to various charities. As the saying by Jim Rohn goes, “You are the average of the five people you spend the most time with,” Buffett underscores that whom you choose to spend your time with is critical—especially your spouse.

In Buffett’s words:

“You want to associate with people who are the kind of person you’d like to be. You’ll move in that direction. And the most important person by far in that respect is your spouse.”

Buffett strongly believes that marrying the right person will make an enormous difference in one’s life. “I can’t overemphasize how important that is. Marry the right person. I’m serious about that. It will make more difference in your life,” he emphasizes.

Studies back up Buffett’s perspective. A 2021 report from the U.S. Census Bureau reveals that married individuals tend to earn considerably more than their unmarried counterparts, and their net worth is often three times greater. Additionally, the Bureau of Labor Statistics found that married couples spend around $10,000 less per person annually than unmarried individuals.

Beyond financial implications, the choice of a life partner plays a significant role in professional success. Research from Washington University in St. Louis, which has been previously discussed, shows that people with reliable and prudent partners perform better at work, receive more promotions, earn higher salaries, and are generally more satisfied with their careers. This effect is attributed to what the researchers term “partner conscientiousness,” which positively influences job satisfaction, income, and career advancement. The study notes that conscientious partners tend to manage more household tasks, exhibit pragmatic behaviors, and contribute to a more satisfying home environment. This, in turn, allows both partners to focus more effectively on their professional lives.

Buffett’s views, echoed by Rohn’s saying, highlight the influence of those closest to us. Good habits are contagious. If one partner is organized and efficient, the other partner benefits by being able to focus more on work. Furthermore, if the less organized partner adopts these traits, both partners can more effectively manage their business and personal lives, potentially leading to greater wealth accumulation.

However, while marriage may lead to financial prosperity, it doesn’t necessarily guarantee better health. A study published in the Journal of Physical Activity and Health found that individuals in romantic relationships tend to exercise less than their single counterparts. The study notes that moderate to vigorous physical activities, like running or lifting weights, are less common among those in relationships. The researchers found that people in romantic relationships are more likely to engage in activities such as eating or watching TV together, rather than exercising. As they put it, “For those with a partner, current (exercise) levels are substantially lower when the partner is present than when the partner is absent.”

This finding reveals that people in relationships tend to engage in less physical activity when they spend time together. In short, the presence of a partner can significantly reduce the likelihood of exercising, as couples often prioritize spending time together over physical activity.

Another study, published in Health Psychology, found that individuals in stable relationships tend to gain more weight over time, beyond what can be attributed to natural aging. Similarly, research in Social Science & Medicine indicates that people in long-term relationships are more likely to gain weight and less likely to engage in physical activity. Interestingly, the study also points out that when relationships end, individuals tend to lose weight and increase their exercise levels.

These studies suggest that individuals in secure relationships may become less focused on their physical appearance, as they feel less pressure to maintain healthy habits like eating well and exercising regularly. This behavior, while understandable, can lead to a decline in physical health.

On the other hand, maintaining a healthy lifestyle — which includes regular exercise — can have profound benefits, both physically and mentally. Research published in the Journal of Comparative Physiology shows that increased blood flow during exercise improves brain plasticity, which enhances cognitive functions. Additionally, a study in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Science found that exercise can increase the size of the hippocampus, which helps mitigate age-related memory loss, even in individuals in their 60s and 70s.

Moreover, a study from the University of Vermont discovered that moderate aerobic exercise can improve mood for up to 12 hours. Similarly, research published in the International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health found that regular exercise is associated with greater life satisfaction and overall happiness. People who engaged in higher levels of physical activity reported significantly higher happiness compared to those who exercised less.

While it’s clear that exercise has immense benefits, choosing a life partner solely based on their lifestyle habits may not be the best approach. As the Washington University researchers suggest, marrying a conscientious partner might sound like a path to a rigid and unexciting life. However, having a partner who is both conscientious and practical, as well as one who values a healthy lifestyle, can lead to a more successful career and a longer, healthier life.

So, what’s the best course of action? Instead of trying to change your partner’s habits, focus on how you can be more supportive. You could take the lead in managing household finances, performing more household chores, or handling maintenance and schedules. After all, the most effective way to inspire change is by leading through example.

You could also prioritize exercising together or making healthier eating habits a shared goal. Even if you and your partner don’t do the same workout, being in the same space while exercising can help both of you stay on track. My wife and I work out together often; we may not do the same activities, but being in the same room helps us both remain committed to our fitness goals. Implicit peer pressure can go a long way in maintaining good habits, and it still feels like we’re spending time together.

Ultimately, marrying the right person plays a significant role in leading a successful and fulfilling life, but equally important is being the right person. By being supportive, encouraging, and setting a good example, you can strengthen your relationship in both practical and emotional ways.

19 October, 2024: Three Little Birds

set in Saint George’s, Grenada

Mother is with her best friends, Mary and Tonya, out at the sports bar. It’s nothing special, the bar. It overlooks the ferry dock, with British-looking buildings on one side and the church sticking out right over the top of them. The view’s better than anything Mother’s going to get over at her hillside cottage on the other side of La Borie, but other than that it’s another one of those dusty little places making business by selling alcohol.

There’s a lot of smoke in the bar, causing Mother to choke. Mary and Tonya, they’ve been meeting here once a week without Mother and have gotten used to her not being around. They’re sitting on the stools sipping on their beers. They don’t care how the greys of their spring curls are showing through their weaves. They’re gossiping, chuckling loudly, waiting for Mother to join in, but Mother is looking at her phone.

She’s worried any minute that she’ll get a call from Father. It was his idea for her to take a night off, but she thinks it wasn’t a good one. She’s been the busy one at home for the past few months, changing the diapers of her mother-in-law, bathing her from head to toe, checking up on her for every small thing. Father’s a newly retired man. He’s just getting used to the hang of things. And he was starting to say that she deserved to go out and have her fun, too.

Go out with the girls. Go on those nights you used to. You’re a big girl, and I’m a big boy. I can handle my mother.

The problem is it’s only been three weeks. It’s not nearly enough. And he’s a man. Men like to say things, they like to show they’re competent when it makes them look good. But when it comes to real action and care, it’s usually the woman partner doing the scrubbing and cleaning, whether someone is there to notice it or not. It’ll change someday, maybe in the decades, but it ain’t changing anytime soon.

The music is loud. They love playing dancehall beats from Jamaica. If this were proper Grenada, they’d be putting in some calypso and jazz, but that’s not the sound for them young ones. They like something thumping and beating and loud. There are a lot of young ones playing pool and flirting about. Look at how they’re dancing. The sun hasn’t had time to set and they’re already getting low and touching female rear to male front as if they’re covered in the dark. The girls have no shame, getting the sweat from their boobs all over the men’s dreadlocks and beards. Mother cannot help but think of the words from the Good Bible and wonder what the people of that age are getting from their time at church.

Mother complains: ‘We were at that age working so hard, and now the girls are this age and they are living their life pleasing the men and having their fun and doing nothing.’

Mother means every word she says, and she wishes some of the girls busy grinding over there could have heard her. But only Mary has heard her. She’s the youngest of the three of them, barely sixty, and likes to act like she is in her forties when she’s had a bit of rum. She squints her eyes at Mother, breathing her foul drunk breath all over the place. She says, ‘What?’

‘I said these young women are not thinking. They are shame-less.’ Mother enunciates the key word. ‘Not-thinking. No-shame. Shame-less.’

Mary has a bottle of Clarkes Court in her hand. She puts it up to her ear and lifts one of her fingers from the bottle to point it towards herself.

‘It’s too loud. You have to speak louder.’ She also enunciates. ‘Loud-er.’

‘I said…’ Mother starts but gives up. Mother doesn’t want to make the effort. She’s sounding hoarse, and her voice is cracking. She’s an old woman about to turn seventy. Who keeps the music up this loud? There’s the feeling that the floor is actually pounding, that’s how high up the volume is. The people half her age will be hearing worse than her by the time they hit forty.

Meanwhile, Tonya’s standing there, not making an effort to listen. Their eyes meet, and she smiles. Mother thinks it’s a testament to her force of will that she still comes to places like this. She’s nearing eighty, and yet she’s put on one of those leg-hugging black dresses, she’s locking eyes with the men here or there. She’s single, a widow, but she’s not given up. Tonya’s high religious and loves to go to church, and she also loves to spend her time with younger men because she’s alone.

Mary has gone up to the bar to order something, so Tonya turns her attention to Mother. She gives her a wide smile and holds her hand.

‘So long since I’ve had this chance,’ she says warmly, really gripping it. ‘What’s keeping you busy?’

‘Too much,’ Mother says. She really wants to smile as vibrantly and genuinely as Tonya is doing, but it’s not coming out. Any attempt at a smile would be as obvious as that—an attempt. That saddens Mother. She really likes the way Tonya smiles so genuinely despite all she’s been through. Mother just doesn’t know how to do it in the same way.

Mother asks, ‘How long has it been now? Eight, nine months?’

‘Longer than that. You have been busy.’

‘That’s because of the health of my husband’s mother. I told you all about it, I thought.’

‘You did,’ Tanya says. Her voice grows vacant. ‘And how is the mister at home?’

Mother gulps. She feels like there’s something else in the air that needs to be addressed, but she goes along with the conversation.

‘He’s a retired man now. He did it for his mother. That’s why I’m here and he’s at home.’

‘That’s the sign of a nice man. Ernest never thought about me. He was always thinking about the bills and going after the rum.’

‘That’s not how I’m remembering Ernest. He was quiet, but he was good.’

‘Not as good as yours.’ Tanya takes a swig of her rum, and she repeats, ‘Not as good as yours.’

Mother wants to tell her to stop drinking. Tonya’s got good control. She loves to do yoga, she keeps up with her reading. She’s in the best of her health. But the problem is that Tanya’s gaze has gotten real deep in the eyes. Mother doesn’t like this sad look. It’s been some time since they’ve talked. She doesn’t know how to snap her out of it.

The music suddenly turns up. Mary is dancing as she comes back to the two of them. She’s mouthing the words of the song. Mother has no idea what it is or what Mary’s trying to say. Tonya recognises some cue and goes to grab her hands. They begin dancing and are soon surrounded by the men. Mother can’t find them in the crowd.

She sits there, looking at all the empty alcohol bottles on the table.

Mother messages her husband. She sends three in a row but doesn’t get a response. He’s probably busy looking after his mother. But how can she know? She ought to check up on him. The girls are having their fun; a lot of the thirty somethings are giving them attention. Will they even miss her?

The sun’s now set. It’s dark, but the shades of pink and grey of the buildings come out through the shadows over the top of the hill. It’s like a rainbow, only drab and crusty and about to crack. The moon will soon come out.

Mother remembers how when she and Father were younger, they’d take their smokes and drink their drinks and stare at the sunset from their veranda.

Mother tries to call but isn’t getting an answer. She’s getting desperate. She’s out of the bar and on the street. There are a lot of men drunk out of their mind and on all of the drugs. She doesn’t like looking like one of those ladies of the night waiting for a man to come ask her for a favour. She’s doing nothing, really, just standing alone, but that’s all it takes.

Finally, he picks up. ‘You having a problem?’ Father says. He sounds gruff. Mother doesn’t like the tone.

‘You think I only call when there’s a problem? Tell me what the problem should be. Tell me what you think I should call to say.’

Mother thinks Father wasn’t expecting a comeback from Mother. For the last few months, it’s been very yes-sir and no-sir at home. Mother’s tried to be pleasant because of her husband’s mother’s health, which is making her think that he’s forgetting how things really are.

Father takes his sweet time before responding. He’s sounding defensive, but not angry. ‘I wasn’t expecting your call. You are with your best friends. You should be out having fun.’

‘I’m calling because I’m missing my husband. I’m missing my home. I’m missing my family. You think there’s something wrong with that?’

Mother’s nearly shouting. Whatever men were giving her those lusty stares are back to staring towards the docks, keeping to themselves in their drugged-out trance. Father’s tone changes to being fully passive.

‘Well…well…there’s nothing wrong with that. I’m glad you miss me. I thought you’d be wanting to have fun with your friends. I’m glad you miss us.’

Mother notices that the coast is clear. She feels a bit more relaxed.

‘How’s she doing?’ she asks, and she means it.

‘She’s good. We’re talking. Or, we’re trying talking. It’s not easy since she doesn’t know what it means to be talking. I keep asking her to say my name over and over. She’s not remembering.’

Mother feels the blood stop pumping in her veins. She’s imagining the scene, her husband trying to give her mother some water while he attempts to make her remember who he is. It isn’t easy. He’s been doing it every day for the entire year while never forgetting the woman’s dignity.

‘You spend so much time with her,’ Mother says. ‘You’re doing your best.’

‘I’m always doing my best,’ Father says. ‘But your best is better than my best.’

‘That’s not the truth at all. You know that.’

‘She’s better at remembering your name than she is at mine.’

‘That’s because I’ve been the only one at home for the last few months.’

And that’s really the crux of it. Since January the one who has been spending ninety percent of her time with that woman has been Mother. There was no other way. Father was a busy hospital man, and he was dependent on the hard work of his wife. But there’s a drawback to everything. Now, Father isn’t the most important person in his mother’s life. Mother suddenly wonders if that is why he has told her to go out tonight, so she can make space for him to enter.

‘You should get back to your mother. I’ll go back to enjoying,’ she says.

And she hangs up. He’s calling back because he’s confused, but Sse doesn’t want to hear a single word from Father. Perhaps this night out isn’t about her as much as she thought it was.

The moment she gets back to the table, her friends stand up and accost her. It looks like they were missing her, too.

‘Where did you go?’ Tonya shouts.

Mary adds, ‘You can’t be going around like this. We don’t know what the men outside will do. What if they took you aside and cut out your lung?’

She makes a little stabbing motion with a plastic knife.

Mother can smell the alcohol on both of their breaths. They’re looking scared and grasping at each other, still swaying a bit to the music. She almost wants to laugh. She hopes that neither of them fall.

The music’s loud, and it’s been a while since Mother has danced. She grabs the both of them, friends she’s known for over thirty years, and hugs them into her, happy that they were even thinking about her. Yeah, it’s been seven or eight months, but those months are nothing compared to all the things they’ve been through over the decades.

Mother grabs Mary’s hand with her left and Tonya’s hand with her right.

‘Are they putting on “Three Little Birds”?’ she asks.

Mother can recognise that Bob Marley song even though it is badly remixed.

‘It is!’ Tonya shouts.

‘It is!’ Mary repeats, shouting even louder, spreading her alcohol-stained breath everywhere. Mother laughs at how silly they look, and Mary and Tonya laugh back. They go to join the others who are lost to the music. The three of them hold each other’s hands and do their best to recite the words to the Bob Marley song. As Mary and Tonya dance, Mother does her best to hold them with her hands.

Kevin O’Leary’s Unconventional Advice on Managing Finances in Marriage Sparks Debate

Traditional wisdom suggests that once you’re married, merging your finances is the logical next step in building a life together. This idea has been promoted for years, with the belief that sharing bank accounts strengthens trust and simplifies financial management. However, Kevin O’Leary, a star of Shark Tank, offers a different perspective, arguing that financial independence is a crucial element in a successful relationship.

O’Leary’s advice stands in stark contrast to the age-old idea of joint financial accounts. He firmly believes that no matter how in love you are, keeping your finances separate is essential. According to him, love and trust should not overshadow the importance of maintaining individual financial independence, which he sees as the foundation of a strong relationship.

“What I tell everybody to do in a relationship is: Have your own account, your own credit card — never merge your finances together,” O’Leary said during an interview with Fox News, a clip of which he later shared on Instagram. He emphasized, “I don’t care how in love you are, you keep your account to yourself.”

While this approach might resonate with some, not everyone agrees with O’Leary’s advice. A recent study published in the Journal of Consumer Research found that couples who merge their finances may actually experience a stronger relationship over time. The study suggests that sharing financial responsibilities can foster trust and improve relationship satisfaction in the long run.

So, the real question becomes: Is it better to maintain financial independence or to merge finances as a show of trust and unity? Finding the right balance between the two approaches is key, especially since it involves both emotional and financial stakes.

Finding the Right Approach

Deciding whether or not to merge finances after marriage is not an easy decision, and what works for one couple might not work for another. Many couples decide to pool their money, believing that sharing accounts simplifies access to funds and streamlines managing household expenses. Splitting bills, rent, or grocery costs can become more convenient with joint accounts. However, this convenience comes with its own set of challenges.

O’Leary’s perspective sheds light on the importance of maintaining credit independence within a marriage. Building and maintaining a strong credit history is crucial for long-term financial success. In situations where one partner manages most of the financial responsibilities, the other may struggle to establish their own credit profile. Joint accounts also come with shared liabilities, meaning both partners’ credit scores can be affected if one racks up debt or misses payments.

“If your marriage ends, you may suddenly find yourself among the 26 million adults in the U.S. who are classified as ‘credit invisible,’” O’Leary warns. Credit invisibility refers to individuals who lack enough credit history for lenders to assess their financial reliability. Without a separate financial identity, securing basic financial tools like mortgages or credit cards can become a significant challenge after a separation.

Maintaining individual financial profiles can help ensure that even if a relationship ends, each partner’s creditworthiness remains intact. Lenders rely on credit scores to determine eligibility for loans, mortgages, and credit cards. Without a solid financial history, it becomes more difficult to access these essential financial resources.

O’Leary also emphasized this point, stating, “After you get divorced, if you have been merged in with your significant other, you’re a nobody in our system.”

The Risks of Financial Infidelity

While credit and financial independence are important, they aren’t the only factors to consider in managing finances within a relationship. Having separate bank accounts can, in some cases, encourage secrecy and dishonesty between partners, a phenomenon known as financial infidelity.

According to recent data from Experian, about 27% of young adults (aged 18 to 35) admit to lying to their partners about their financial situation. This dishonesty can take various forms, such as hiding purchases, underreporting debts, or maintaining secret bank accounts. Even more striking, nearly one in five young adults said they don’t trust their partner enough to open a joint account.

The study from the Journal of Consumer Research highlights a different perspective. Couples who merge their finances may foster greater trust in their relationship. Sharing accounts means both partners can see how the other handles money, which can increase transparency and reduce the likelihood of financial secrets. It also encourages a shared sense of responsibility toward financial goals.

For couples who decide to merge their finances, this shared responsibility can serve as a foundation for building a secure financial future together. As O’Leary suggests, there’s more than love on the line when it comes to managing money. Your financial future and independence are equally at stake. However, shared finances may provide a unique opportunity to build trust, reinforce partnership, and avoid the pitfalls of financial infidelity.

Weighing the Pros and Cons

The decision to merge finances or keep them separate depends on a variety of factors, including individual preferences, financial habits, and the level of trust in a relationship. Some couples find that joint accounts simplify their lives, enabling them to manage household expenses with greater ease. In contrast, others prefer to maintain their independence, ensuring that their financial standing remains intact regardless of the relationship’s outcome.

O’Leary’s advice — to keep your money separate and maintain financial independence — comes from a place of caution. He highlights the importance of protecting yourself from the financial risks that may arise if a relationship fails. By keeping separate accounts, individuals maintain their financial identity and ensure that their creditworthiness remains secure.

On the other hand, merging finances can strengthen a relationship by building trust, transparency, and a sense of shared responsibility. As the *Journal of Consumer Research* study suggests, couples who share financial responsibilities may actually enjoy a stronger bond and greater relationship satisfaction over time.

For those who decide to merge finances, communication and transparency are key. Couples should discuss their financial habits, goals, and expectations early on to avoid misunderstandings and potential conflicts. Creating a joint financial plan that accommodates both partners’ needs and concerns can help ensure that both parties feel secure in their financial future.

Ultimately, there is no one-size-fits-all approach to managing finances in a relationship. Whether you choose to merge your accounts or keep them separate, the most important factor is finding a balance that works for you and your partner. As O’Leary emphasizes, love is important, but financial independence is crucial to maintaining a solid foundation in any relationship.

The key takeaway? Whether you’re a fan of merging finances or prefer to keep things separate, it’s essential to communicate openly with your partner and make a plan that works for both of you. Financial independence may provide security, but sharing financial responsibilities can foster trust — both of which are critical to a successful relationship.

Singapore’s Rise in Life Expectancy: A Model of Policy and Progress

Singapore, a small city-state in Southeast Asia, has experienced a dramatic rise in life expectancy over the last few decades. In 1960, a child born in the country could expect to live only to around 65 years old. However, today, a newborn in Singapore can anticipate living more than 86 years. The number of centenarians has also doubled between 2010 and 2020. This significant increase in lifespan can be attributed largely to government policies and investments aimed at improving public health and quality of life.

Singapore’s rise in longevity has earned it the distinction of becoming the world’s sixth “Blue Zone” in August 2023. Blue Zones are areas identified by National Geographic journalist Dan Buettner where people tend to live longer and healthier lives due to a mix of lifestyle, culture, diet, and community support. While some researchers have questioned the accuracy of these zones, they remain a symbol of places that offer insights into healthy living. Singapore, however, stands out among Blue Zones for a unique reason: its increase in longevity has more to do with forward-thinking policies rather than longstanding cultural traditions that define other Blue Zones, such as Ikaria in Greece or Nicoya in Costa Rica.

Singapore’s inclusion as a “Blue Zone 2.0” marks a departure from the typical Blue Zone regions. Buettner himself emphasized that Singapore’s achievements reflect proactive planning, rather than traditions that have persisted over centuries. While Singapore’s improvements in life expectancy are notable, the quality of life has also risen, making it an attractive place to live not only for its residents but also for those considering moving there for a healthier, longer life.

The Evolution of Health Policies

Residents of Singapore have witnessed a slow but steady evolution in the country’s policies that aim to enhance their health and wellness. Firdaus Syazwani, a local resident and author of the financial advice blog Dollar Bureau, shared his experience. “Having grown up here, I’ve seen firsthand the transformation in community health consciousness,” he explained. One of the more noticeable changes is the government’s imposition of heavy taxes on cigarettes and alcohol. In addition, public smoking bans have improved the overall environment, making public spaces cleaner and more welcoming. “No more second-hand smoke!” Syazwani added.

He was, however, surprised by Singapore’s designation as a Blue Zone, citing the high levels of sugar, salt, and coconut milk in traditional Singaporean dishes. Despite this, government policies are pushing for healthier eating habits. “Given our local cuisine’s penchant for richer ingredients, the Health Promotion Board has initiatives to encourage healthier dietary choices among residents,” Syazwani noted. For instance, mandatory nutritional labeling and efforts to reduce sugar content in drinks are making a difference in how people approach food choices. Although the effectiveness of these initiatives is still uncertain, he admits that such labeling influences his own choices, especially when it comes to sugary beverages.

Singapore’s healthcare system has also received global recognition for its efficiency and quality. The 2023 Legatum Prosperity Index ranked Singapore as the best in the world for healthcare. Citizens enjoy universal healthcare coverage, yet the system also incorporates private services and savings plans to help manage out-of-pocket expenses. This ensures that healthcare is both accessible and affordable, contributing to the longevity of the population.

Green Spaces and Public Well-Being

While healthcare policies play an essential role, other factors contribute to Singaporeans living longer, healthier lives. A well-developed public transportation system promotes daily exercise by encouraging walking. The government’s emphasis on keeping the country clean, green, and beautiful further enhances public health and mental well-being.

Charu Kokate, a senior partner at Safdie Architects and a long-time Singapore resident, highlighted how the country’s green spaces contribute to the quality of life. “Government initiatives that prioritize the seamless integration of parks, gardens, and nature reserves into the cityscape have earned [Singapore] the reputation of being a ‘garden city’,” she explained. She is impressed by the Urban Redevelopment Authority’s approach to city planning, noting that sustainability, efficient land use, and the incorporation of green spaces are central to their efforts. Kokate pointed out that while Singapore’s laws can be strict, they have resulted in a clean and well-maintained environment.

Among her favorite places in the city is the Singapore Botanic Gardens, a UNESCO World Heritage site known for its beautiful orchid collection and commitment to plant research and conservation. The gardens, located in the city center, offer residents and visitors alike a peaceful escape into nature. “It’s a haven for nature lovers, families, and tourists seeking peace and beauty,” Kokate added.

Public parks also serve as gathering spots for the community, which is another important factor in longevity. Longevity researchers agree that having a strong sense of community is essential to living a long, healthy life. Syazwani commented on the accessibility of public spaces: “From young adults to seniors, you’ll find a wide demographic engaged in regular exercise, facilitated by extensive public parks, fitness corners, and gym classes.” For those considering moving to Singapore, he recommended East Coast Park, which offers picnic spots and a serene environment for walking along the beach.

High Quality of Life, But High Cost

Despite its many advantages, living in Singapore comes with a cost. The country is ranked as one of the most expensive cities in the world. In Mercer’s 2023 ranking of costliest places to live, Singapore was listed second, just after Hong Kong. Although it can be expensive, many residents feel that the high quality of life justifies the expense.

Singapore is also a highly diverse country, with people from across the world calling it home. Despite its multicultural population, the government places a strong emphasis on maintaining social cohesion through strict laws and regulations. For example, littering, smoking in public places, drug use, and even jaywalking are met with severe penalties. Although the rules are stringent, many residents appreciate the order and safety they bring to everyday life.

Kokate noted, “The government’s policies are carefully aligned with the needs of the population, focusing on improving the overall quality of life, supporting economic stability, and maintaining social harmony.” She added that Singapore’s political stability also encourages business investment and economic growth, which benefits the country as a whole.

The city-state is not just known for its strict regulations; it also celebrates its rich diversity through its world-renowned food scene and vibrant cultural festivals. Singapore’s multicultural society embraces a wide range of traditions, from Chinese New Year to Deepavali, as well as international events like the Singapore International Festival of the Arts.

As Kokate summed up, “The city has something for everyone, regardless of age. The multicultural society embraces a wide range of traditions, creating a rich and vibrant cultural experience that enhances the stay for both visitors and expats.”

How to Time Meals Around Your Workouts for Optimal Performance and Recovery

Many people struggle with the question of whether to eat before or after exercising. It’s a common dilemma: should you fuel up with food before a workout or wait until after to eat? The answer depends on several factors, including the type of exercise, the time of day, and your individual health goals. Unfortunately, research on this topic is still evolving, leaving people with more questions than clear guidelines.

Health experts agree that both pre- and post-workout nutrition play essential roles in maximizing performance and recovery, but timing and content can vary depending on personal needs.

What to Eat and When

Health professionals suggest eating before and after workouts, but for different reasons. For most individuals, a balanced meal with carbohydrates and protein, consumed two to four hours before exercise, provides enough energy to fuel the session. This also allows adequate time for digestion, minimizing the risk of nausea, acid reflux, or other digestive issues, explained Dr. Martha Gulati, a cardiologist at Cedars-Sinai in Los Angeles. She emphasizes that lifestyle changes, including proper nutrition, can significantly enhance exercise outcomes.

When there’s time before a workout, a nutritious pre-exercise meal might include high-quality protein such as chicken, salmon, or tofu, complex carbohydrates like oatmeal, sweet potatoes, or brown rice, and healthy fats from sources like avocado, nuts, or eggs, according to Dr. Cecilia Cordova Vallejos, a sports medicine physiatrist at Johns Hopkins Medicine. These food combinations provide long-lasting energy for workouts.

If you’re pressed for time and need a quick snack 30 minutes before exercise, that’s also an option. A small snack can be particularly helpful during longer, high-intensity workouts. Dr. Cordova Vallejos suggests a protein bar or energy gel, which are easy to digest, while Dr. Gulati recommends something as simple as a banana or a piece of fruit.

After a workout, replenishing your body is essential, especially for muscle repair. The International Society of Sports Nutrition recommends consuming 20 to 40 grams of protein within two hours of exercise to promote muscle recovery and growth. Foods like a can of tuna, a chicken breast, or three scrambled eggs with cheese offer protein amounts within this recommended range.

Tailoring Meal Timing to Specific Goals

Your meal schedule can also depend on your overall health and fitness goals. For instance, if you have diabetes or another condition that requires careful blood sugar management, the timing of meals around workouts becomes more specific.

Jill Kanaley, a professor of nutrition and exercise physiology at the University of Missouri, notes that people with Type 2 diabetes might benefit from eating breakfast before their morning exercise. A 2017 study of 64 adults with Type 2 diabetes in India found that those who ate breakfast before exercising had better blood sugar control compared to those who worked out on an empty stomach.

For those with Type 1 diabetes, the advice might be different. Dr. Kanaley pointed out that some research suggests fasting before moderate or high-intensity morning exercise can be safe for people with Type 1 diabetes, depending on their blood glucose levels upon waking. However, it’s important to consult a healthcare professional for personalized advice.

Generally speaking, exercising on an empty stomach isn’t always advisable. In a 2020 online survey of about 2,000 endurance athletes, many participants reported that working out without eating first hindered their training, reduced their performance, and made them feel hungrier afterward.

If building muscle and improving recovery are top priorities, Dr. Cordova Vallejos advises eating more protein and distributing it throughout the day. This approach can enhance muscle growth and reduce post-workout soreness.

People with food allergies, dietary restrictions, or specific medical conditions should seek advice from a physician, sports medicine expert, or nutritionist to develop a plan that aligns with their needs and goals.

The Bottom Line

Ultimately, there is no one-size-fits-all approach to meal timing around workouts. It’s essential to listen to your body and adapt based on what works best for you. Dr. Gulati emphasizes the importance of trial and error, suggesting that if a high-fat or protein-rich snack upsets your stomach before a workout, switching to a carb-heavy snack may be the solution. On the other hand, for low-intensity exercises like yoga or walking, you may not need to eat beforehand.

Dr. Gulati also reminds us that while there isn’t a “perfect” formula, you can develop a successful routine through patience and experimentation. She said, “Everyone has different needs, goals, diets, and schedules,” but over time, you’ll figure out what makes you feel your best during and after workouts.

While general recommendations can guide you, the most effective approach to timing your meals with exercise will depend on personal factors such as your health, type of workout, and how your body responds to different foods.

Steve Jobs’ Secret to Problem Solving: The 10-Minute Rule and How It Can Help Your Brain

When faced with a complex issue at work, you might sit at your desk, stressing over the solution. After ten minutes of intense focus, you still come up blank. What should you do? If you were Steve Jobs, the answer was simple: get up and take a walk.

“Taking a long walk was his preferred way to have a serious conversation,” writes Jobs’ biographer, Walter Isaacson. Legendary designer Jony Ives also recalls, “So much of our time together was spent quietly walking.” It’s evident from various accounts that Jobs spent much of his time walking barefoot, whether he was deep in thought or discussing business strategies.

Jobs’ habit of walking wasn’t just about enjoying the outdoors or staying physically fit. He had an intuitive understanding of something science is now beginning to prove — walking helps the brain function more efficiently. Specifically, it aids in solving complex problems that often seem impossible to crack while sitting still.

As neuroscience suggests, walking shifts the brain into a mode that allows for creativity and problem-solving, which is why modern experts recommend adopting the “10-minute rule”: If you haven’t found a solution within ten minutes of focused thinking, take a walk.

Your Brain Isn’t a Muscle

This advice comes from Mithu Storoni, a neuroscientist from the University of Cambridge and author of the book *Hyperefficient: Optimize Your Brain to Transform the Way You Work*. On a recent HBR IdeaCast podcast, Storoni shared several strategies for improving brain efficiency, one of which is the 10-minute rule.

“I have some clients, and… one managing director has adopted a rule of, if he’s sitting in front of his computer with a problem that he hasn’t managed to solve for 10 minutes, he leaves his desk, he goes for a walk,” says Storoni.

She explains that unlike muscles, the brain doesn’t respond to more effort in the same way. If you’re doing a physically repetitive task, like working on an assembly line, pushing your muscles harder can yield more results until they tire out. But when the brain is your main tool, simply trying harder often leads to diminishing returns.

For tasks that are routine and don’t require much creativity, such as going through emails, focused effort works well. You can sit down, concentrate, and power through. However, when the job requires generating new ideas or solving a tricky problem, you need a more relaxed, open mental state where your mind can explore possibilities and make connections that weren’t immediately obvious.

Sitting in frustration for long periods doesn’t produce these “aha!” moments. Instead, trying to force ideas leads to mental exhaustion, blocking the creative process. Storoni emphasizes that instead of brute-forcing your way through a mental block, it’s better to coax your brain into a state that fosters innovative thinking.

Why the 10-Minute Rule Enhances Brain Function

So, how does stepping away from a problem after 10 minutes and taking a walk help your brain reach the right state to solve it?

According to Storoni, how you move your body affects how your mind functions. Taking a walk keeps your mind alert, but not fixated on one particular idea. “It keeps you in the right alert mental state, so you don’t just drift off, you don’t just fall asleep, or feel lethargic, or [look] at your phone,” she says. At the same time, walking keeps your attention moving because your surroundings are in motion. This constant yet gentle shift in focus allows your mind to wander, encouraging it to explore different solutions to the problem you’re working on.

Walking, she explains, prevents you from becoming overly focused on any one thought. “You can’t ruminate, because your attention can’t stick to one problem for too long because you also have to pay attention to where you’re walking,” Storoni adds.

In simple terms, as you walk, you have to navigate the physical world around you, avoiding obstacles like streetlights or uneven sidewalks. This physical movement mirrors a similar mental process where your mind lightly skips between ideas without getting stuck. It’s this fluid mental state that allows new ideas to form and breakthrough solutions to emerge.

The Power of Walking: Supported by Great Thinkers

If you’re wondering whether this technique is truly effective, consider the achievements of Steve Jobs. His creative genius and problem-solving abilities are legendary, and he regularly used walking as a tool to enhance his thinking. But Jobs isn’t the only one who relied on walking to sharpen his mind. Many other influential figures, from Charles Darwin to Mark Zuckerberg, have also advocated for walking as a way to unlock creativity and innovation.

The connection between walking and cognitive function is backed by both anecdotal evidence and scientific research. According to various studies, moving your body not only improves physical health but also boosts brain activity, particularly when it comes to tackling complex problems. When you feel stuck, continuing to sit and struggle at your desk may only deepen your frustration. But by getting up and taking a walk, you shift your brain into a more conducive state for creative thinking.

Applying the 10-Minute Rule to Your Own Life

The science and real-life examples are clear: if you’re stuck on a problem and haven’t made progress after 10 minutes, it’s time to get moving. This doesn’t mean giving up or abandoning the task; rather, it’s about shifting how you approach the challenge. Walking provides a change of environment and pace, which nudges your brain into a mode better suited for idea generation.

If you’re still skeptical, give it a try next time you encounter a mental block. Set a timer for 10 minutes of focused work. When the timer goes off and you haven’t cracked the problem, stand up, go for a brief walk, and allow your mind to wander. You may find that when you return to your desk, the solution you were struggling to find comes to you naturally.

Ultimately, the 10-minute rule isn’t just a technique for clearing mental roadblocks — it’s a philosophy that acknowledges the importance of working smarter, not harder. Whether you’re in the midst of a high-stakes project or trying to think creatively about a new initiative, taking a break after 10 minutes of frustration might be the key to unlocking your next big idea.

Life Lessons from the End: Regrets People Share in Their Final Moments

Shoshana Ungerleider, an internal medicine doctor, believes that to live a truly meaningful and fulfilling life, one must come to terms with the fact that life inevitably ends. Over her years caring for patients in the hospital, she has observed several common regrets people express near the end of their lives, as she shared with CNBC Make It.

“Being close to the end of your life really allows you — pushes you — to be present because that’s all you have,” Ungerleider, 44, remarked. She is the host of the forthcoming “Before We Go” podcast and the founder of the nonprofit End Well Foundation. “That is true for all of us. Throughout our lives, this present moment is all we have.”

As a physician who specializes in end-of-life care, Ungerleider has noticed that many of her patients express certain recurring regrets as they near the end of their journeys. She highlights five major regrets that individuals often confront when reflecting on their lives.

The first common regret she encounters is, “I didn’t spend enough time with the people I love.” Many people look back and realize that they missed out on valuable moments with their loved ones due to other priorities.

A second regret often heard is, “I worked too much and missed out on life.” The realization that time spent at work overshadowed personal joys and experiences is a tough reality for many facing their mortality.

A third regret revolves around fear: “I let fear control my decisions and didn’t take risks.” Ungerleider explains that, for many, the fear of the unknown or of failure kept them from taking opportunities they now wish they had embraced.

Another sentiment frequently expressed is, “I wish I’d been braver in the face of uncertainty or opportunity.” People realize too late that courage in the face of challenges could have led to richer, more fulfilling experiences.

Finally, Ungerleider observes that many regret losing touch with the present moment. “I focused too much on the future and lost touch with the present” is a lamentation she often hears, as people reflect on how they spent too much time worrying about what was to come rather than appreciating what they had in the present.

To help prevent these regrets, Ungerleider suggests a simple but profound practice: consistently reminding oneself that life is finite and uncertain. She advises individuals to regularly ask themselves key, life-defining questions: How do I want to spend my time? What matters most to me?

Ungerleider especially encourages younger people to adopt this habit of reflection. While they may not have yet faced serious health challenges or the mortality of loved ones, she believes that this practice is essential for living a long and healthy life with good quality.

“I’d recommend eating a balanced diet, exercising regularly, and avoiding things like smoking and high-risk activities. Reflecting on mortality should really be on that list,” she says. Ungerleider stresses that thinking about death is an integral part of living well: “Reflecting on our own mortality throughout life, whether you’re 20, 50, 80, whatever, allows us to live better every day with more meaning and purpose in our lives.”

Acknowledging death doesn’t have to be morbid—it can help individuals find beauty and value in life’s everyday moments. In a July episode of “The Happiness Lab” podcast, Alua Arthur, an author and founder of the end-of-life planning organization Going With Grace, echoed this sentiment. Arthur described how grounding herself in the reality of her mortality has helped her appreciate life’s small joys. “Grounding in my mortality means that at some point I won’t have access to all these senses anymore,” Arthur said. “And so, how cool is it that I can feel cold on my hands? How cool is it that I have plates for me to eat off of?”

Recognizing that death is inevitable can help people focus on what truly matters and bring more meaning into their lives. According to Ungerleider, reflecting on life’s impermanence allows us to live with greater intention and focus on what’s important, rather than getting lost in the distractions of daily life.

This idea of finding happiness and fulfillment by acknowledging life’s fragility resonates with others who have also worked closely with people nearing the end of their lives. Siddhartha Mukherjee, a Pulitzer Prize-winning author and oncologist, shared similar insights during his commencement speech at the University of Pennsylvania in May. Mukherjee emphasized that, on their deathbeds, people often express regret about not showing enough love and forgiveness to those they care about. “Waiting [to express yourself] merely delays the inevitable,” Mukherjee noted, suggesting that people should not postpone important emotional expressions or relationships.

Bronnie Ware, a former palliative care worker and author, also explored the regrets of those nearing death in her 2011 book, *The Top Five Regrets of the Dying*. One of the most frequent regrets she heard from patients was, “I wish I’d had the courage to live a life true to myself, not the life others expected of me.” In her work, Ware found that many individuals felt they had conformed to societal expectations rather than pursuing their own desires and dreams.

In a blog post, Ware further explained that people often don’t realize until the end that happiness is a choice. She observed that individuals can become trapped in familiar patterns and habits, which may not necessarily bring them joy. “Many did not realize until the end that happiness is a choice. They had stayed stuck in old patterns and habits,” she wrote. “Life is a choice. It is YOUR life. Choose consciously, choose wisely, choose honestly. Choose happiness.”

The consistent message shared by Ungerleider, Mukherjee, Arthur, and Ware is that, in the face of death, people’s priorities tend to become clearer. Love, relationships, personal growth, and being true to oneself take on greater significance. This shift in perspective often leads to the realization that many of the things people once worried about—such as work, fear, and the future—are far less important than they once seemed.

By confronting mortality and reflecting on what truly matters, individuals can make more conscious choices about how they live. Whether it’s spending more time with loved ones, being braver in the face of uncertainty, or simply appreciating life’s small pleasures, the ultimate lesson is clear: life is precious, and we have the power to live it fully, free from regret.

8 Daily Habits of People Who Look Younger Than Their Age

Have you ever met someone who seems to defy the passage of time, looking much younger than their actual age? While some might think it’s all about genetics, the truth is, there’s often more at play. These individuals don’t just rely on good genes; they have lifestyle habits that contribute to their youthful appearance. In this article, we’ll explore eight daily habits that people who look up to 15 years younger than their age typically follow. What’s even better is that these habits are simple and within everyone’s reach.

1) They Prioritize Sleep

One of the most fundamental factors in maintaining a youthful appearance is sleep. People who look significantly younger than their age understand that quality sleep is vital. It’s not just about getting the recommended seven to eight hours, but also about sticking to a consistent sleep schedule. During sleep, the body undergoes repair processes, including skin regeneration. When we sleep, our skin rejuvenates, healing from the day’s wear and tear, which helps maintain a fresh, youthful look.

A lack of sleep, on the other hand, increases stress levels, and stress is a well-known factor that accelerates aging. Next time you’re tempted to stay up late watching TV or scrolling through social media, remember that prioritizing rest can have a long-term positive impact on your appearance.

2) They Stay Hydrated

One thing you’ll notice about people who seem to have found the secret to eternal youth is that they always carry water with them. Staying hydrated is a key factor in looking younger. A friend of mine, Sarah, who is in her 50s but looks like she’s in her mid-30s, is a perfect example. She always has a water bottle on hand and attributes her youthful skin and energy to staying hydrated. Proper hydration helps maintain the elasticity of the skin, flushes out toxins, and ensures that all bodily functions are running smoothly.

3) They Protect Their Skin From the Sun

It’s no secret that the sun’s harmful ultraviolet (UV) rays can cause premature aging. In fact, up to 90% of visible aging signs like wrinkles and sunspots are caused by exposure to the sun, a phenomenon known as photoaging. People who look younger than their age are diligent about protecting their skin. They don’t just wear sunscreen when they’re at the beach; they make it a daily habit, even on cloudy days. UV rays can penetrate clouds and windows, so these individuals often use skincare and makeup products with SPF as an additional protective measure.

By making sun protection a priority, they manage to keep their skin looking healthy and youthful for much longer than those who don’t.

4) They Lead an Active Lifestyle

People who look younger than their years understand the importance of physical activity. Regular exercise benefits not only the body but also the skin. It improves blood circulation, bringing more oxygen and nutrients to the skin, which results in a healthy, vibrant complexion. This goes beyond just maintaining a fit physique—exercise also boosts energy levels and reduces stress, both of which contribute to a youthful glow.

Their routines typically include a variety of activities, such as cardiovascular exercises, strength training, and flexibility workouts. These habits ensure that they not only look good but feel good as well.

5) They Cherish Their Relationships

It’s often said that laughter is the best medicine, and there’s some truth to that, especially when it comes to maintaining a youthful appearance. People who look younger than their age tend to have strong, healthy relationships and a vibrant social life. Emotional well-being is closely tied to physical health, and those who make time to connect with loved ones often radiate joy and positivity, which shows on their faces.

Whether it’s staying close with old friends, spending quality time with family, or forming new connections, these individuals prioritize relationships. The love, laughter, and emotional support they receive help keep them young at heart, which is reflected in their appearance.

6) They Follow a Balanced Diet

There are plenty of fad diets out there, but people who maintain a youthful look tend to stick to a balanced, nutrient-rich diet. They prioritize eating plenty of fruits, vegetables, lean proteins, and whole grains. This variety of nutrient-dense foods helps their bodies function optimally, providing essential vitamins and minerals that keep their skin glowing and energy levels high.

While they do indulge from time to time, they practice moderation and mindful eating, ensuring they enjoy their favorite treats without overdoing it. This balanced approach helps them stay healthy and look youthful without feeling deprived.

7) They Practice Mindfulness

In today’s fast-paced world, people who manage to stay youthful often make it a priority to slow down and practice mindfulness. Mindfulness involves being present and fully engaged in the current moment, and it has a range of benefits that can help maintain a youthful appearance. By reducing stress, improving mental clarity, and promoting a sense of inner peace, mindfulness contributes to overall well-being.

Many people who look younger than their age incorporate mindfulness practices like meditation, yoga, or simply taking a few moments each day to focus on their breathing. This not only helps them stay grounded and reduce anxiety but also promotes a healthy glow that comes from within.

8) They Cultivate a Positive Mindset

Perhaps the most important habit that people who look younger than their age have is cultivating a positive mindset. These individuals tend to have an optimistic outlook on life, which not only helps them handle challenges with grace but also contributes to their youthful appearance. A positive mindset reduces stress, and stress is one of the biggest culprits behind premature aging.

People with a sunny disposition tend to radiate joy, enthusiasm, and gratitude, which enhances both their inner and outer beauty. A happy, contented heart shines through in their faces, giving them a youthful glow that no skincare product can replicate.

A Holistic Approach to Youthfulness

As we’ve seen, looking younger isn’t just about having good genes. It’s about adopting daily habits that enhance both physical and emotional well-being. The eight habits discussed in this article—prioritizing sleep, staying hydrated, protecting the skin from the sun, leading an active lifestyle, cherishing relationships, following a balanced diet, practicing mindfulness, and cultivating a positive mindset—can make a significant difference in how you age.

These habits are not only simple but also achievable. By incorporating them into your daily routine, you can maintain a youthful energy and appearance that others will notice. So, why not start today? The results might surprise you and lead to a more vibrant, youthful life for years to come.

Many Americans are Moving to Denmark, and Here’s Why

Denmark has recently become a popular destination for many Americans, and there are compelling reasons for this trend. A major factor contributing to this is Denmark’s ranking as the top country for quality of life in a survey conducted by U.S. News & World Report, in collaboration with the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. The ranking, released on Tuesday, placed Denmark first for quality of life and 10th overall in the list of best countries, which takes into account ten factors.

The study evaluated several criteria such as affordability, job and political stability, healthcare quality, and personal freedom. Scandinavian countries as a whole excelled in these rankings, with Sweden, Norway, and Finland joining Denmark in the top ten.

Here are the countries that made it to the top 10 for quality of life:

10. New Zealand
New Zealand ranked 10th for quality of life and 9th overall, with a GDP per capita of $54,110. The country earned high marks for agility, which refers to how a country adapts to challenges, as well as adventure and social purpose. It also claimed the second spot for best countries for a comfortable retirement, largely due to its free or subsidized public healthcare and somewhat lower cost of living compared to the United States.

9. Netherlands
With a GDP per capita of $78,215, the Netherlands took 9th place for quality of life and 13th overall. It ranked highly for being business-friendly and socially progressive. The Netherlands also placed within the top five for the best countries to start a career, for women, and for racial equality. Additionally, it came in 8th in the ranking for comfortable retirement, attributed to its quality healthcare and affordability.

8. Australia
Australia, with a GDP per capita of $69,115, ranked 8th for quality of life and 5th overall. Known for being an attractive destination for visitors, Australia also scored high for its agility and social purpose. In terms of business, Australia stood out in areas such as headquartering corporations, education, and launching careers. When it comes to retirement, Australia ranked 4th due to its universal healthcare system and relatively lower rents in major cities compared to the United States.

7. Germany
Germany secured the 7th spot in both quality of life and overall rankings. With a GDP per capita of $69,338, it topped the entrepreneurship category and was among the top 10 in categories such as power, agility, and cultural influence. Germany also ranked highly in areas such as career opportunities and corporate influence, although it fell outside the top 20 for comfortable retirement.

6. Finland
Ranked 6th for quality of life, Finland, with a GDP per capita of $65,061, is noted for its work-life balance, safety, and environmental consciousness. The country ranked 4th for being business-friendly and 6th for modernity. Finland was also the second-best country for green living and 4th for women’s rights and raising children. While it was just outside the top 10 for retirement, Finland’s strong performance in several other categories made it stand out.

5. Canada
Canada, with a GDP per capita of $61,582, ranked 5th for quality of life and 4th overall. The country consistently ranks in the top five for agility and social purpose and is also known for its entrepreneurial spirit. Canada appeared in the top 10 of nearly every “best for” list analyzed, such as those for education, transparency, raising a family, and career opportunities. In terms of retirement, it ranked 6th, thanks to its quality healthcare system and affordability.

4. Norway
With one of the highest GDP per capita on the list at $104,460, Norway ranked 4th for quality of life and 11th overall. Norway is known for its high life expectancy, strong infrastructure, and modern cities. The country placed 3rd for raising children and women’s rights and was ranked 5th for green living. However, when it came to comfortable retirement, Norway ranked lower at 16th.

3. Switzerland
Switzerland excelled in many categories, topping the overall rankings as the best country. It also ranked highly for quality of life, coming in 3rd, thanks to its strong business environment, especially for starting careers and headquartering corporations. With a GDP per capita of $92,980, Switzerland boasts excellent employment conditions, health security, and low taxes. Many retirees are drawn to Switzerland because of its high-quality healthcare system. It topped the list for comfortable retirement.

2. Sweden
Sweden, with a GDP per capita of $70,207, ranked 2nd for quality of life and 6th overall. It also ranked 2nd for social purpose and 3rd for business-friendliness, but did not rank as high in categories such as power and heritage. Nevertheless, Sweden placed 1st for women’s rights, green living, and transparency. It ranked 2nd for raising children and 3rd for starting a career, further contributing to its high quality of life score. When it comes to retirement, Sweden ranked 9th, reflecting its strong healthcare system and affordability.

1. Denmark
Denmark, which ranked 10th overall, claimed the top spot for quality of life. The country has consistently been recognized for its superior education, employment opportunities, and civic engagement, according to the OECD Better Life Index. With a GDP per capita of $76,688, Denmark ranked highly in various categories. The country took the top position for raising children and racial equality and came in 2nd for women’s rights. In terms of retirement, Denmark ranked 7th, supported by its healthcare system and quality of life factors.

According to the report, Denmark’s social purpose was a key driver of its success in the rankings. It outperformed many of its peers in categories such as education, employment, and social connections, making it an attractive destination for people seeking a better quality of life. As a result, many Americans are relocating to Denmark, drawn by its social welfare policies, high living standards, and strong healthcare system.

In addition to Denmark’s success, Scandinavian countries in general performed well in the rankings, with Sweden, Norway, and Finland also making the top 10. These countries share many of the same attributes as Denmark, including strong healthcare systems, good work-life balance, and environmental consciousness.

Many Americans are finding these countries to be appealing due to their political stability, individual freedoms, and emphasis on personal well-being. As people continue to seek out better quality of life and retirement options, countries like Denmark are expected to remain top choices for relocation.

Denmark’s position at the top of the quality of life rankings reflects its commitment to providing a high standard of living for its residents. With its strong social policies, affordable healthcare, and emphasis on education and work-life balance, it’s no surprise that Denmark is becoming an increasingly popular destination for those seeking a better life. The country’s ability to foster a thriving, inclusive society makes it a standout in the global rankings and a model for other nations to aspire to.

Habits to Let Go for Earning Your Child’s Respect

Earning your child’s respect is not something that happens just because you’re their parent. It comes from how you behave and the habits you model for them. As children grow, they observe these habits and decide how much respect they have for you based on what they see. To foster their respect as they get older, there are several habits you should be mindful of, and even let go of. In this article, we explore seven common parenting habits that may hinder gaining your child’s respect.

1) Being Overly Authoritative

Discipline is important, but there’s a fine line between maintaining control and becoming overly authoritative. Parents sometimes believe that being overly strict is the best way to keep order, but it can backfire, causing children to lose respect for them over time. When children feel they aren’t being heard or that their opinions don’t matter, they begin to see their parents as dictators instead of mentors.

Of course, it’s essential to set boundaries, but it’s just as important to give your child some degree of autonomy. Allow them to make decisions, even if they make mistakes along the way. Letting them learn from these experiences will help build respect and teach them life skills. In the end, this approach not only helps children feel valued but also deepens their respect for you as they grow.

2) Not Practicing What You Preach

Children pay more attention to what you do than what you say. A personal example of this occurred when my daughter, who loved to draw, once drew on the wall. I scolded her, but later that same week, she saw me marking measurements on the wall for a painting. Confused, she asked why I was allowed to draw on the wall, but she wasn’t. That incident made me realize that I wasn’t following the rules I set for her, which sent a mixed message.

This experience taught me that if I wanted my child to respect the house rules, I needed to respect them too. Being consistent with your actions, just as much as your words, fosters respect. After all, you can’t expect your children to respect you if you don’t follow the same guidelines you set for them.

3) Dismissing Their Interests

Children begin developing their own interests as young as three years old. Whether it’s dinosaurs, princesses, or even the solar system, these interests are important to them. When parents dismiss or belittle these interests, it can be discouraging. It signals to the child that their passions are insignificant, which can hurt their confidence.

On the other hand, showing interest in what your child enjoys is a way of validating their thoughts and feelings. It helps them feel seen, understood, and respected. So, the next time your child wants to share something they’re passionate about, whether it’s a cartoon they’ve watched a hundred times or facts about space, tune in and engage. These conversations could lead to a deeper bond and greater mutual respect between you and your child.

4) Neglecting Promises

For children, promises are like laws. When you make a promise and keep it, you demonstrate reliability and trustworthiness. However, breaking promises, even small ones, can erode their trust in you. Imagine promising your child a trip to the park, only to cancel at the last minute. This sends the message that your commitments aren’t important, and children notice.

Our actions set a precedent, and if we fail to honor our commitments, how can we expect our children to do the same? By consistently keeping your promises, no matter how small, you build a foundation of respect and trust with your child.

5) Avoiding Difficult Conversations

One of the most challenging moments as a parent came when my son asked me about death. It was a difficult topic that I initially avoided, but he kept asking. Eventually, I realized that if I didn’t explain it to him, someone else might, and not in a way that was appropriate or sensitive to his understanding.

Avoiding tough conversations can create distance between you and your child. They may feel that you’re not open to discussing serious matters, and over time, they may stop turning to you for guidance. Being honest and open, even about uncomfortable subjects, shows your child that they can trust you with any concern. This openness not only fosters respect but also strengthens the bond between you and your child.

6) Always Solving Their Problems

As parents, it’s natural to want to solve our children’s problems and protect them from challenges. However, constantly stepping in can prevent them from developing their own problem-solving skills. When parents take over too often, children may feel as though their abilities aren’t trusted, which can harm their confidence.

Instead of immediately solving every issue, guide your child through the problem-solving process. This way, they learn to think independently and find solutions on their own. At the same time, they will respect you for supporting them in their growth, rather than fixing everything for them.

7) Not Showing Them Respect

Perhaps the most important point is the simplest: If you want your child to respect you, you must respect them. This means respecting their time, their feelings, their thoughts, and their space. Respect is a two-way street, and children learn how to show respect by seeing it in action.

When you model respectful behavior toward your child, they are more likely to reciprocate. Showing respect for your child is fundamental to building a strong, respectful relationship as they grow. By treating your child with the dignity and consideration they deserve, you teach them how to respect you and others in return.

Earning your child’s respect involves more than just expecting it because you are their parent. It requires mindful habits and consistent actions that demonstrate respect, trust, and understanding. By letting go of habits like being overly authoritative, not practicing what you preach, or dismissing your child’s interests, you create an environment where mutual respect can thrive.

Pavel Durov: A Controversial Tech Tycoon and His Battle for Free Speech

Pavel Durov is a man of many identities: a programming genius, a billionaire entrepreneur, a controversial figure accused of aligning with the Kremlin, and a champion for free speech. Recently, Durov, the founder of Telegram, was detained in France, bringing renewed attention to his enigmatic persona. Often compared to tech figures like Mark Zuckerberg, Jack Dorsey, and Elon Musk, Durov is known for his unconventional lifestyle and libertarian ideals. Like Musk, he has an obsession with pronatalism, having claimed in July that he has fathered over 100 children through sperm donations over the past 15 years.

With an estimated net worth of $9.15 billion according to Bloomberg, Durov holds multiple passports and maintains residences across various countries. He has spent the last decade as a global citizen, advocating for communication free from government surveillance. His recent legal troubles have reignited debates surrounding Telegram’s end-to-end encryption, which secures user communications even from the company’s employees, versus the security concerns of several governments and the European Union’s efforts to regulate big tech.

A Tale of Two Prodigies

Born in 1984 in the Soviet Union, Durov moved to Italy with his family at the age of four. They returned to Russia after the Soviet Union collapsed, as Durov’s father accepted a position at St. Petersburg State University. In a rare interview with Tucker Carlson earlier this year, Durov shared that both he and his older brother, Nikolai, were mathematical prodigies from a young age. While Pavel excelled locally, Nikolai was a child star, appearing on Italian television to solve cubic equations and winning multiple gold medals at the International Math Olympiad.

“We were both very passionate about coding and designing stuff,” Durov recalled. Upon their return to Russia, the family brought back an IBM PC XT from Italy, which was rare in Russia during the early 1990s. This gave the brothers a unique opportunity to teach themselves programming.

Russia’s Answer to Zuckerberg

Durov’s programming skills and entrepreneurial spirit led him to create Vkontakte (VK) in 2006, a social media platform that quickly became known as the “Facebook of Russia.” Durov was often referred to as Russia’s Mark Zuckerberg. However, his relationship with the Kremlin soured faster than Zuckerberg’s with Washington.

When VK was used by protesters to organize demonstrations in Kyiv against Ukraine’s pro-Russian president, Viktor Yanukovich, in 2013, the Kremlin demanded that VK hand over private data of Ukrainian users. Durov refused. “We decided to refuse, and that didn’t go too well with the Russian government,” he told Carlson. This decision marked the end of his tenure at VK. Durov resigned as CEO and eventually sold his shares for millions, leaving Russia behind. Today, VK is under state control.

“For me, it was never about becoming rich. Everything in my life was about becoming free. To the extent that is possible, my mission in life is to allow other people to become free,” Durov stated, adding, “I don’t want to take orders from anyone.”

A Messaging App for the Masses

Unlike Zuckerberg, who acquired WhatsApp to expand his social media empire, Durov decided to create his own messaging app despite a saturated market. He believed that existing messaging apps were inadequate. “It doesn’t matter how many messaging apps are out there if all of them suck,” Durov said in a 2015 interview with TechCrunch.

His experience with the Kremlin strongly influenced his decision to create Telegram, a messaging app based in Dubai. Durov and his brother aimed to build a platform that was beyond the reach of government surveillance. Telegram’s robust end-to-end encryption and commitment to privacy attracted hundreds of millions of users, including, controversially, the terrorists who orchestrated the Paris attacks in November 2015.

The use of Telegram by terrorists led Durov to engage in a public relations campaign, including an interview with CNN, to clarify that Telegram was not becoming a tool for terrorists. He argued that Telegram was simply the most secure messaging platform available and that compromising its encryption would undermine its appeal and the company’s commitment to privacy. “You cannot make it safe against criminals and open for governments,” Durov told CNN in 2016. “It’s either secure or not secure.”

Clashes with the Kremlin and Other Governments

Telegram’s refusal to provide decryption keys put it at odds with governments worldwide, including Russia. In 2018, Moscow attempted to ban Telegram after the company refused to comply with a demand to hand over decryption keys to Russian security services. Durov vowed to defy the ban, and another showdown with the Kremlin seemed imminent. However, the ban was lifted in 2020 without further conflict.

Since then, Telegram has become one of the few foreign social media platforms operating in Russia without significant restrictions. It is now the preferred communication tool for many Russian government officials. Critics have long speculated that Telegram’s unrestricted operation in Russia might indicate some sort of concession to the Kremlin, a claim Durov has consistently denied, often citing his earlier conflict with Russian authorities as evidence of his independence. Telegram reiterated in a statement to CNN that no deals were made with the Kremlin to lift the ban.

Before his detention in Paris, Durov was in Azerbaijan simultaneously with Russian President Vladimir Putin, who was on an official visit. Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov told reporters that the two did not meet. Despite Durov’s public disavowal of Russia, the government swiftly acted to assist him after his detention. Russian Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Maria Zakharova noted that the Russian Embassy in Paris “immediately got down to work” upon learning of Durov’s legal issues.

Ongoing Controversies

Western governments continue to be unsettled by Telegram’s use by money launderers, drug traffickers, and those spreading child exploitation content. Durov’s detention in France was related to a warrant concerning Telegram’s lack of content moderation, as reported by CNN-affiliate BFMTV. Telegram responded with a statement declaring, “it is absurd to claim that a platform or its owner are responsible for abuse of that platform.” The company emphasized that it complies with EU laws and that Durov has nothing to hide.

Understanding the Subtle Signs of Attraction: A Guide to Decoding Her Interest

Navigating the world of dating and relationships can often feel like venturing into an unknown territory without a clear path. You’re drawn to her, and you believe she might feel the same, but how can you be sure? This uncertainty may have kept you awake on more than one occasion. The signals aren’t always clear or obvious, often leaving you questioning if you’re overanalyzing her behavior.

Rather than expecting grand gestures or straightforward conversations, it’s often the smallest signs that reveal the most about her true feelings. Below is a guide to help you recognize those subtle cues that often indicate a woman is highly attracted to you, even if they are not as evident as one might hope.

  1. Increased Eye Contact

Attraction is frequently communicated through our eyes, an instinctual behavior that’s difficult to conceal. When a woman is significantly attracted to you, you may catch her making more eye contact than what is considered typical. This is not in a way that feels invasive but rather one that shows genuine interest. It’s as if she’s trying to capture every detail about you, observing your expressions and mannerisms closely. You might even notice her pupils dilating when she looks at you, a physiological response commonly linked to attraction.

It’s important to note that this doesn’t necessarily mean she’ll maintain constant eye contact. Some people are naturally shy or uncomfortable with prolonged eye contact. However, if you notice that her eyes often find their way back to you, it’s a good sign she’s attracted. The way she looks at you matters as well—if her gaze lingers, if she smiles with her eyes, or seems genuinely engaged when you’re talking, these are all subtle indicators of her attraction.

Of course, this is just one sign and should not be taken as definitive proof of her feelings. But it certainly suggests a promising beginning.

  1. Laughter at Your Jokes

Laughter is a universal sign of enjoyment and comfort. When a woman finds you funny, it indicates that she feels at ease around you and appreciates your company. A personal experience of this is when I was out with friends, and a woman in the group laughed at even my most lackluster jokes. I’m aware that I’m not a stand-up comedian, but she found everything I said amusing. It wasn’t just polite laughter; it was genuine, hearty laughter that caused her eyes to crinkle at the corners. At first, I assumed she was simply a cheerful person, but when I noticed she didn’t laugh as much or as heartily with others, I realized she might be attracted to me.

Laughter is a potent sign of attraction because it shows that she appreciates your sense of humor and enjoys being around you. So if you observe her laughing more with you than others, consider it a positive indication of her feelings.

  1. Initiating Physical Contact

Ralph Waldo Emerson once said, “We touch things to know if they are real,” and this applies to attraction as well. When a woman is attracted to you, she may find subtle ways to initiate physical contact. This could be a light touch on your arm while laughing at your joke, brushing off lint from your shirt, or even a playful punch when you say something teasing.

These touches, though brief, are not accidental. They represent her way of establishing a connection with you and gauging your reaction. These touches often carry a certain energy that’s difficult to define but easy to feel.

Naturally, some individuals are more touchy-feely than others by nature. However, if she doesn’t touch others the way she touches you, it’s a strong indication of her attraction. Remember, consent is essential. If her touches make you uncomfortable, it’s important to communicate that clearly and respectfully.

  1. Mirroring Your Actions

Mirroring is a psychological phenomenon where people subconsciously mimic the gestures, speech patterns, or attitudes of those they interact with. If you notice her copying your body language, it’s a sign that she’s attuned to you and trying to establish rapport. For instance, if you lean in while talking, she might do the same. If you touch your face during the conversation, she might mirror that action.

This behavior is typically subconscious and happens when we’re trying to connect with someone. So the next time you’re with her, pay close attention to her body language. If she’s mirroring your actions, it’s a promising sign that she’s attracted to you.

  1. Initiating Conversations

Imagine you’re at a social gathering and notice that she’s often the one starting conversations with you. Or perhaps she’s sending more texts than you are. This behavior clearly indicates that she’s interested in getting to know you better.

When a woman is highly attracted to you, she will want to keep communication open and will not wait for you to initiate every conversation. She may ask about your day, your interests, and your thoughts on various topics, all of which are signs that she genuinely wants to understand you better.

It’s about more than just small talk. Her desire to create deeper connections and understandings signifies her attraction. If she’s making an effort to engage in conversation regularly, it’s a strong indication that she’s drawn to you.

  1. Compliments

Receiving compliments from someone we’re attracted to is always a wonderful feeling. When a woman is highly attracted to you, she will often express her feelings through compliments. These could range from comments on your appearance to your intellect, sense of humor, or even your taste in music. Essentially, she appreciates you and isn’t afraid to show it.

While friends also compliment each other, there’s usually a different tone when it comes from someone who’s attracted to you—it feels more personal, more intimate. So pay attention to her words. If her compliments feel genuine and personal, it’s likely she’s attracted to you.

  1. Genuine Interest in Your Life

When a woman is attracted to you, she becomes genuinely interested in your world. She wants to know the details of your day, your likes and dislikes, and your dreams and fears. She will ask about your family, hobbies, work, and even the most mundane aspects of your life. And when you speak, she listens—really listens.

Attraction goes beyond just physical appearance; it’s about connection, compatibility, and mutual interest. If she’s showing genuine interest in your life, it means she wants to understand you deeply, not just on a surface level.

  1. Making Time for You

Perhaps the most telling sign of all is when a woman makes time for you. No matter how busy her schedule is, if she’s attracted to you, she’ll find a way to fit you in. This is because, despite our busy lives filled with commitments and responsibilities, when we’re truly attracted to someone, we prioritize them.

If she’s always there, willing to make time for you, it’s a very good sign that she values the connection you share.

Final Thoughts

Decoding attraction is an intriguing journey. While these signs offer guidance, it’s essential to remember that each woman is unique and may express her interest differently. Mutual respect and understanding are key in any interaction. Authentic attraction is about more than just surface-level signs; it’s about shared values and genuine connection.

Don’t rush to conclusions based on a few signs. Take your time to understand her, respect her individuality, and allow the relationship to develop naturally. As Maya Angelou wisely said, “People will forget what you said, people will forget what you did, but people will never forget how you made them feel.” If she’s truly attracted to you, she’ll make you feel valued and respected. Ultimately, that’s what really matters.

Embrace These 8 Daily Habits to Look and Feel Youthful Beyond Your 60s

Aging is often associated with a decline in vitality, yet many people in their 60s and older demonstrate that youthfulness transcends mere numbers. This observation has led me, Lachlan Brown, founder of Hack Spirit and a dedicated mindfulness advocate, to explore the habits of individuals who seem to defy the typical aging process. From my experiences, I’ve learned that maintaining a youthful demeanor is less about genetics or luck and more about daily practices.

In this article, I will highlight eight daily habits that contribute to a youthful appearance and energy levels in people who are well into their later years. These habits aren’t the result of chance but of deliberate choices. Read on to discover how adopting these practices can help you also look and feel younger.

Firstly, regular movement is crucial. In health circles, there’s a popular saying that “sitting is the new smoking.” This phrase isn’t just a buzzword; it’s supported by scientific research. Individuals who maintain their youthfulness into their 60s and beyond tend to be anything but sedentary. They embrace a range of physical activities, from walking and yoga to dancing, swimming, and cycling. They recognize that keeping the body in motion is essential, not just for staying fit but for maintaining overall well-being. Regular movement helps manage weight, maintain flexible joints, strengthen muscles and bones, and enhance mood and energy levels. Additionally, it benefits cognitive function. As Carl Jung famously said, “The creation of something new is not accomplished by the intellect but by the play instinct acting from inner necessity. The creative mind plays with the objects it loves.” Therefore, find a physical activity that you enjoy and make it a regular part of your life to sustain a youthful demeanor.

Mindfulness is another powerful habit that contributes to feeling and looking young. As someone deeply invested in mindfulness, I can attest to its profound effects. Daily mindfulness practices, such as meditation, can help clear the mind, reduce stress, and foster a sense of calm and well-being. I recall my initial skepticism about meditation, but as I consistently practiced focusing on my breath and letting thoughts drift without judgment, I noticed a shift. My mind became clearer, and I felt more present. People who age gracefully often incorporate mindfulness into their routines. Whether through meditation, journaling, yoga, or simply taking moments to breathe deeply, mindfulness helps maintain mental health and a positive outlook, both of which contribute to a youthful spirit. Remember, “You are never too old to set another goal or to dream a new dream.” Consider making mindfulness one of your new goals.

Diet is another critical factor in aging well. What you eat affects how you feel and look. Those who age gracefully understand the impact of a nutrient-dense diet. They recognize that processed foods, sugars, and unhealthy fats can accelerate aging, whereas fruits, vegetables, lean proteins, and whole grains can slow it down. My book, “Hidden Secrets of Buddhism: How To Live With Maximum Impact and Minimum Ego,” explores the concept of mindful eating, which emphasizes being fully aware of and intentional about your food choices. Mindful eating not only enhances physical health but also fosters gratitude for the food we consume, contributing to a positive and youthful outlook. As the saying goes, food is fuel; better fuel leads to better performance.

Maintaining strong social connections is also vital. Psychological research highlights that social bonds contribute to a sense of belonging and purpose, potentially extending lifespan. Those who age gracefully often nurture relationships with family, friends, and their community. They understand that social isolation can lead to loneliness and depression, which may hasten the aging process. Conversely, staying socially active promotes mental health, sharpens cognitive functions, and supports a positive view of life. Participating in community activities or volunteering are effective ways to foster social connections, providing both interaction and a sense of purpose.

Embracing change is another key to youthful aging. While many people fear the passage of time, those who age gracefully see it as an opportunity for growth and exploration. They view each year as a new chapter, filled with potential rather than something to resist. By adapting to change, whether it’s physical, social, or personal, they maintain a positive outlook and reduce stress, which contributes to their youthful spirit.

Prioritizing rest and recovery is crucial in maintaining a youthful appearance and energy levels. In a society that often values constant productivity, understanding the importance of rest can make a significant difference. Individuals who remain youthful recognize that good-quality sleep is essential for the body’s repair processes. They also value regular breaks throughout the day to recharge, whether by stepping away from their work or engaging in relaxing activities like deep breathing or short naps.

Regular self-reflection is another transformative habit. Taking time to reflect on life, decisions, and experiences fosters clarity, personal growth, and wisdom. Journaling is a practical method for self-reflection, allowing individuals to process thoughts, emotions, and track personal development. For example, after a challenging interaction with a friend, journaling about it helped me understand my role in the conflict better and facilitated emotional growth. This practice supports a positive outlook and a youthful mindset.

Lastly, maintaining a positive outlook is crucial. Positivity isn’t just a feel-good trait; it’s integral to aging well. People who look and feel young into their later years often have a consistent positive perspective on life. They choose to see the silver lining in every situation and understand that while they can’t control all external events, they can control their responses. Research shows that a positive attitude can lower the risk of chronic diseases, enhance resilience, and even extend lifespan. When facing challenges, focusing on the positives can significantly benefit your overall well-being.

Aging is a natural process, but how we age islargely within our control. By adopting these eight habits—embracing movement, mindfulness, a nutritious diet, strong social connections, change, rest, self-reflection, and positivity—you canmaintain a youthful appearance and spirit. Embrace these practices to make the most of the journey through your golden years.

Exploring Cold Showers: Benefits, Risks, and Expert Insights on Cold Water Immersion

Cold water immersion, popularized through various media, is celebrated for its potential health benefits, including enhancements in heart health, muscle recovery, and stress reduction. This practice, part of a broader category known as cryotherapy or cold therapy, encompasses several methods—ice, water, and air—used for medical and therapeutic purposes. Examples include cryosurgery for lesions, ice packs for swelling, and ice baths for exercise recovery or stress relief.

Historically, cold water immersion dates back to ancient Greece, contributing to a rich body of research on its benefits. Today, modern proponents question whether cold showers, a more accessible version, offer similar advantages.

“The research is very, very thin as it pertains to cold showers itself,” noted Dr. Corey Simon, an associate professor at Duke University and senior fellow at the Duke Aging Center. Although there are numerous studies, including some with outdated methodologies and limited participant numbers, mostly involving healthy younger adults, the evidence remains inconclusive.

Nevertheless, experts have formulated theories on why cold showers might be beneficial based on existing scientific and anecdotal evidence. Dr. Simon believes that the primary benefits of cold showers stem from the psychological adaptation to stress.

“Folks don’t just go from zero to 60 in cold showers,” Simon explained. “They have to work up to them usually, so there is the element of your body being able to control being in a stressful environment.”

This perspective aligns with findings from an October 2022 study published in Current Psychology. Participants who took showers with temperatures between 50 and 57.2 degrees Fahrenheit (10 to 14 degrees Celsius) for up to a minute daily over two weeks reported reduced stress levels compared to a control group. These benefits were more pronounced when combined with a breathing technique involving deep breaths, exhalation, and breath holding.

Dr. Simon himself takes cold showers once or twice a week, claiming that this practice enhances his mental presence by forcing him to confront and process the discomfort.

Dr. Rachelle Reed, an exercise physiologist in Athens, Georgia, has noted improvements in mood and energy following cold showers. “You sort of feel a little bit elated, and that is thought to be due at least in part to that increase in neurotransmitters epinephrine, norepinephrine, and dopamine,” she observed.

The psychological benefits may also contribute to perceived pain relief, given that psychological distress is a significant pain predictor. Cold immersion can induce a temporary cardiovascular stress response—raising blood pressure, heart rate, and breathing rate. This hyperactivity can enhance blood flow as the body works to return to its normal state and warm up. Cold showers might induce similar effects to some degree.

However, individuals with cardiovascular issues, circulatory problems, conditions like Raynaud’s disease or neuropathy, or diabetes should consult a doctor before trying cold showers. Pregnant women, those who have recently undergone surgery, or those under the influence of alcohol or drugs should also avoid cold showers.

Dr. Simon emphasized the seriousness of these precautions, citing cases of death related to cold therapy.

In terms of immune system support, cold showers have shown some promise. A May 2014 study tested whether meditation, deep breathing, and cold showers could enhance immune responses in a small group of Dutch men. Participants who practiced these techniques exhibited fewer symptoms of bacterial infections and produced more anti-inflammatory chemicals in response to the infection.

Dr. Simon remains cautious about this finding, as recent research suggests that reducing inflammation might sometimes delay or impede recovery. The study’s results do not isolate the effectiveness of each technique—meditation, deep breathing, or cold showers.

Conversely, a September 2016 Dutch study found that participants who took cold showers for 30 to 90 seconds experienced a 29% reduction in sick days. There are also anecdotal reports suggesting that cold showers may reduce the frequency of illness.

Regarding fitness, cold showers can help alleviate muscle soreness but are not recommended immediately after resistance training. “The latest evidence suggests that you would not want to disrupt the inflammation process that comes after lifting,” Reed explained, noting that this inflammation helps muscles grow stronger and more efficient. She advised using cold therapy on rest days and acknowledged that while cold showers might temporarily boost metabolism, they are not linked to significant weight loss.

For those interested in trying cold showers, starting gradually is advised. Most studies use showers between 50 and 60 degrees Fahrenheit (10 to 15.5 degrees Celsius), but a thermometer is not essential. “I don’t use a thermometer and still experience benefits,” Simon admitted, although he recognized this as anecdotal.

Simon recommended easing into the cold water, starting from lukewarm temperatures. Begin with 15 to 30 seconds of cold exposure, then gradually increase the duration by 15 seconds every few weeks. Utilizing box breathing—inhale for four counts, hold for four counts, exhale for four counts, and hold for four counts—can help manage discomfort.

Both experts emphasize paying attention to your body’s signals and discontinuing the shower if necessary. While Simon and Reed do not guarantee that cold showers will universally enhance health, they suggest that in a stressful world, incorporating them could complement a healthy lifestyle supported by proper diet, hydration, physical activity, and sleep.

From Oatmeal to Wellness Retreats: How Menopause Is Driving a New Trend in Health and Self-Care

Gabriele Sewtz, a real estate agent from Brooklyn with a data-driven mindset and a simple breakfast preference for oatmeal, never considered herself someone drawn to wellness retreats. Her perception changed dramatically when she entered menopause and found herself exploring a ranch near Austin, Texas, where she tried sound baths, cold plunges, and breathwork—and ended up loving the experience.

Sewtz is part of a growing trend of women seeking resorts and hotels that offer specialized programs for menopause. Reflecting on her transformative retreat experience, she admitted, “If you had told me upfront how life-changing that (retreat) would be, I’m like, ‘Yeah, right. Not going to happen in a million years. Others might experience it, but definitely not me.’”

Menopause brings about significant physical, emotional, and psychological changes, which vary from one woman to another. As the wellness industry evolves, it has started to address the needs of women undergoing perimenopause and menopause. An increasing number of supplements, skincare brands, and nutrition programs target this demographic, with some women finding comfort in spas or hotels rather than traditional medical settings. “It always starts, I think, as a personal journey,” Sewtz noted.

Dr. Barbra Hanna, an ob-gyn based in Chicago and founder of MyMenopauseRX, a telehealth service specializing in menopause care, described the current focus on menopause as “having a moment.” She emphasized the importance of self-care, particularly since many women dealing with menopause symptoms also face additional life stressors, such as raising children, managing careers, or caring for elderly family members. While she views spas as excellent places for relaxation, she believes they may not be the best environment for medical care.

Dr. Naresh Perembuduri, an Ayurvedic doctor at the prestigious Ananda resort in the Himalayas—endorsed by celebrities like Uma Thurman and Oprah—expressed the view that menopause treatment should encompass more than just addressing the symptoms. “It is not simply the menopause we want to address. Before the menopause, they need to prepare themselves for a proper hormonal balance,” Perembuduri explained. Therefore, Ananda offers a “hormonal rebalance” program rather than a specific menopause-focused one.

Ananda’s 14-day program includes customized meal plans, exercise routines, and hormone testing, starting at $1,000 per night. However, the high cost and ongoing social stigma around menopause might deter some women from participating. With 51% of the world’s population being female, the symptoms of menopause—such as joint pain, hot flashes, mood swings, weight changes, and discomfort during sex—differ widely, complicating treatment approaches.

For those already inclined toward wellness travel, menopause symptoms can be an added incentive to visit a spa or retreat. Actress Josie Bissett, who had previously attended other wellness programs, chose Costa Rica’s The Retreat for a program specifically addressing menopausal changes. She told CNN that her experience with the seven-day “The Big M” program was so fulfilling that she extended her stay. “It was one of the most beautiful places and experiences I’ve ever had,” Bissett said. “There’s no manicures or pedicures. It’s not that place. This is a place to heal, to be nurtured.”

Sewtz’s retreat, organized by fitness influencer Hannah Eden, was designed for group participation. In contrast, Bissett preferred solitude. “I really needed time to myself,” she explained. “I wanted to take away from myself that feeling of, like, I should talk to people, I should be social, I should… No shoulds. You take care of you. You don’t have to do anything that you don’t want to do. You’re here for you. You don’t have to be friends with anybody.”

Despite the appeal of alternative therapies, some medical professionals advise caution. Dr. Hanna warns that treatments claiming to offer medical miracles beyond simple stress relief should be approached with skepticism. “If they want to offer you a lot of blood-testing, saliva-testing, fingerprints, all of these things, that is not evidence-based, that is not how we treat menopause. That’s red flag number one,” she said.

Hanna also cautions that while menopause-focused wellness businesses are capitalizing on this growing market, “A massage is a massage, a facial is a facial. There’s no extra lotions and potions that are going to be transformative for you because of perimenopause or menopause, at least not today.” However, she remains hopeful about future advancements, noting, “I don’t think menopause is going out of fashion. I think menopause is just getting started,” especially with increased funding for menopause research in the coming years.

Exceeding Physical Activity Guidelines Significantly Reduces Mortality Risk, Study Finds

Exercise is well-known to benefit health and well-being, but how much moderate or vigorous physical activity is needed to reduce mortality risk? A study in the journal *Circulation* explores this question, detailing the necessary amount and intensity of exercise to lower mortality rates.

The 2018 physical activity guidelines suggest adults engage in 150 to 300 minutes of moderate exercise or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous exercise weekly, or a combination of both. Moderate activities include walking, weightlifting, and lower-intensity exercises, while vigorous activities encompass running, bicycling, and swimming. Exceeding these recommendations can further decrease mortality risk.

In two large U.S. cohorts, 116,221 adults self-reported their leisure-time physical activity (non-work exercise) through a validated questionnaire, repeated up to 15 times over 30 years. The study revealed that engaging in two to four times the minimum vigorous physical activity recommendations significantly lowered the risk of death from cardiovascular disease. Specifically, those who exercised two to four times above the moderate recommendations (300 to 599 minutes weekly) reaped the most benefits.

Participants exceeding the recommended moderate physical activity had a 26% to 31% lower all-cause mortality and a 28% to 38% lower risk of cardiovascular disease mortality. Additionally, they experienced a 25% to 27% lower risk of non-cardiovascular disease mortality. Adults who performed two to four times the recommended vigorous physical activity (150 to 299 minutes weekly) had a 21% to 23% lower all-cause mortality, a 27% to 33% lower cardiovascular disease mortality, and a 19% lower non-cardiovascular disease mortality.

The study highlighted that combining moderate and vigorous physical activity yields the best results. “A substantially lower risk of mortality was observed among individuals who had adequate levels of both long-term leisure time moderate and vigorous physical activity,” the study states, adding that higher levels of vigorous activity were linked to lower mortality among those with insufficient moderate exercise. However, this was not true for those already engaging in high levels of moderate activity (over 300 minutes weekly). The study concludes that “any combination of medium to high levels” of vigorous (75 to 300 minutes weekly) and moderate physical activity (150 to 600 minutes weekly) “can provide nearly the maximum mortality reduction,” around 35% to 42%.

People who are insufficiently active (less than 75 minutes of vigorous or 150 minutes of moderate exercise weekly) could achieve significant mortality reduction by incorporating modest levels of exercise. Engaging in 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous exercise or 150 to 300 minutes of moderate exercise weekly can reduce cardiovascular disease mortality by 22% to 31%.

A separate study in JAMA Oncology found that brief bouts of vigorous intermittent lifestyle physical activity, like fast walking or stair climbing for one to two minutes, were linked to a lower cancer risk.

Age doesn’t alter the impact of exercise. While younger people often choose vigorous activities, older adults tend to prefer moderate exercise. The study found no evidence that one type of exercise was superior for older adults. Instead, “long-term vigorous physical activity in generally healthy older adults can be an effective means of improving health.”

Despite concerns that long-term high-intensity endurance exercise could cause adverse events such as myocardial fibrosis, coronary artery calcification, atrial fibrillation, and sudden cardiac death, this study found no harmful effects of long-term vigorous activity on cardiovascular health. However, further research is necessary to confirm these findings.

To sum up, the study in Circulation underscores the significant health benefits of exceeding current physical activity recommendations, particularly through a mix of moderate and vigorous exercises. This approach maximizes the reduction in mortality risk from all causes, cardiovascular disease, and non-cardiovascular diseases.

Denmark Tops List of Happiest Countries for Expats’ Work Lives, Survey Reveals

Expats in Denmark are reportedly among the happiest in their work lives, as revealed by the latest Expat Insider survey from InterNations, an online global community for expatriates. Denmark leads the list for job satisfaction, career opportunities, and work-life balance.

The survey collected responses from over 12,500 expatriates, reflecting their sentiments on four major categories related to work, including career prospects, salary and job security, work culture and satisfaction, and work and leisure. Denmark topped the rankings for work culture and satisfaction, as well as work and leisure.

A notable 84% of expats in Denmark expressed satisfaction with their work-life balance, compared to the global average of 60%. Similarly, a high percentage of expats are content with their work hours, averaging 39.2 hours per week versus the global average of 42.5 hours.

The top 10 countries where expats are happiest with their work lives abroad are as follows:

  1. Denmark
  2. Saudi Arabia
  3. Belgium
  4. Netherlands
  5. Luxembourg
  6. United Arab Emirates
  7. Australia
  8. Mexico
  9. Indonesia
  10. Austria

Ilana Buhl, a contributor to CNBC Make It and an American teacher who relocated to Denmark, highlights several positive changes she experienced after moving from Texas to Copenhagen. These changes include shorter workweeks, stronger boundaries around off-hours, five weeks of paid vacation, and a higher salary that aligns well with the lower cost of living. Beyond work, Buhl appreciates Denmark’s robust public transit, public healthcare, affordable daycare, and generous maternity leave funded by both her employer and the government. “Many of these factors contribute to the fact that Denmark consistently ranks as one of the happiest countries in the world,” Buhl notes, referencing the annual World Happiness Report.

Saudi Arabia ranks second, with 75% of expats reporting improved career prospects after moving there, compared to the global average of 56%. A majority of newcomers, 63%, relocate to Saudi Arabia for work, where they find satisfaction with the local economy. In contrast, only 35% of expats globally cite job-related reasons for their move. However, the long working hours in Saudi Arabia, averaging 47.8 hours per week, may be a downside.

Belgium completes the top three, with expats highly satisfied with job security, the local job market, and career opportunities. In Belgium, 68% of expats report enjoying workplace flexibility, including the ability to work remotely. The average full-time workweek in Belgium is 40.8 hours, shorter than the global average.

Panama is recognized as the No. 1 best country for expats overall according to the InterNations survey. This ranking considers broader life and financial factors, with expats expressing satisfaction with the quality of life, ease of settling in, working abroad, personal finances, and an “expat essentials” index that covers housing, administration, language, and digital life.

Denmark stands out as the top destination for expats seeking a fulfilling work life, with its strong work culture, satisfactory work-life balance, and numerous benefits outside of work. Saudi Arabia and Belgium also offer significant advantages for expatriates, despite some challenges like longer working hours in Saudi Arabia. Overall, these countries provide a supportive environment for career growth and job satisfaction.

Walking Your Way to Relief: How Regular Walking Can Alleviate Chronic Lower Back Pain

Sonia Mahurkar, a 30-year-old IT professional from Gurgaon, had been dealing with chronic lower back pain for an extended period. When she consulted her doctor last December, the spine specialist identified prolonged sitting at the computer as a major contributor to her discomfort. Instead of prescribing medication, the doctor recommended that she engage in regular walking for at least half an hour daily. After about a month, Sonia noticed a substantial reduction in her pain.

Sonia’s situation is not unique. A recent study published in The Lancet revealed that regular walking considerably lowers the risk of flare-ups in individuals with a history of lower back pain. The study emphasized that a daily minimum of 30 minutes of walking can alleviate lower back pain. This groundbreaking trial aimed to assess the effectiveness of walking, an inexpensive form of exercise.

Dr. S Vidyadhara, Chairman and Head of the Department of Spine Surgery and Consultant in Robotic Spine Surgery at Manipal Hospitals, Old Airport Road, shared his expertise on the matter.

How Does Walking Help Reduce Lower Back Pain?

According to Dr. Vidyadhara, walking is a low-impact exercise that exerts minimal pressure on the joints while strengthening the core and back muscles that support the spine. He explained that this leads to enhanced stability, improved posture, and reduced strain on the lower back. “Walking also promotes blood flow, bringing essential nutrients to spinal discs and promoting healing. In addition, the rhythmic movement may help release endorphins, the body’s natural painkillers, leading to pain relief and improved mood,” Dr. Vidyadhara elaborated.

Walking The Right Way: Things To Keep In Mind

While regular brisk walking, defined as walking at a speed of around 100 steps per minute, is highly beneficial for overall health, Dr. Vidyadhara offered several tips to maximize the benefits and minimize potential harm:

  1. Always Listen To Your Body

Begin slowly and gradually increase the duration and intensity of your walks. Aim for brisk walking for at least 30 minutes on most days of the week.

  1. Maintain Good Posture

Keep an upright posture with your shoulders back and core muscles engaged. Avoid hunching or slouching while walking.

  1. Wear Proper Footwear

Use shoes that offer support and have adequate cushioning to absorb impact and protect your joints.

Dos And Don’ts For Walking And Back Pain

Dr. Vidyadhara emphasized that while walking is beneficial for health, certain dos and don’ts should be observed:

Dos:

– Start your walk with gentle stretches to warm up and follow with a cool-down routine after your walk.

– Pay attention to your form by maintaining a steady pace and avoiding excessive bouncing.

Don’ts:

– Avoid pushing yourself too hard, especially at the beginning. Take breaks as necessary.

– Steer clear of uneven surfaces that can cause instability and falls. Choose flat, well-maintained paths instead.

Precautions And When To Seek Help

While brisk walking is generally safe, Dr. Vidyadhara advised consulting a doctor before beginning any exercise program, particularly if you have pre-existing medical conditions or severe back pain. He also noted that in some instances, walking alone might not suffice. Your doctor might suggest physiotherapy or other pain management techniques in conjunction with walking for the best results.

“Overall, walking is a readily available and low-risk exercise with significant benefits for those struggling with low back pain. This is the best way to walk your way to a healthier, pain-free back. So, lace up your shoes and step outside walking in your vicinity every day!” Dr. Vidyadhara recommended.

June 21st, International Day of Yoga

This year marks the 10th International Day of Yoga with the theme “Yoga for Self and Society.” Yoga, a transformative practice, represents the harmony of mind and body, the balance between thought and action, and the unity of restraint and fulfillment. It integrates the body, mind, spirit, and soul, offering a holistic approach to health and well-being that brings peace to our hectic lives. Its power to transform is what we celebrate on this special day.

Yoga is an ancient physical, mental and spiritual practice that originated in India. The word ‘yoga’ derives from Sanskrit and means to join or to unite, symbolizing the union of body and consciousness. Today it is practiced in various forms around the world and continues to grow in popularity. The International Day of Yoga aims to raise awareness worldwide of the many benefits of practicing yoga.

In the United States, there are over 36,000 yoga studios- that’s almost as many McDonalds chains operating across the globe! One in ten Americans practice yoga and through the dissemination of Indian culture and practices, yoga continues to gain popularity the world over.

A recent report, “Small Community, Big Contributions, Boundless Horizons,” in partnership with BCG (Boston Consulting Group) dives deep into the myriad of ways the American diaspora has shaped and continues to transform American society across economic, cultural, scientific, civic, social and philanthropic areas. In addition to a wealth of eye-opening statistics, the project will also profile inspiring individuals who epitomize the contribution of the diaspora across the full range of economic and cultural areas.

What is Yoga and why do we celebrate it?

Yoga is an ancient physical, mental and spiritual practice that originated in India. The word ‘yoga’ derives from Sanskrit and means to join or to unite, symbolizing the union of body and consciousness.

Today it is practiced in various forms around the world and continues to grow in popularity.

Recognizing its universal appeal, on 11 December 2014, the United Nations proclaimed 21 June as the International Day of Yoga by resolution 69/131.

The International Day of Yoga aims to raise awareness worldwide of the many benefits of practicing yoga.

The draft resolution establishing the International Day of Yoga was proposed by India and endorsed by a record 175 member states. The proposal was first introduced by Prime Minister Narendra Modi in his address during the opening of the 69th session of the General Assembly, in which he said: “Yoga is an invaluable gift from our ancient tradition. Yoga embodies unity of mind and body, thought and action … a holistic approach [that] is valuable to our health and our well-being. Yoga is not just about exercise; it is a way to discover the sense of oneness with yourself, the world and the nature.”

The resolution notes “the importance of individuals and populations making healthier choices and following lifestyle patterns that foster good health.” In this regard, the World Health Organization has also urged its member states to help their citizens reduce physical inactivity, which is among the top ten leading causes of death worldwide, and a key risk factor for non-communicable diseases, such as cardiovascular diseases, cancer and diabetes.

But yoga is more than a physical activity. In the words of one of its most famous practitioners, the late B. K. S. Iyengar, “Yoga cultivates the ways of maintaining a balanced attitude in day-to-day life and endows skill in the performance of one’s actions.”

 

June 21st International Day of Yoga

Unite in Balance: Celebrating International Yoga Day

Black and Gold Simple Elegant Mandala Page Border US Letter SizeDr. Indranill Basu-Ray is a Cardiac Electrophysiologist and a Professor of Cardiology and Public health, based in Memphis, Tennessee, USA. He is the Founder Chairman of American Academy for Yoga in Medicine.

Finding time to care for our health can feel impossible in our fast-paced world. Busy schedules and unhealthy routines can leave us stressed and out of balance. That’s where yoga comes in—a holistic exercise that keeps our bodies flexible, our minds calm, and our spirits energized. Yoga provides a sanctuary of peace amidst the chaos, offering a path to inner harmony and well-being.

What is Yoga?

Yoga is an ancient practice that started in India over 5,000 years ago. It was developed to connect the mind, body, and soul, helping individuals reach a state of enlightenment. Today, yoga is popular worldwide to improve overall health and manage stress. It goes beyond the physical, touching every aspect of our lives and promoting peace and balance.

What Makes Yoga Unique?

  • Holistic Approach: Yoga integrates physical postures, breathing exercises, and meditation to promote overall well-being.
  • Accessibility: It can be practiced by people of all ages and fitness levels.
  • Picture: Canva Regular practice reduces stress and anxiety, fostering mental clarity and calmness.
  • Flexibility and Strength: Enhances physical strength, flexibility, and balance.
  • Mind-Body Connection: Encourages a deeper awareness of the body and mind, promoting mindfulness in daily activities.

International Yoga Day

International Yoga Day is celebrated every year on June 21. This special day highlights the importance of yoga and encourages people worldwide to practice it. It’s a global event that brings together yoga enthusiasts from all walks of life, celebrating yoga’s positive impact on our physical, mental, and spiritual well-being. Yoga Day is a reminder of the ancient practice’s enduring relevance and ability to transform lives.

History and Importance of International Yoga Day

Proposed by India’s Prime Minister Narendra Modi in 2014, International Yoga Day was first celebrated on June 21, 2015. The date, the longest day of the year, symbolizes the light and energy that yoga brings into our lives. This day promotes yoga’s mental and physical health benefits and fosters a sense of global unity and peace.

How International Yoga Day Contributes to Yoga Development

  • Global Awareness: Raises awareness about the benefits of yoga.
  • Community Building: Brings people together to practice and celebrate yoga.
  • Educational Events: Features workshops and sessions that educate people about yoga.
  • Encouragement: Inspires individuals to incorporate yoga into their daily lives for improved well-being.

Yoga’s Popularity and Benefits in Numbers

Yoga’s popularity continues to grow globally, supported by various studies and statistics:

  • Global Reach: Approximately 300 million people practice yoga worldwide, with over 36 million practitioners in the United States alone.
  • Health Benefits: Scientific studies show that yoga can reduce stress, lower blood pressure, improve heart health, and enhance mental clarity.
  • Regular Practice: About 37% of yoga practitioners have been practicing for five years or more, indicating long-term commitment and benefits.
  • Physical Fitness: Yoga improves flexibility, strength, and balance, with 86% of practitioners citing physical fitness as their main reason for practicing.
  • Mental Health: Yoga significantly reduces anxiety and depression, with 43% of practitioners stating it helps them manage mental health issues.

The Theme of International Yoga Day 2024

The theme for 2024 is “Yoga for Women Empowerment.” This theme aims to raise awareness about yoga’s benefits for women and encourage individuals to incorporate yoga into their daily lives for improved well-being. It emphasizes the role of yoga in promoting physical, mental, and emotional health, empowering women to lead balanced and fulfilling lives.

How to Celebrate International Yoga Day

  • Join a Virtual Event: Participate in online yoga classes and workshops.
  • Go on a Yoga Retreat: Spend time focusing on yoga and relaxation.
  • Practice with Family and Friends: Gather loved ones and practice yoga together.
  • Learn a New Pose: Challenge yourself with a new yoga pose.
  • Create a Yoga Space at Home: Set up a special place for your yoga practice.

Basic Rules for Practicing Yoga

  • Empty Stomach: Practice yoga on an empty stomach for comfort and effectiveness.
  • Start Slowly: Begin with simple poses and gradually move to more challenging ones.
  • Relax Before You Start: Take 10 minutes to relax your mind and body before beginning.
  • Wear Comfortable Clothes: Choose comfortable, light-colored clothes.
  • Use a Yoga Mat: Practice on a mat for support and cushioning.
  • Morning Practice: Doing yoga in the morning can help you feel energized all day.
  • Stay Regular: Practice yoga daily for the best results.

Family Yoga Practice

Yoga with your family strengthens your bonds and creates a peaceful and fun routine. Here’s why you should try family yoga:

  • Increases Mutual Understanding: Spending time together through yoga fosters love and respect.
  • Strengthens Bonds: Helps you understand and support each other.
  • Encourages Open Communication: Yoga creates a safe space for honest conversations.
  • Starts the Day Fresh: Relieves mental fatigue and energizes you.
  • Inculcates Healthy Habits: Promotes good habits like punctuality and empathy.

Yoga is a wonderful practice that improves flexibility, reduces stress, boosts immunity, and much more. Whether you’re a beginner or an experienced yogi, let’s roll out our mats this International Yoga Day and embrace the benefits of yoga! Let’s make this day a celebration of health, peace, and unity.

The Power of a Name: Navigating the Personal and Professional Impacts of Changing Surnames

What’s in a name?

In the early stages, a name is just a wobbly scribble on the front of a schoolbook or called out during attendance. As life progresses, it appears at the top of a CV, on a driver’s license, and, if fortunate, on the deed to a home. However, some individuals might change their name without fully understanding the impact of this decision, which can be significant.

In the U.S., a Pew Research study from last year shows that 80% of married women in opposite-sex relationships adopt their husband’s surname. This trend has remained relatively stable over the past few decades. However, younger generations (those aged 18 to 49) are twice as likely as those aged 50 and above to keep their original surname. Despite this, 73% of women under 50 still choose to take their partner’s surname.

The decision to change one’s name is deeply personal and often influenced by professional considerations, according to Michael Bradicich, the owner of MissNowMrs.com, a service that has assisted over 400,000 brides with the name-change process. While some people make this decision impulsively, those who have built a career around their name tend to think twice. After all, “their name is part of their career.”

Unexpected Consequences

Changing a name, or maintaining separate professional and legal names, can lead to unforeseen complications. For instance, women in academia may find it challenging to consolidate their work under both their maiden and married names, risking the loss of critical funding, opportunities, or promotions. Professionals with certifications or licenses under a previous name must ensure prompt paperwork updates to continue practicing. Additionally, those with a significant digital footprint may lose an aspect of their personal brand.

On the other hand, changing a surname can have benefits, such as bypassing biases in recruiting or application systems related to race, age, and gender, or adding a layer of privacy to one’s personal life. For some, a name change can symbolize a fresh start, whether for personal reasons or a career shift, and help build rapport with colleagues and customers. Ultimately, the most important reason to change a name is personal happiness.

Experts emphasize that there is no right or wrong choice regarding name changes, but an informed decision is always preferable.

A Common Phenomenon

Bala Chaudhary, a faculty member in Dartmouth University’s Environmental Studies department, had not given much thought to her name professionally until she overheard a male peer complaining about a scientist changing her surname after marriage. This peer’s complaint about her mentor’s papers appearing under both a married and maiden name highlighted the triviality of this issue compared to other challenges women in science face. Chaudhary’s experience reflects the pressure not to change one’s surname, aligning with Pew Research findings that women with higher academic qualifications are less likely to change their names after marriage. For example, 83% of women with a college degree or less change their names, compared to 79% with a bachelor’s degree and 68% with a postgraduate degree.

Considering Family

A surname change often signals a shift in an individual’s private life, prompting assumptions about their intentions, such as starting a family. Data supports this to some extent: a 2023 study by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention found that 53% of births between 2015 and 2019 were to married women, with an additional 25% to women in cohabiting situations. Moreover, 20% of married women have a second child within 24 months of their first. However, not all married women who change their surnames have children; some prefer a DINK (double income, no kids) lifestyle or are childless by choice. Nevertheless, outsiders might still make assumptions about a woman’s career trajectory based on her marital status.

This issue is evident in real-world scenarios. Chaudhary noted that many respected female scientists avoid discussing their personal lives to prevent professional bias. This reflects the broader concern that women must consider how sharing personal details might impact their careers.

Career Depth

MissNowMrs.com’s Bradicich observed that the depth of one’s career affects how challenging a name change can be. His company, launched in 2006, has helped over 400,000 women navigate the name change process, revealing distinct patterns. For younger individuals, changing a name primarily involves updating government forms. However, for professionals, the process is more complex, involving payroll, company emails, professional certifications, and licensing.

The impact of a name change varies with career experience. Individuals deeply entrenched in their professional identities tend to be more aware of the implications. However, many still encounter unexpected challenges, particularly when traveling, as mismatched travel documents can create significant hassles.

Digital Detox

A name change can also serve as a digital reset, adding privacy in an online world, according to Jamie White, an Ireland-based life coach and business mentor. In a digital age where everything is tracked, changing one’s name can offer a fresh start. This can be particularly beneficial for individuals seeking more anonymity online, such as teachers trying to keep their social media profiles hidden from students.

Moreover, a name change can help bypass biases inherent in education and hiring systems. A 2023 study from the University of Michigan found that students with surnames in the latter half of the alphabet received lower grades when graded alphabetically. Similarly, a study from King’s College London revealed that applicants with English names received more positive responses for leadership roles than those with non-English names.

While changing one’s name to circumvent such biases reflects poorly on current hiring practices, it can also be a strategic decision. White noted that differentiating between legal and professional names can help individuals build new professional identities.

Authenticity and Choice

Ultimately, the most important factor in deciding whether to change one’s name is personal desire. Being open about the decision can mitigate confusion in a corporate setting. A simple social media post or an email reminder can help colleagues adjust to the change.

White emphasized that authenticity is key in professional relationships. “People work with people, they don’t want these professional facades and performances. They find them inhuman, unrelatable, and difficult to connect with. They say that nothing resonates at a higher frequency than authenticity.”

“There’s no right or wrong answer,” Bradicich echoed. “It’s a very personal decision but one which you should discuss with your family, partner, or friends.”

Chaudhary added that the conversation around name changes is evolving, a necessary shift long overdue. She highlighted the importance of flexibility and open dialogue among women in science, both in formal and informal settings.

“The ultimate feminist decision is to have complete choice and to be able to change the decision any time you want,” she said. “The message when I was a student was: ‘Decide now and lock it in.’ There should be flexibility.”

“The conversations among women in science are happening,” she added. “The next step … is getting integration into mentorship training. It’s really getting it out into labs, getting it out into faculty meetings, the search committee meetings.”

How to Get the Most Health Benefits from Minimal Exercise: Expert Tips and Strategies

The Minimal Effective Dose of Exercise: How Little Can You Get Away With?

A few years ago, personal trainer Anna Maltby had to reduce her exercise routine due to the demands of work and motherhood. Like many of her clients, she found herself without the time or energy to exercise as she used to. She managed several 15-minute workouts each week, and felt it was sufficient for her at that stage. “I actually felt like I got my minimum effective dose for that stage of my life,” she says.

Many people feel they are too busy to exercise, while others actively avoid it. However, research indicates that even minimal exercise is essential for a longer, healthier life, free from conditions like dementia, heart disease, diabetes, and cancer. Additionally, exercise can improve daily happiness and energy levels.

So, how little exercise is enough to reap these benefits? Experts suggest that it may require a shift in how we define exercise.

Meeting the Minimum Guidelines

Guidelines from the World Health Organization (WHO), the U.S. government, and other bodies provide adults with options for minimal weekly aerobic activity. One option is at least 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous activity, which makes conversation difficult and raises your heart rate to about 80% of its peak. Another option is 150 to 300 minutes of moderate activity, at 60-70% of your maximum heart rate.

A combination of vigorous and moderate exercise is also acceptable, with vigorous workouts counting double towards the weekly goal. For example, 50 minutes of vigorous activity counts as 100 minutes of moderate activity, leaving just 50 more minutes of moderate activity needed to meet the weekly minimum.

These minimal amounts provide significant health benefits with the least effort. “If you look at the statistical curve, the increase in benefits is most dramatic” when these minimums are achieved, says Regina Guthold, an epidemiologist at the WHO. While more exercise brings further benefits, the gains diminish beyond 300 minutes of moderate exercise.

These thresholds also benefit mental health. Mary de Groot, a psychologist at Indiana University School of Medicine, notes that those who exercised 120 to 360 minutes per week had the best mental health in a study involving over one million people.

Saving Time with Hybrid Workouts

Cardio alone isn’t enough; strength training is also essential, at least twice a week. Skipping it can lead to muscle atrophy and osteoporosis. However, strength training can be integrated into cardio sessions by using body weight as resistance, allowing for more repetitions that raise heart rate and build muscle. This “multicomponent activity” is especially recommended for seniors to improve balance and reduce fall risks.

Hybrid workouts, such as pushups, Turkish get-ups, mountain climbers, burpees, air squats, and lunges, can condense weekly exercise into as few as 75 minutes.

Skipping Days, Not Months

Life’s demands often mean skipping exercise for several days. Fortunately, Guthold says that catching up later in the week still provides benefits. “Weekend warriors get the same benefits as those who are active every day for less time,” she notes. Missing a week or two occasionally is also acceptable. Stella Volpe, professor of exercise and nutrition at Virginia Tech, says, “It’s normal for people to have highs and lows with physical activity, even if they love it.”

Even on off-weeks, five minutes of daily activity can improve blood flow, blood sugar, and sleep quality, says Katrina Piercy, an exercise physiologist at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). However, prolonged inactivity, such as two weeks of being sedentary, can significantly reduce aerobic fitness and muscle mass, increasing disease risk.

Combining Exercise with Movement Breaks

Regular movement breaks are crucial, even if they don’t meet exercise intensity. To make the most of these breaks, use them to elevate your heart rate. Studies show that frequent movement breaks reduce death risk, says Keith Diaz, an associate professor at Columbia University Medical Center. He suggests turning breaks into mini-exercise sessions of about five minutes each.

For those who can increase intensity, one-minute exercise bursts, 20 times a week, can be effective. Martin Gibala, a kinesiology professor at McMaster University, recommends quick activities like walking briskly or climbing stairs. This method reduces total exercise time and breaks up sedentary periods.

Redefining Exercise

Exercise doesn’t have to be a formal, time-consuming activity. Gibala’s study found that people who engaged in short bouts of vigorous activity during daily tasks significantly reduced their risk of dying from cancer and heart disease. Diaz found that five-minute walks every 30 minutes improved blood sugar, blood pressure, mood, and energy. These breaks can also boost productivity.

Making exercise a part of daily routines can be as simple as speed-walking meetings or running to the coffee shop. Volpe mentions a friend who dances with his child during TV commercial breaks, noting, “You’ll be amazed how good you feel by dancing a little instead of getting a snack.”

Piercy turns grocery shopping into a workout by racing through the store and carrying groceries in a basket. “Some days I don’t have a formal workout,” she says, “but I grocery shopped, or found other ways to multitask some activity.”

Finding Enjoyable Activities

The best way to reduce exercise time is to engage in physical activities that don’t feel like exercise. This might involve being social, having fun, and enjoying nature. High-intensity interval training (HIIT) at a park with friends is one example. HIIT combines activity bursts with recovery breaks, making exercise more enjoyable. Sports like tennis and interval walking also count. “The rest intervals certainly count toward total minutes because your heart rate stays high during the breaks,” Volpe says.

Exercising in nature can enhance mood benefits. “The improvements in mood are even better when people exercise outside,” Diaz says. “Green exercise” boosts emotions, self-esteem, and protects against depression, adds de Groot.

Personalizing Your Minimum Exercise

Determining your minimum exercise level depends on individual goals and values. “When working with people on physical activity plans, the first thing I do is encourage them to think about their goals and values,” de Groot says.

Your personal minimum exercise (ME) may be higher if you prioritize longevity and health. “The more you exercise, the longer you’ll live free of chronic disease,” Diaz notes. Others might focus on finding a sustainable amount that enhances daily well-being.

Factors to consider when setting your ME include:

– Time commitments:Maltby’s clients, for example, may have limited workout possibilities during pregnancy.

– Physical capacity: Guidelines may vary for those with illnesses or disabilities.

– Developmental stage:Kids need more activity than adults, averaging at least 60 minutes a day.

– Psychological needs:Teens with ADHD, for example, might require more exercise to optimize brain function, says Erin Gonzalez, a clinical psychologist at Seattle Children’s Hospital.

Fitness trackers and mood apps can help monitor how different exercise levels affect health, sleep, and emotions. The HHS “Move Your Way” planner assists in creating weekly activity plans. “Monitoring your health data and progress objectively is very helpful,” Gonzalez explains.

Wearable devices can also turn exercise into family bonding time. Instead of instructing teens to be active, achieving minimum goals together can support lasting lifestyle changes. “Doing so can sustain family lifestyle change,” Gonzalez says.

Study Reveals Intense Exercise May Suppress Immune Function in Firefighters

Excessive intense exercise might suppress the immune system, a potential concern for those with physically demanding jobs such as emergency responders and athletes. A 2023 study involving over 4,700 post-exercise fluid molecules from firefighters supports this notion.

Ernesto Nakayasu, a biomedical scientist at Pacific Northwest National Laboratory (PNNL), explains, “People who are very fit might be more prone to viral respiratory infection immediately after vigorous exercise. Having less inflammatory activity to fight off an infection could be one cause.”

Moderate physical activity is known to benefit the immune system over time. However, the immediate impact of vigorous exercise on the immune system is debated. Although some prior studies have reported upper respiratory tract infections in athletes after strenuous activity, there is little concrete evidence linking intense exercise directly to an increased risk of opportunistic infections.

Nakayasu and colleagues conducted an experiment on 11 firefighters, analyzing their blood plasma, urine, and saliva before and after a 45-minute intense exercise session, which involved carrying up to 20 kilograms (44 pounds) of gear over hilly terrain.

Kristin Burnum-Johnson, a bioanalytical chemist at PNNL, said, “We wanted to take an in-depth look at what’s happening in the body and see if we’re able to detect danger from exhaustion in its earliest stages. Perhaps we can reduce the risk of strenuous exercise for first responders, athletes, and members of the military.”

Exercise undoubtedly benefits health, from mood enhancement to immune system strengthening. However, similar to previous studies, this new research found signs of possible immune suppression in the firefighters post-exercise.

Amid the expected physical adaptations to meet the demands of increased fluids, energy, and oxygen during exercise, a decrease in inflammation-related molecules was observed, alongside an increase in opiorphin, which dilates peripheral blood vessels.

The implications of these changes for short-term immune function remain unclear, though the researchers offer hypotheses. “[Opiorphin] may increase blood flow to muscles during the exercise regimen to improve the delivery of oxygen and nutrients,” the researchers write. They suggest the decrease in inflammatory molecules after exercise could be an adaptive response to improve gas exchange due to higher cellular oxygen demand.

The participants’ oral microbiome also changed, possibly due to an increase in antimicrobial peptides in their mouths after intense activity. This increase may compensate for immune suppression, though this is debated. “However, this increase in antimicrobial peptides had no effect on inhibiting E. coli growth,” Nakayasu and his team note, indicating a limited protective capacity of these peptides against infections in the oral cavity.

Other scientists argue that some observed changes might indicate a “heightened state of immune surveillance and immune regulation” rather than immune suppression.

While the study’s within-subject comparison minimized the small sample size impact, firefighters’ unique exposure to pollutants during fires might also alter their immune responses.

Moreover, the study only involved healthy, active men, prompting researchers to call for broader research to confirm their findings. Despite these limitations, Nakayasu and his team conclude, “There is evidence supporting a relationship between physical demands and a higher incidence of respiratory infections.”

Revolutionizing Housing: Maine’s ASCC Unveils World’s Largest 3D Printer for Bio-Based Homes

Dozens of 3D-printed homes have been constructed worldwide, from accommodating a family in Virginia to housing members of an impoverished community in rural Mexico. Notably, the world’s largest 3D-printed neighborhood is currently being built near Austin, Texas.

This technology could be particularly beneficial in states like Maine, which will need approximately 80,000 new homes by 2030 to address a housing shortage, according to a report released last year by three state agencies.

“People can’t find homes, they’re very expensive. We also have an aging population…so there’s less and less people who are electricians, plumbers, or builders,” Habib Dagher, the executive director of the University of Maine’s Advanced Structures and Composites Center (ASCC), told CNN via video call.

Dagher believes he has a solution. Last month, ASCC unveiled what it claims is the world’s largest polymer 3D printer. Dagher hopes the “Factory of the Future 1.0” can help address the state’s housing crisis and revolutionize 3D-home-printing in the process.

“The approach we’ve taken is quite different from what you’ve seen, and you’ve been reading about for years,” he says.

A Home Every 48 Hours

In recent years, 3D-printing has been used to build various structures, from businesses and bridges to mosques. One non-profit is even working on printing schools in a war zone. Dubai, in the United Arab Emirates, holds the Guinness World Record for the world’s largest 3D-printed structure and aims to have 25% of new buildings constructed using 3D printing technology by 2030.

The majority of current 3D printing relies on concrete, with a robotic arm equipped with a nozzle layering wet concrete into the desired shape.

ASCC is taking a different approach. Its massive printer and its predecessor, which in 2019 was certified by Guinness World Records as the “largest prototype polymer 3D printer,” are the only printers building homes with wood residuals, according to Dagher.

This technology has already been tested. In late 2022, the university unveiled the “BioHome3D,” a 600-square-foot single-family unit, which it claims is the world’s first 100% bio-based 3D-printed home, constructed from local wood fiber and bio-resin materials.

“When they’re doing concrete, they’re only printing the walls,” says Dagher. He explains that the floor, roof, and walls of the BioHome3D were all printed.

Concrete homes also need to be built on-site, which can be problematic, especially during the snowy New England winter. “When the weather goes bad for two weeks at a time, you can’t print,” he adds.

In contrast, ASCC printed prefabricated modules at the university and bolted them together on-site to create BioHome3D.

The new printer can produce objects as large as 96 feet long, 32 feet wide, and 18 feet high, and can print up to 500 pounds per hour. Dagher says the goal is to be able to print 1,000 pounds of material in an hour. At that rate, it could reproduce the BioHome3D in 48 hours, he says.

If they can reach that target, their 3D-printed homes will be “very competitive with current housing construction costs,” he adds.

However, processing wood materials at such a high speed can be challenging. Even ASCC’s record-breaking printers sometimes jam. For instance, while printing BioHome3D, the printer stopped working due to a dust buildup. “Nobody’s ever done this before with these kinds of materials,” says Dagher.

‘When Can I Have One?’

The BioHome3D’s warm wooden floors and walls give it a sleek, modern Scandinavian-inspired log cabin look.

“Many people feel concrete is a cold thing to look at and it’s not necessarily where you want to live,” says Dagher. The BioHome3D, however, is “very warm and inviting.”

It’s also sustainable. When a home is no longer needed or wanted, it can be ground up and used to print something else. ASCC is using wood residuals from Maine’s sawmills in its research and is looking into scaling up production using these local byproducts.

Thousands of people have toured the prototype on the university’s Orono, Maine campus, and Dagher says it’s rare when a visitor doesn’t ask, “‘When can I have one?’”

“We hear, ‘You know, I’m retiring, and I want to downsize. Can I put one of these up?’” Dagher says.

There are some obstacles to overcome first. “It takes years for codes to change,” says Dagher, referring to building codes that construction companies must meet.

The printer won’t displace traditional home construction, but in the future, 3D printed homes are likely to comprise a larger share of the world’s housing stock, he predicts.

ASCC is now working on how to incorporate conduits for wiring and plumbing “exactly where an architect would want them” into the printing process, he adds.

The printer’s next big project is a nine-home neighborhood for people experiencing homelessness. ASCC is partnering with a local NGO to design the structures, and printing is set to begin in 2025.

Unlocking the Secrets to Mental Sharpness: Eight Daily Habits for Healthy Aging

Maintaining Cognitive Sharpness: A Guide to Healthy Aging

Maintaining mental acuity as we age isn’t solely reliant on chance. It’s a consequence of our daily routines and lifestyle decisions.

Many marvel at the mental agility of individuals well into their 70s, 80s, and beyond. Yet, it’s no enigma – they adhere to daily practices that foster sharpness.

I’ve observed and aggregated the prevailing habits of such individuals. Surprisingly, it’s never too late to integrate these into your own life.

In this piece, I’ll outline eight daily habits typically embraced by those who retain mental agility well into their senior years. They’re more straightforward than you might imagine.

1) Physical Activity

One of the most prevalent habits among those who sustain mental acuity into their later years? Regular physical activity.

Exercise doesn’t just sustain physical fitness; it profoundly impacts brain health too.

Engaging in physical activities enhances blood circulation to the brain, bolstering cognitive functions. Moreover, it releases neurotransmitters that uplift mood and induce relaxation.

From strolls to yoga, swimming to gardening – the nature of the activity is inconsequential. Consistency is key.

To maintain sharpness as you age, incorporate regular physical activity into your daily regimen. Commence modestly, but commence promptly. It’s never too late to adopt a new habit for your well-being.

2) Continuous Learning

Another habit prevalent among those who maintain mental sharpness is a commitment to lifelong learning.

For instance, my octogenarian aunt, remarkably astute for her age, has always been an avid reader. She commences each day by perusing the newspaper from cover to cover.

Yet, it doesn’t cease there. She actively partakes in book clubs, attends lectures, and even enrolled in an online course last year, delving into ancient history – a topic she’s perennially been captivated by.

What her example underscores is that perpetually learning and stimulating one’s mind isn’t merely beneficial for brain health; it imbues life with interest and excitement.

3) Nutritious Diet

Our dietary choices wield considerable influence over our mental sharpness as we age. Certain foods are known to fortify brain health.

The Mediterranean diet, abundant in fruits, vegetables, whole grains, olive oil, and lean protein, is often correlated with reduced risks of cognitive decline.

It’s not about adhering to stringent dietary regimes, but consistently opting for healthier choices. Incorporating brain-boosting foods like blueberries, broccoli, pumpkin seeds, and dark chocolate into our meals can yield significant benefits.

Remember, what you consume doesn’t solely impact your waistline; it profoundly affects your brain health. Make the conscientious decision to nourish your body and mind with wholesome food.

4) Social Engagement

Maintaining social connections is another habit of those who preserve mental sharpness in later years. Human beings thrive on interpersonal interactions.

Whether it involves catching up with friends over coffee, engaging in group activities, or simply conversing with neighbors, regular social interaction invigorates our brains and keeps us mentally stimulated.

Conversely, isolation can exert deleterious effects on both mental and physical well-being. So, keep your social calendar abuzz – it’s beneficial for your brain.

5) Quality Sleep

Obtaining adequate sleep isn’t solely about awakening refreshed; it plays a pivotal role in cognitive health.

During sleep, the brain consolidates memories and eliminates waste products, essentially recharging and resetting.

Individuals who sustain mental sharpness into their later years often prioritize quality sleep as part of their daily routine.

Thus, ensure you’re receiving sufficient sleep each night. Your brain will express gratitude.

6) Mindfulness and Meditation

In today’s frenetic pace, it’s easy to succumb to hustle and bustle, neglecting moments of introspection.

Yet, those who retain mental sharpness as they age often engage in mindfulness or meditation. These practices alleviate stress, enhance concentration, and foster tranquility and well-being.

By grounding ourselves in the present moment, we allow our minds to rejuvenate, fortify, and develop resilience against life’s stressors.

Therefore, allocate a few moments daily to breathe deeply, introspect, and be present. It’s a gift bestowed not only upon oneself but also upon those in one’s orbit.

7) Cognitive Stimulation

Just as physical exercise is vital for maintaining bodily health, cognitive exercises are imperative for brain health.

I recall my grandfather’s daily ritual of solving crosswords. Every evening, he would ensconce himself in his favorite armchair, pencil in hand, deeply engrossed in the puzzle. Even as his eyesight waned, he persisted, switching to larger prints but never relinquishing his beloved crosswords.

Cognitive exercises such as puzzles, board games, or learning a new language challenge our brains, preserving mental agility and staving off cognitive decline.

Embrace the practice of challenging your brain daily. Your future self will be appreciative.

8) Optimistic Outlook

Arguably the most crucial habit is maintaining a positive attitude. Those who retain mental sharpness in their golden years often harbor an optimistic perspective on life.

A positive outlook enhances resilience in confronting stressful situations, mitigates the risk of physical health ailments, and contributes to longevity. It’s a potent tool that shapes our reality and influences mental well-being.

Therefore, endeavor to nurture a positive mindset, even amidst adversity. It transcends mere sentiment; it’s indispensable for cognitive health.

Unlocking the Complex Pursuit of Happiness: Insights from Neuroscientist Dr. Sanjay Gupta

Happiness is a concept deeply embedded in human history, dating back to ancient civilizations. Approximately 250 years ago, it was enshrined as an unalienable right in the United States’ Declaration of Independence: “Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.”

Despite centuries of contemplation, the notion of happiness and its attainment remains elusive. For some, it signifies a general sense of well-being, while others equate it with moments of pure joy. Some find happiness in achieving dreams, while for others, it could be a blend of these experiences or something entirely different.

Personally, I consider myself a fairly happy person. I have three wonderful teenage daughters and a loving wife, Rebecca, with whom I recently celebrated our 20th anniversary. My family, including my parents and my “baby” brother, is close-knit. My career as a practicing neurosurgeon and CNN’s chief medical correspondent provides me with a sense of purpose. However, I recognize that happiness is complex, layered, and nuanced.

**The Pursuit of Happiness**

A challenging question is how best to pursue happiness. Is it a fixed trait we are born with, or can it be cultivated and enhanced? If it’s the latter, what strategies can help us achieve it?

Despite the “pursuit of Happiness” being a foundational principle in the U.S., many Americans struggle with it. The latest World Happiness Report saw the U.S. drop to 23rd place, its lowest ranking in the report’s 12-year history. Additionally, a 2024 Gallup poll revealed that less than half (47%) of Americans are “very satisfied” with their personal lives.

This issue isn’t confined to Americans; humans as a species might not be naturally adept at achieving happiness. Contrary to what one might expect, happiness isn’t something we are genetically primed to attain; it requires effort.

“If anything, natural selection kind of doesn’t really care about our happiness that much. I mean, natural selection’s job is just to keep us alive and keep us around to reproduce. And I think it does that not by making us feel these moments of contentment but maybe just the opposite,” cognitive scientist Dr. Laurie Santos explained to me recently.

“It does that by building in a negativity bias. So we’re just a little bit worried that there could be a tiger around the corner, that we could get shunned at work. And we’re kind of constantly on the alert for that,” she added.

Dr. Santos, who holds a doctorate in psychology, teaches “Psychology and the Good Life” at Yale University, the most popular course in the university’s history, and hosts “The Happiness Lab” podcast. She was also the first guest on the 10th season of my podcast, “Chasing Life.” This season, I speak with experts across various disciplines about the science of happiness, including its definition, attainment, maintenance, and effects on our minds and bodies.

**I’m Happy but ‘Constructively Dissatisfied’**

Despite being a generally happy person, I also consider myself “constructively dissatisfied,” a term I coined during my conversation with Santos.

I distinguish between happiness and satisfaction, believing that complete satisfaction might erode my happiness by leading to complacency and stagnation. My personality seems to thrive on dissatisfaction, which propels me into action and enhances my energy and enthusiasm.

The times when I feel happiest are when my constructive dissatisfaction drives me to improve situations, whether it’s removing a brain tumor, completing a documentary, working in my garden, or cooking dinner with my family.

Kelly McGonigal, a health psychologist and author, who also appeared on my podcast, agreed with this perspective. “Because dissatisfaction often is the soil in which growth and positive change happens,” she explained. “And dissatisfaction doesn’t actually have to be a lack of appreciation or gratitude. If you can envision a better future for yourself or others, it requires feeling a gap between how things are and how things could be.”

The “constructive” aspect is crucial to me because I don’t want to merely wallow in dissatisfaction; I want it to be productive. As long as dissatisfaction doesn’t overwhelm my emotional well-being, it benefits me, though it can be a source of tension and struggle.

“It strikes me that you’ve kind of gotten something out of the journey, gotten something out of that struggle,” Santos told me, while also cautioning against overextending oneself. “We can push ourselves and engage in challenges; those can be some of the happiest, most flow-inducing moments of our lives. But we need to make sure we’re doing that in balance.”

She warned that if we lose sleep, neglect friendships, and make ourselves miserable, “maybe think about pushing yourself in a different way.”

To mitigate negative feelings, Santos suggested incorporating moments of true happiness into one’s life. “Maybe I need a little bit more laughter or some breaks, or I need to engage in that purposeful pursuit with a bit more social connection, or something like that.”

**Tried and True Strategies**

According to Santos, most people have a set point of happiness. Mine might be lower than my brother’s, who is more outgoing and cheerful, despite our similar backgrounds. Significant events like winning the lottery or experiencing tragedy can temporarily alter happiness levels, but people typically return to their baseline. However, with diligent practice, Santos believes it’s possible to raise one’s happiness level, a concept she teaches her students.

Santos not only lectures about behaviors and mindsets that boost happiness but also assigns practical “course rewirements” to rewire these practices into students’ lives. Her recommendations include paying attention to sleep, exercise, and diet, becoming more “other”-oriented, and fostering gratitude and compassion.

My favorite advice from her is to nurture social connections. “Every available study of happy people suggests that happy people are more social,” Santos said. And conversely, social people tend to be happier. “So we just need to make time for our friends and family members and loved ones.”

Dr. Robert Waldinger, a psychiatrist who oversees the Harvard Study of Adult Development, echoed this sentiment, emphasizing that good relationships are the key to both happiness and health. Warm relationships help buffer life’s challenges, reducing stress hormones and inflammation, which are linked to many chronic diseases.

This doesn’t mean one must be an extrovert or a social butterfly. Rather, it’s about consistently nurturing relationships. Waldinger advises being proactive in reaching out to friends, establishing routines like weekly calls, refreshing old relationships with new activities, making new friends through shared interests, and initiating conversations with strangers. The right amount of social interaction varies from person to person.

Meaningful relationships are essential to my happiness. I know from experience that strong connections with family and friends are crucial, and they are ultimately what bring me the greatest joy.

Unlocking Restful Sleep: Strategies to Combat Nighttime Phone Use and Improve Sleep Quality

Jessica Peoples, like many individuals today, is no stranger to the cautionary tales surrounding excessive screen time before bed. Despite this awareness, she admits to spending between 30 to 60 minutes on her phone before drifting off to sleep, often engrossed in social media feeds. Peoples, employed as a discrimination investigator with the state of New Jersey, acknowledges the impact of her screen time on her sleep, noting, “Recently, I’ve been trying to limit the amount… I do notice that how much time I spend affects how long it takes to fall asleep.”

The prevalence of this behavior extends beyond just Peoples. A survey conducted by the National Sleep Foundation revealed that over half of Americans engage with their phones within an hour of bedtime, prompting experts to highlight this hour as the cutoff point for device usage. Melissa Milanak, an associate professor at the Medical University of South Carolina specializing in sleep health, underscores the necessity for the brain to unwind well before bedtime to facilitate restorative deep sleep. Drawing an analogy, she compares the brain’s need to cool down before sleep to letting a casserole cool before refrigerating, emphasizing the importance of this preparatory phase for optimal sleep quality.

While altering bedtime habits may pose challenges, the consequences of insufficient sleep are well-documented, ranging from heightened anxiety to obesity. Research underscores the disruptive impact of smartphones on the body’s circadian rhythm, crucial for regulating sleep and hormone functions. Lisa Strauss, a licensed psychologist focusing on cognitive behavioral treatment of sleep disorders, elucidates the multifaceted ways in which screens impede sleep. Beyond the widely discussed blue light emitted by smartphones, even minimal exposure to bright light in bed can disrupt melatonin production, thus delaying the onset of deep sleep.

However, it’s not merely the light emissions that disrupt sleep patterns; the activities conducted on screens also play a significant role. From endlessly scrolling through news updates to succumbing to the allure of personalized social media content, engaging with digital devices at night carries its own set of repercussions. Technostress, induced by the constant influx of information, can trigger heightened arousal, potentially activating the brain’s fight-or-flight response. Additionally, algorithmically curated content often leads users into prolonged scrolling sessions, far beyond their intended duration.

Despite much of the existing research on digital media’s impact on sleep focusing on younger demographics, Strauss notes that a substantial portion of her clients grappling with insomnia are middle-aged individuals. She observes a trend wherein individuals immerse themselves in online content, spiraling down addictive rabbit holes, irrespective of age.

Breaking the cycle of nighttime phone usage necessitates a holistic approach, encompassing not just restricting phone usage in bed but also revamping evening routines. This entails cultivating alternative activities that provide fulfillment and relaxation. Suggestions include indulging in reading physical books (preferably over e-readers), listening to podcasts, engaging in household chores, spending quality time with family, or connecting with loved ones. Milanak emphasizes the importance of utilizing the pre-sleep hour for tasks devoid of screen involvement, recommending the creation of to-do lists as a means of diverting attention away from rumination in bed.

Moreover, it’s crucial to establish a mental association between the bed and sleep by performing non-screen-related activities in another room. Strauss advocates for delineating distinct microenvironments for wakefulness and sleep, even if it entails minor adjustments like altering one’s seating position or facing a different direction. Placing the phone out of reach, preferably in another room, serves as a practical measure to minimize the temptation of late-night screen usage.

For those finding complete cessation of nighttime phone usage unfeasible, there are strategies to mitigate the adverse effects. Implementing night mode settings on devices or gradually reducing screen brightness can help attenuate the impact of artificial light on sleep quality. Minimizing disruptive notifications by activating “do not disturb” mode, with exceptions for essential contacts, offers a compromise between connectivity and sleep hygiene. However, Strauss cautions against viewing these measures as a carte blanche for unrestricted nocturnal screen time, encouraging individuals to reflect on the underlying reasons driving their late-night digital habits.

In essence, addressing the pervasive issue of nighttime phone usage necessitates a comprehensive overhaul of bedtime routines and digital habits. By fostering alternative pre-sleep activities and implementing practical strategies to minimize screen exposure, individuals can reclaim restful sleep and mitigate the detrimental effects of excessive screen time on sleep quality and overall well-being.

Enhance Mental Resilience and Revitalize Metabolism with a 30-Minute Weight-Free Walking Routine

In a bid to cultivate mental fortitude and invigorate metabolic activity, a 30-minute walking workout devoid of weights emerges as a versatile regimen accessible to all, irrespective of location or fitness level.

Collaborating with outdoor footwear giant Merrell, Goop introduces a mindful walking meditation aimed at fostering an enhanced connection with nature while promoting mindfulness. The session, spearheaded by Mel Mah, serves as a guided practice tailored for outdoor environments, be it a hike, beach stroll, park visit, or even a simple backyard excursion. “Developing a deep connection with nature is a matter of getting out in it,” underscores the team. With just half an hour dedicated to this endeavor, participants are encouraged to immerse themselves in the present moment.

For those venturing into public spaces, outfitting with premium workout headphones ensures privacy during this introspective journey. Time spent amidst nature yields multifaceted benefits, ranging from improved sleep and stress reduction to lowered heart rates. Furthermore, research suggests that exposure to outdoor settings, particularly natural landscapes, fosters heightened creativity.

Mah emphasizes the significance of connection in facilitating a deceleration of pace. “Let’s begin by slowing down the mind and body,” she suggests. Commencing with a series of preparatory steps involving closing one’s eyes, elongating the spine, and tuning into bodily sensations through mindful breathing sets the tone for the session.

A notable aspect of Mah’s approach is the delayed introduction of walking, accommodating individuals not solely focused on physical exertion. To fully leverage the 30-minute walking workout, initiating the walk prior to commencing the session is advised.

The Physical and Mental Perks of Outdoor Walking

From a physical standpoint, brisk walking proves instrumental in sustaining a robust metabolism, curbing sedentary behavior, and contributing to Non-Exercise Activity Thermogenesis (NEAT), which encompasses calorie expenditure beyond formal workouts. While the session is framed as a walking meditation, it can seamlessly transition into a workout by incorporating light handheld weights, ankle or wrist weights, amplifying pace, or tackling undulating terrains to elevate heart rate, introduce resistance, and intensify muscle engagement.

However, weighted accessories are not indispensable for reaping rewards. Mental resilience can be honed concurrently with physical conditioning, utilizing body weight to fortify muscles, joints, bones, and ligaments. Moreover, the session underscores a strong emphasis on mindfulness, allowing for moments of silence for personal exploration or heightened intensity if desired.

It is noteworthy that any form of exercise, including walking, contributes positively to overall well-being, with a daily target of 7,000 steps recommended. Individuals pursuing weight loss objectives may find the session’s intensity insufficient and may opt for alternative routines geared towards this goal.

In addition to uplifting mood and mindfulness, walking fosters strength in lower body musculature and vital joints such as hips, knees, and ankles, crucial for preserving muscle mass and bone density with advancing age. This aligns with osteogenic loading, a process wherein bones undergo stimulation for growth and reinforcement.

During the walking session, participants are encouraged to immerse themselves in their surroundings, keenly observing scents, sounds, and tactile sensations. Conscious engagement with foot movements and rhythmic breathing serves to tether the mind to the present, fostering a deeper connection with the sensory experience.

1 May, 2024: The First of May set in Tartu, Estonia

It is Kevadpüha. It is the first day of spring, a day of great festivity and warmth for the Estonian people. Had Mother not had her mother-in-law at home, she would be spending the entire night with her sister, Eha, and her nephew, Jaan, out on the streets of Tartu, celebrating the Walpurgis Night to the fireworks above the town hall building. Of course things are different this year for many reasons. Her nephew is growing to become a teenager and wants to spend less time with the uncool adults who helped raise him. And Mother has been so busy being a second mother to her mother-in-law that she has little time to meet her sister. She hasn’t met her in months and has no idea what is going on in her life, which is why she decided to call her some days ago and invite herself over, to the house she used to visit regularly, in an attempt to celebrate the first day of spring like they used to.

It is Kevadpüha. Mother didn’t come the evening before because there was no way she could have spent a whole night without sleeping after taking care of her mother-in-law all day. Mother comes at seven in the morning, the hour during which Eha readies herself for work. It is in theory the start of spring, but the weather is still incredibly cold. The morning’s temperature is right about zero, and it is hard to bear because of Mother’s lack of fat on her bones and the lack of sunlight above to warm her in its glow. Eha has a beautiful backyard with ample space for a garden and an apple tree, but all that one can see in this hour is the dead, dry, blacked-out branches, the frosted wooden planks of the fence, and the snow. Mother finds the key Eha hides under a doormat—some things never change—and uses it with the fence that will lead to the back of Eha’s home.

Indoors, Mother is greeted by the heat. She takes off all of her outerwear, hangs them in the closet, sits herself at the table in the kitchen, and lets the hot air from the heater blow right over her back.

Just as planned, Mother’s arrival coincides with Eha finishing her shower. She comes downstairs with her blond hair wrapped in a towel. She is looking wet from the shower but also from the excess make-up and lip balm that she cakes on her face. She is wearing a tight black dress that cover her legs but shows off her cleavage. Mother notices the stretch marks and wrinkles around her breasts. She looks like a mess, Mother thinks in the back of her head. Mother feels like she should admonish her for wearing clothes that show off her body in unflattering way, particularly since Eha is aging, but she chooses not to. Her sister will fight with her if she says it.

,, Good morning, Jelena,” Eha says, looking downwards to mind her steps but also connecting her gaze with Mother’s eyes. Her eyes are warm and expressive because of the full shape of her eyelids, but they are icy blue, which make even her casual glance a little piercing.  ,, How was your trip to the house?”

,, Good morning, Eha,” Mother says. ,, My trip was good. Normal. I am a regular, after all.”

Mother laughs and puts her hand on the table, showing off her confidence.

Eha doesn’t respond but focuses on her steps, as if she is having trouble with the dimness of the lights and the shadows being cast by the stair planks.

,,Why are you taking so long to come down?” Mother asks, a light boastfulness in her voice. ,, Are you having trouble? Don’t tell me, you are becoming old like me.”

Again, Eha doesn’t retort. She reaches the end of the bannister and tells Mother, ,, Age is a funny thing, yes. It affects us all, whether it is today or someday.”

Mother curls her fingers on the table. She is used to Eha being snappy, willing to get into an argument over whatever Mother says. But today she is being quite self-effacing, slow, and contemplative.

Did something change over the first few months of the year that Mother did not know about?

Eha opens the fridge, takes out a bunch of food, readies some plates and pans. She seems to be making pancakes, as is the tradition of her house. Mother stands up to help her, but as she grabs at the eggs, Eha slaps her hands away.

,, You have some morning coffee,” she says, and she pours some from the kettle, probably made an hour earlier. Eha has the habit of leaving the stove flame on while the coffee brews during her shower so that it will be piping hot for breakfast. Eha thrusts a cup into Mother’s hand, singeing it. Mother retreats quickly to the table to put it down.

,, Let me help you with the breakfast,” Mother says as she flicks her hand in the air to soothe the burn.

,, You sit, and you wait for your food,” Eha says. ,, It has been too long since you had any of my food.”

Yes, it has, Mother thinks to herself, which is why she wants to help with the breakfast. When Mother helps with the breakfast, she feels like a part of the kitchen. But today she is being served like a guest, which makes her feel even more removed. It doesn’t help that the house looks different. Generally, Eha’s house is decorated like any other traditional house, with brown wooden walls and the smell of wheat almost staining the air, but in the last few months someone has hung up a number of pop art pictures here or there. Mother is tempted to ask if Jaan is suddenly getting interested in Andy Warhol, or contemporary art.

,, Will Jaan come down soon?” Mother asks. Eha is meticulously whisking batter and pouring jams into small little plates.

,, He will come when he comes,” is all she says. Then she follows it up with:. ,, By the way, his style has changed. You will be surprised.”

How? Mother wants to ask. Eha’s comment is the type of thing one says when one wants to invite more questions. Mother feels like her sister has purposefully said it to get a rise out of her. She remembers the last time she tried to pry into Jaan’s life. She had forced herself into his room when he was supposed to be coming down for breakfast and caught him masturbating. She still feels the shame in seeing what she saw, and in the lack of conversation she should have had with him. As that shame returns to her body, the questions in Mother’s mind still, and she finds herself wanting to change the subject.

,, Is your husband joining us for breakfast?” Mother asks.

Eha puts a pancake on the pan and readies another, but instead of answering Mother, she responds with her own question. ,, How is life at home going? How is Kaspar?”

,, Kaspar is fine,” Mother says. ,, But now, there is also the question of Kaspar’s mother.”

Mother puts a dry smile onto her face, but really she is getting worried. There is a lot on Mother’s mind that goes unsaid. Father was kind enough to hire a nurse to take care of her for a few hours, but Mother can’t help but think the worst of things. Will this nurse abuse her mother-in-law while no one is there to observe her? Will she do the work that is expected of her, or will she sit there and watch TV, waiting for Mother to return to get her hands dirty? Was it a good idea to take time off like this? Is it worth it, too, if Mother and her sister are simply going to be sitting here, having breakfast, like they used to in the past before Mother became so busy?

Mother looks up. Eha is looking directly at Mother this time. It is not a casual look. It’s like Eha is looking into Mother, prying something out of her, and taking the time to examine it, without Mother’s consent. Mother feels vulnerable. She winces, wondering what Eha sees.

Is Eha about to say something? It has to be something that is going to hurt.

Eha says: ,, I am proud of you, you know that?”

,, What?” Mother says, actually aloud. She clarifies: ,, What is there to be proud of?”

,, You are thinking a lot about your mother-in-law. It is not how you normally behave.”

Mother scoffs. ,, I do a lot for my family. Don’t you remember how much I did for you and your son? Or now that I am rarely here, are you forgetting?”

Eha ignores Mother and continues. ,, It is nice, all that you are doing for your husband. It’s a big sacrifice you are taking on. I don’t think I would be able to change my lifestyle like you have done. And you genuinely care for her. I know you want to complain, but I see it in your eyes. You genuinely care.”

Mother lets out a sigh. She cannot help it. She did not even know she had a sigh inside of her. She was not expecting Eha to say any of these nice things. It is like she has been punched in the stomach, but in a positive way. Her eyes are watering.

It’s been months, and everyone has gotten busy and grown apart, pulled in all the different directions that life is taking them.

But Eha, of all people, had taken the time to appreciate Mother. It makes Mother feel like all of the hard work she has done for her mother-in-law has made a difference, just like all the other times she has made sacrifices for the people she loves and cares for. Suddenly, it all feels like time and effort well spent. The clarity that only distance provides means that, for once, she is being seen by her sister. It is a distance that is worth it.

Unveiling the Power of Walking: A Pathway to Holistic Health and Wellness

The Revelation of Walking

In the domain of health and fitness, walking often remains overshadowed by more vigorous exercises. Nevertheless, it stands out as one of the most efficient methods to improve overall health. From enhancing mental clarity to boosting cardiovascular fitness and managing weight, the advantages of walking are extensive and profound.

Tailoring Your Daily Walk

Determining the ideal daily walking distance isn’t as simple as it appears. It’s not merely about adhering to a standard but about customizing your walk to suit your individual health condition and objectives:

Weight Considerations: “Heavier individuals burn more calories per mile; thus, your body weight influences how much you should walk.”

Start Gradually: For newcomers to regular exercise, commencing with manageable distances and gradually increasing both the pace and duration of your walk is crucial.

Set Clear Goals: Establish clear, attainable objectives. If weight loss is your aim, you may need to aim for longer walks.

Dietary Integration: “Integrating walking with a balanced diet is crucial. The synergy of diet and walking can accelerate your progress towards your fitness goals.”

Optimal Walking Metrics

While individual needs differ, a general guideline for those aiming to improve fitness is to target around 10,000 steps daily, equivalent to approximately 7 to 8 kilometers. This objective aligns well with burning roughly 300 to 400 calories each day, potentially resulting in a loss of about half a kilogram per week when combined with a suitable diet.

Incorporating Walking Into a Busy Schedule

In today’s fast-paced world, achieving 10,000 steps daily might seem daunting. Here’s how I integrate walking into my hectic life:

Break It Down: “Segment Your Walks: Break down the goal into smaller, more manageable walks throughout the day. This could mean a morning walk, a midday stroll, and an evening walk.”

Walk to Work: If viable, walking to work not only contributes to your step count but also energizes your morning.

Choose Stairs: “Stairs Over Elevators: Opt for the stairs whenever possible to increase calorie burn.”

Walking Meetings: Transforming catch-ups into walking meetings not only benefits physical health but can also enhance creativity and team spirit.

Monitor Progress: Utilizing a pedometer or smartphone app to monitor your steps can offer motivation and accountability.

Walking surpasses mere physical exertion; it serves as a cornerstone of wellness, supporting both the mind and body in harmonious ways. While the 10,000-step goal serves as an excellent starting point, personalizing this target to align with your unique health journey is crucial for optimal benefits. Walking is less about reaching a destination and more about savoring each step on the journey towards a healthier, more vibrant life.

Exploring India’s Economic Schism: A Journey with Amina from Poverty to Opulence

Close to the area I once called home lies one of India’s most dazzling shopping centers. During the day, the immense structure overshadows everything in its vicinity. At night, a dazzling array of lights starkly contrasts with the neighboring shops and houses, which have taken on a worn appearance from pollution and rain.

Within this grand establishment named Quest, residents of Kolkata with substantial disposable incomes indulge in luxury foreign brands like Gucci and dine at Michelin-starred restaurants.

However, life outside continues at a steady pace for individuals like my acquaintance, Amina.

She resides in a slum nestled in the shadow of Quest.

Amina embodies a statistic often mentioned yet rarely acknowledged: Approximately 60% of India’s nearly 1.3 billion inhabitants subsist on less than $3.10 per day, according to the World Bank’s median poverty line. Moreover, over 250 million people, constituting 21% of the population, survive on less than $2 per day.

Growing up as a middle-class Indian, I had limited exposure to the lives of the underprivileged. We inhabited distinct spheres, a divide that seemed to widen as India surged forward as a global economic force. While the affluent prospered, the impoverished largely remained in their dire circumstances, contributing to the expanding gap.

Presently, the wealthiest 10% in India command 80% of the nation’s wealth, as reported by Oxfam in 2017. Furthermore, the top 1% possesses 58% of the country’s wealth, in stark contrast to the United States, where the richest 1% owns 37% of the wealth.

Another illuminating perspective reveals that the wealth of 16 individuals in India equates to that of 600 million people.

These eye-opening statistics about my homeland evoke a sense of dichotomy. One facet of India showcases billionaires, technological advancements, nuclear capabilities, and democratic values. Conversely, there exists another India, inhabited by individuals like Amina, where nearly 75% of the population resides in villages, engaged in arduous labor; only 11% own refrigerators, and 35% lack basic literacy skills.

I am meeting Amina today because policymakers and journalists seldom engage with individuals like her to assess India’s progress. Quest Mall in Kolkata symbolizes India’s economic triumph, and I am curious to hear Amina’s perspective on it.

Amina and I go way back to 1998 when she began working at my parents’ residence. Each morning, she would trek from her dwelling about a mile and a half away, arriving around 10 AM to tend to household chores. Despite her age, which she claimed to be around 50 despite lacking any documentation, she exhibited remarkable resilience from years of domestic labor.

My mother held Amina in high regard, and even after my parents passed away in 2001 and I sold the flat, I made a point to visit Amina whenever I returned to Kolkata.

Over time, I learned about the challenges she faced, particularly after her husband’s passing, which left her struggling to secure steady employment due to her declining health. Despite my attempts to assist her financially, Amina insisted on earning her keep by offering services like massages or pedicures.

My frequent visits to India stem not only from my distinct upbringing but also from a deep fascination with the country’s evolution from a poverty-stricken former colony to a formidable global player.

I am mindful that Western perceptions of India often revolve around clichés such as corruption, traffic accidents, pollution, arranged marriages, and vibrant festivals. However, India’s societal landscape has evolved significantly, characterized by a burgeoning youth population, a surge in urban obesity rates, and the transformation of traditional trades due to the proliferation of the IT sector.

Such transformations necessitate constant reacquaintance with my birthplace.

Today, I am eager to reconnect with Amina and assess her well-being since our last encounter. Navigating through dim, labyrinthine alleys, I reach Amina’s modest dwelling. The air is thick with the aroma of cooking spices mingling with the acrid scent of coal-burning stoves.

Amina’s living conditions, reminiscent of those depicted in Katherine Boo’s “Beyond the Beautiful Forevers,” epitomize the struggles faced by individuals like her. Amidst scratched aluminum pots and an antiquated television set, Amina resides in a dimly lit room devoid of windows, paying a monthly rent equivalent to what she once earned at my parents’ residence.

Her room serves as a shared space for her and her grandchildren, offering a glimpse into the harsh realities endured by marginalized communities.

Economists like Devinder Sharma advocate for an alternative approach to India’s development, urging policymakers to address the systemic inequalities perpetuated by existing tax structures and government incentives that primarily benefit the affluent.

Conversely, Indian entrepreneurs attribute the widening wealth gap to systemic issues such as government corruption and inefficiency. Factors like gender, caste, and geographic location further exacerbate disparities, as highlighted by economic development expert Raj Desai.

As I engage with Amina in her humble abode, I am struck by her physical frailty, a stark contrast to her once robust demeanor. Despite her diminished mobility, Amina’s resilience remains evident as she eagerly anticipates our outing.

Accompanied by her granddaughter, Manisha, Amina ventures into an unfamiliar realm as we arrive at Quest Mall, where the dichotomy between old and new becomes palpable.

Outside the opulent mall, street vendors like Tapan Datta continue their daily routines, unfazed by the extravagant offerings within. However, our attempt to enter the mall is met with resistance from a vigilant security guard, underscoring the exclusivity of such establishments.

Inside, Amina’s astonishment at the immaculate surroundings is evident, offering a glimpse into a world previously beyond her reach. As we explore the mall, I observe the incongruity between the exorbitant price tags and Amina’s meager means, highlighting the stark disparities perpetuated by India’s economic growth.

While Amina’s inability to comprehend the astronomical prices provides a sense of relief, it also serves as a poignant reminder of the insurmountable barriers faced by individuals like her.

As we reflect on our experience, Amina’s poignant words resonate deeply, encapsulating the profound sense of resignation prevalent among marginalized communities.

Amidst academic discourse and policy debates surrounding India’s economic trajectory, Amina’s plight serves as a poignant reminder of the inherent inequities perpetuated by systemic injustices.

Despite the ongoing discourse regarding India’s economic future, the fundamental question of how to alleviate widespread poverty remains unanswered. While some advocate for progressive policies aimed at redistributing wealth, others emphasize the importance of addressing systemic issues such as education and healthcare.

As I bid farewell to Amina, her poignant words linger, serving as a testament to the enduring resilience of individuals like her amidst formidable challenges. In her world, devoid of the prospect of upward mobility, the American dream remains an elusive notion.

As I depart, I am reminded of the stark juxtaposition between luxury and deprivation, a sobering reality that underscores the urgent need for inclusive economic reforms aimed at uplifting the most vulnerable segments of society.

Solar New Year celebrations unite religious groups across the South Asian diaspora

(RNS) — For the past week, between April 9 and 15, South Asians celebrated the beginning of a new year with friends and family. Although originating in the Hindu luni-solar calendar — the Vedic auspicious month of Chaitra marks the beginning of a joyous new spring season and harvest — New Year celebrations have been adopted and adapted by religions and cultures across the Indian subcontinent.

Indians from all backgrounds celebrate according to their community’s socio-religious customs and unique calendars, from Ugadi for Telegus and Kannadigas in the southern states to the Gudi Padwa festival of western Maharashtra to the northern Assamese New Year celebration of Bohag Bihu, just to name a few.

And for those who immigrated to the United States from India, Bangladesh, Nepal or Sri Lanka, these New Year celebrations emphasize an important aspect of South Asian diasporic identity: the cultural heritage they share, rather than religious differences.

“It’s not just about crops,” said Sahej Preet Singh, a Sikh man from the northwestern state of Punjab, who moved to the United States in his 20s. “It’s not just about religion. It’s a lot more than that. It’s the culture, it’s the food, it’s that sense of belonging in the rest of the community, and all the communities coming together. It’s really about brotherhood.”

Singh, who now works as a community engagement manager for the Sikh Coalition, said that when he first immigrated, the loss of community was palpable. It was common for doors in his small town to be unlocked so friends could come and go without asking, but in an apartment in Queens, New York, he didn’t even know his neighbors. Holiday celebrations, like Vaisakhi, the New Year holiday in his Punjabi culture, have helped build a new diaspora community that is much more diverse.

“Here, you might be able to see South Indians and Marathis and Punjabis and Gujaratis all celebrating Gudi Padwa or Vaisakhi,” said Singh, who fondly remembers his mother feeding him a dessert so the New Year would start off with some sweetness.

Vaisakhi, with its colorful processions, large langar meal at the gurdwara and melodious “kirtans,” or group devotional singing, marks the start of a plentiful harvest season for the farm-heavy land of Punjab and the establishment of the Sikh faith by Guru Gobind Singh, though it was a festival time for Punjabis of all faiths.

Moving here, said Singh, who is now in upstate New York, has allowed him to better understand the commonalities between Indians and South Asians as a whole, giving him a piece of home to hold onto. The new community he has formed in the United States, he says, is a reflection of the diversity that only a place like the U.S. can bring.

“I might see somebody on the street who might not be Punjabi but they might be South Indian or Marathi or Gujurati, and I will still probably make it a point to at least nod and say hi to them,” he said. “You know, even shared iftar dinners are becoming a big deal here now.”

Naznin Seamon, a Bengali poet who moved to Queens, New York, in 1997, wants to keep religion and culture separate.

“We have so many problems, so many issues, but these cultural events, these cultural things, they actually make us open our mind,” said Seamon, a Muslim from Bangladesh. “They help us flourish, help our creativity. And it is a source of joy.”

The New Year celebration of Pohela Boishakh, celebrated by ethnic Bengali people from India and Bangladesh, has its roots in the Mughal empire, when Muslim leadership decided to switch from the Arabic lunar calendar to the Hindu solar agricultural calendar to better reflect the harvesting of crops, thus marking a new tax cycle and accounting year.

Some of Seamon’s fondest memories from Bangladesh, she says, were made during her town’s Pohela Boishakh festivities. She would look forward every year to donning a typical white and red sari, with bindi and flowers in her hair, to attend a colorful fair where she got to ride a Ferris wheel and look at photographs in a ViewMaster. Bengali Muslims and Hindus would sell their goods, including homemade animal masks that would be worn at a parade.

Though some would pray to Hindu gods for a bountiful and prosperous harvest, Pohela Boishakh is for all, Seamon says, despite a growing charge by some Muslim religious fundamentalists to discourage the sharing of a holiday they say is rooted in Hinduism.

“To celebrate any culture. I don’t have to follow that religion,” said Seamon, who is also a high school teacher. In Queens, she says the Bengali population is ever-growing, so much that she now teaches Bangla and is in charge of the Bangla Student Association at her school. The idea of celebrating Pohela Boishakh with her students, she says, is not only for them to “get off their phones,” but to appreciate the diversity of their parents’ homelands.

“Just because we came to a different country and we have so many opportunities doesn’t mean that I have to forget my own roots,” she said. “Coming to a new country is adapting and accepting, not changing my own identity, because every culture is beautiful in its own way.”

Kathirvel Kumararaja, a Hindu from Tamil Nadu in the south of India, is also seeking to help diaspora children take pride in their origins. He is the president of the more than 50-year-old New York Tamil Sangam — the first community organization for the ethnic and linguistic group in North America. The platform is for the “global Tamil community,” which stretches from India to Southeast Asia, to “share pride in belonging.”

“Starting from Indra Nooyi, Sundar Pichai, to the vice president of America, Kamala Harris — they’re all Tamils and come from the same tradition,” said Kumararaja, who is also the chair for the International Tamil Entrepreneur Network. “Starbucks CEO, FedEx CEO, you name it, they’re all Tamils. These kids have so many role models in society.”

Puthandu, the New Year holiday marking the beginning of the Tamil calendar and month of Chitterai, is a time for family, according to Kumararaja, who is married to a Tamil Christian. Kids and parents arise at the same time, laying eyes on a mirror in which they can see an abundant tray of fruits, flowers and coins, as well as a dish of raw mango, tamarind, jaggery and neem leaf, which they eat “just to show that life is sweet and sour.” Everyone prays together, seeks blessing from their elders and eats typical Tamil delicacies to bring in a prosperous beginning.

And importantly, the holiday is a public observance back home for all Tamil people, whether they are of Hindu, Christian or Muslim background. Like other ethnic New Years, including Chinese New Year, he says, many people don’t necessarily look at the Scriptures to find a reason to celebrate. It is a joyous time for all, reflected in his New York organization’s celebration with musical performances from popular Tamil singers.

“Typically, acculturation happens in American society in the name of freedom,” he said. The community festivals, he said, are one way to “show our kids what our culture is about and what are the values that we as Tamils represent. We don’t have to be shy about our culture or identity.”

Appen Menon, a board of trustees member for the Kerala Center of New York, understands this multi-religiosity. Hailing from the southern state of Kerala, where Christianity and Islam are widely practiced, Menon’s organization is no stranger to hosting combined cultural and religious events, like Easter and Vishu celebration.

“It’s a great feeling that we have people from diverse backgrounds from Kerala here, and we all celebrate all the celebrations including religious holidays together,” said Menon. “Although we are away from home, we found a home here.”

Vishu, the New Year holiday of Malayali Hindus marking the defeat of demon Narakasura by Lord Krishna, begins before dawn, when devotees make sure to lay their eyes on an idol of Krishna and a plate of abundance first thing after they wake up. Families then bathe, eat a sweet dish, go to the temple and finish the celebration with a sumptuous lunch feast.

While the scale of celebration cannot be the same in the U.S. as it is in Kerala, Menon, an attorney, says there are still benefits from forming new traditions. He and his family never celebrated Diwali, the well-known Hindu festival of light, in the same festive way of North Indians, but here, they are able to join in.

“While you’re in India, you know, you don’t see too many people from other states,” he said. “You see mostly people from Kerala and you are not exposed to those kinds of celebrations. Here, we are. And in a big way or small way, we also participate.”

After a delicious feast made by his wife, which he says he “can claim he helped with,” Menon says it’s time for a nap and a reflection on the new year.

“Back in India, when I was growing up, I didn’t know too much Hindi,” he said. “But I heard this phrase: ‘Alag bhasha, alag vesh, phir bhi apna ek desh.’”

Different language, different dress, still a country of our own.

Global Study Reveals Alarming Rise in Cyberbullying Among Adolescents: Urgent Calls for Action

An international study has revealed that nearly one in six adolescents have encountered cyberbullying, with an increase in such incidents among school-aged children since the onset of the pandemic, as reported by the World Health Organization (WHO). Conducted across 44 countries and regions, the study involved over 279,000 young participants. In Wales, where approximately 37,000 youths were surveyed, 17% reported being victims of cyberbullying. The Health Behaviour in School-aged Children (HBSC) survey indicates a rise in the proportion of adolescents experiencing cyberbullying since 2018, with figures climbing from 12% to 15% for boys and from 13% to 16% for girls.

England and Scotland also witnessed alarming rates of cyberbullying among their youth. In England, out of over 4,200 respondents, nearly one in five (19%) disclosed being cyberbullied at least once or twice in recent months, with 11% admitting to perpetrating cyberbullying themselves. Similarly, in Scotland, where more than 4,300 young individuals participated, 18% reported experiencing cyberbullying, while 11% acknowledged engaging in cyberbullying behavior.

The report underscores an “urgent need” to enhance awareness among young people, families, and educational institutions regarding the various forms of cyberbullying and its consequences. Dr. Hans Henri P. Kluge, WHO’s regional director for Europe, emphasized the heightened prevalence of cyberbullying amidst the COVID-19 pandemic, as social interactions shifted predominantly online during lockdowns. He stressed the imperative of addressing virtual forms of peer violence to safeguard the health and well-being of adolescents and young individuals. With youths spending significant amounts of time online daily, even minor fluctuations in bullying rates can significantly impact their overall health and well-being, warranting comprehensive action to combat cyberbullying as both a health and human rights concern.

Sarah Hannafin, a senior policy adviser for the NAHT school leaders’ union, expressed deep concern over the escalating rates of cyberbullying among children. She highlighted the pervasive nature of online bullying, which can occur anytime and anywhere, underscoring that schools alone cannot tackle the issue. Hannafin urged swift and effective implementation of the Online Safety Act by the government, emphasizing the crucial role of social media platforms in providing a safe online environment.

Responding to these concerns, a spokesperson for the UK government reiterated their commitment to making the UK the safest place for children online through the Online Safety Act. The act mandates companies to take decisive measures to protect children from harmful content, illegal activities, and abuse, including cyberbullying. Non-compliant companies risk facing fines of up to 10% of their global annual revenue, potentially amounting to billions of pounds.

Finland Retains Title as World’s Happiest Country; Denmark Follows Close Behind

Finland has once again secured the top position on the annual ranking of the happiest countries globally, marking its seventh consecutive year in this esteemed spot. The ranking, curated by the World Happiness Report, is determined by factors such as self-assessed life evaluations and responses to the Cantril ladder question, which prompts individuals to rate their current lives on a scale from 0 to 10, with 10 representing the best possible life for them.

The report, compiled by the Wellbeing Research Centre at the University of Oxford, assesses over 130 countries, taking into account variables such as GDP per capita, social support, healthy life expectancy, freedom, generosity, and freedom from corruption. While the top ten countries have remained relatively stable, the top 20 witnessed some changes, with Costa Rica and Kuwait ascending to the 12th and 13th positions, respectively, while the United States and Germany dropped out of the top 20 entirely, with the U.S. sliding from 15th to 23rd place this year.

Among the top ten happiest nations, only the Netherlands and Australia boast populations exceeding 15 million, while in the top 20, only Canada and the U.K. surpass 30 million inhabitants.

Finnland maintains its lead as the happiest country globally, scoring 7.741. Frank Martela, a Finnish philosopher and psychology researcher, attributes the nation’s happiness to its strong sense of community, altruistic behaviors, and individuals finding a clear purpose for themselves. Martela suggests that it might be more precise to say that Finland harbors the fewest unhappy individuals worldwide.

Finnland’s excellence extends beyond happiness rankings, as evidenced by its performance in education, work-life balance, environmental quality, social connections, safety, and life satisfaction, according to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) Better Life Index. The country also boasts a life expectancy at birth of approximately 82 years, with women outliving men by an average of six years. Moreover, 96% of Finns believe they have someone reliable to lean on in times of need, as per the OECD Better Life Index.

Denmark secures the second spot on the happiness index with a score of 7.583. The nation’s high ranking is attributed, in part, to its commitment to equality and social welfare responsibilities, according to its official website. These factors are closely associated with happiness, according to the World Happiness Report.

Despite Denmark’s reputation for imposing some of the world’s highest taxes, which can reach up to half of an individual’s income, the benefits counterbalance the costs. The country offers free healthcare, subsidized childcare, tuition-free education for university students along with grants to cover expenses, and pensions for the elderly coupled with caregiver support.

According to the OECD Better Life Index, Denmark surpasses the global average in various domains including employment, education, healthcare, environmental quality, social connections, civic engagement, and life satisfaction. Additionally, Denmark holds membership in prominent international organizations such as the OECD and NATO.

Extravagant Pre-Wedding Bash Unites Billionaires, Bollywood, and Rihanna in Indian Splendor

If the golf courses appeared a bit less populated this weekend, it’s likely because some of the world’s wealthiest individuals gathered for the pre-wedding festivities of Anant Ambani and Radhika Merchant in the Indian city of Jamnagar. The son of billionaire Mukesh Ambani, Anant, is set to marry Radhika this summer, marking an opulent celebration that rivals those of his siblings. The event boasted a Rihanna performance, an extensive dress code spanning nine pages, and notable personalities such as Mark Zuckerberg.

The Nuptial Couple:

Anant Ambani, the youngest scion of Mukesh Ambani, and Radhika Merchant are set to tie the knot. Mukesh, the ninth-richest person globally and the wealthiest in Asia, heads Reliance Industries, a conglomerate with interests in oil, textiles, telecommunications, and entertainment. Radhika, hailing from a wealthy background herself, is the daughter of Viren Merchant, CEO of Encore Healthcare.

Star-Studded Guest List:

The celebration played host to a guest list that read like a who’s who of the business world, featuring renowned figures such as Bill Gates, Google CEO Sundar Pichai, and Disney CEO Bob Iger. Notably, Rihanna graced the event with a performance for which she reportedly received around $9 million. Other attendees included David Blaine, Bollywood stars Shah Rukh Khan and Amitabh Bachchan, and even Ivanka Trump (though Hillary Clinton’s attendance remained uncertain).

Historical Precedent:

This extravagant celebration follows in the footsteps of Anant’s elder siblings. Isha Ambani’s wedding in 2018 featured a performance by Beyoncé, while her twin brother’s nuptials in 2019 included a pre-wedding bash with Coldplay and the Chainsmokers. It seems being an Ambani guarantees a musical extravaganza.

Rihanna’s Showstopper:

Videos circulating online suggest that Rihanna’s performance was nothing short of spectacular. The singer performed hits like “Work,” “Bitch Better Have My Money,” and “Stay,” making it a night to remember for the guests.

Beyond Business:

Amidst lavish dinners featuring 500 dishes prepared by 100 chefs, the festivities took a philanthropic turn with a visit to an animal-rescue center run by Reliance. Anant, known for his passion for animals, has transformed the center into a haven for rescued animals, including one of the world’s largest elephant hospitals.

The dress code for various events spanned nine pages, incorporating themes like “jungle fever” and traditional Indian garb. Guests were treated to a visually stunning array of outfits, with Mark Zuckerberg’s flashy attire drawing attention and Bill Gates donning a tasteful Champagne-colored Jodhpuri suit for his first Indian wedding experience.

Ivanka Trump’s Instagram Chronicles:

Ivanka Trump, not one to miss an opportunity, shared multiple Instagram posts showcasing her various outfits and providing glimpses into the festivities. One notable post featured a high-speed Ferris wheel, sparking curiosity about the unconventional entertainment at the event.

Steaming Sartorial Solutions

Even amidst such grandeur, practical details surfaced. The dress code included a directive for a three-hour turnaround time for clothes requiring steaming, with a firm note emphasizing the feasibility of adhering to this timeline. The laundry team, it seems, established clear boundaries even in the midst of such opulence.

In essence, the pre-wedding celebration of Anant Ambani and Radhika Merchant emerged as a fusion of extravagance, star power, and philanthropy, leaving an indelible mark on the annals of opulent matrimonial festivities.

Flaunting Wealth Amidst Global Crisis: Inside the Lavish Ambani Pre-Wedding Extravaganza

They argue that while money can’tpurchase affection, it can undoubtedly fund a lavish pre-wedding extravaganza. The world’s elite are presently recuperating from a three-day spectacle in India celebrating the imminent marriage of Anant Ambani, the youngest offspring of Asia’s wealthiest individual.

The celebration, reportedly priced at $120 million, epitomized extravagance: it boasted a detailed nine-page attire guideline, an exclusive performance by Rihanna, and a banquet that even Nero might have deemed excessive.

“Twenty-one chefs concocted ’75 types of dishes for breakfast, more than 225 types of dishes for lunch, 275 types of dishes for dinner, and 85 types of items … [for] the midnight meal,'” elaborated the Times of India. The aim was to ensure that none of the guests, among them Mark Zuckerberg, Ivanka Trump, and Bill Gates, would experience the indignity of eating the same meal twice.

While the notion of outrageously affluent individuals indulging in exorbitant activities isn’t novel, the conspicuousness of the Ambani pre-wedding gala is noteworthy. It was so extravagant that even the Daily Mail, not typically associated with leftist views, penned a dismayed article highlighting that the lavish celebrations occurred “just yards from where some of the poorest people on earth eke out a living.”

Flaunting Wealth Amidst Global Crisis Inside the Lavish Ambani Pre Wedding Extravaganza

The stark contrast between multimillion-dollar feasts and Gujarati slums wasn’t the sole disconcerting aspect of the event. In recent times, there has been a noticeable shift towards “stealth wealth” or “quiet luxury.” The ultra-rich have opted for more understated displays of their immense wealth, signaling affluence through subtle status symbols rather than ostentatious labels. However, the Ambani festivities deviated from this trend, representing a bold return to the overt excess and conspicuous consumption reminiscent of the 1980s.

Admittedly, the Ambani family has never adhered to the understated luxury trend. They have consistently flaunted their wealth. For instance, in 2018, Beyoncé performed at Isha Ambani’s pre-wedding festivities—an affair estimated to cost around $100 million. Moreover, the family resides in Antilia, a 27-story tower recognized as the world’s first billion-dollar residence. This is no ordinary mansion; it boasts three helipads, a 168-car garage, and a snow room for cooling down amid artificial snowflakes. With nine elevators, it epitomizes opulence. “This is a gated community in the sky,” remarked author Gyan Prakash as Antilia was constructed overlooking Mumbai’s slums. “It is in a way reflective of how the rich are turning their faces away from the city.”

Nevertheless, while the Ambanis have always flaunted their wealth, this wedding signifies a shift in societal trends. It wasn’t just the bride and groom embracing ostentation; even figures like Zuckerberg and his wife Priscilla Chan, who have championed philanthropy and advocated for a more equitable world, didn’t hesitate to display their materialistic inclinations. A viral video captured the couple admiring the groom’s $1 million Richard Mille watch. “This watch is fantastic,” exclaimed Chan. “That’s soo cool!”Flaunting Wealth Amidst Global Crisis Inside the Lavish Ambani Pre Wedding Extravaganza

Zuckerberg concurred, adding, “You know, I never really wanted to get a watch, but after seeing that, I was like, ‘Watches are cool.'”

The tech mogul wasn’t the only one attracting attention. Bill Gates, also vocal about his intentions to address global issues, shared a video featuring the internet-famous tea-seller Dolly Chaiwala serving him tea. While Gates likely intended it as a lighthearted celebration of innovation, it exuded uncomfortable colonial undertones.

Inequality, exacerbated by the pandemic, has reached unprecedented levels, with the wealth chasm continuing to widen. As Oxfam recently observed, we inhabit a “decade of division,” with successive crises accentuating the gap between the oligarchic few and the vast majority. Are these oligarchs not concerned about flaunting their wealth in front of the masses? Are they oblivious to the optics of reveling in luxury while even middle-class Americans struggle to put food on the table? They’ve undoubtedly been cautioned about the optics of inequality. At a London event last year, members of the global elite were warned of a “real risk of actual insurrection” if inequality persisted, and they were advised to be wary of “pitchforks and torches.”

However, if the flamboyance of the Ambani pre-wedding affair signifies anything, it’s that those born into privilege aren’t particularly perturbed by the prospect of public backlash. And why should they be? They possess underground doomsday bunkers to retreat to if things go awry. The Ambani spectacle appears to herald the demise of stealth wealth, signaling that billionaires no longer feel compelled to feign concern about inequality and are shamelessly embracing ostentatious luxury. Once again, the 1,200-person soirée was merely a prelude to the grand event in July—only time will tell what extravagant measures they’ll undertake or how the wedding could possibly surpass the pre-party. We mere mortals can only anticipate and speculate.

 

The Thirteenth Vision (21 February, 2024)

This is the real world. This is the world that Mother knows.

She is inside her home. It is a two-story cottage in Toledo, a town of Castilla La Mancha. The town encircles a hill. The houses are egg-shell yellow or dove white and covered with brick-coloured roof tiles. Her home sits on the top of a lane curving up to the Alcázar.

Mother is in her bed, opening her eyes. She goes to the window and opens her curtains, seeing the hazy clouds and the Tagus river underneath, as well as the sharp green cliffs on the other side.

She had dreamt she was on top of a horse in Mongolia just now.

Su vida ahora tiene que ser la realidad. No es una ilusión.

She yawns and stretches, still in the pants and shirt she sleeps in. She goes for a shower, then gets herself ready to go downstairs.

As she passes the hallway into the kitchen, she notices someone right by the wooden table. It is her mother-in-law, sitting in her wheelchair. This is more and more of a sign that Mother cannot be in a dream. She remembers the day her mother-in-law was moved into her house. Was it a week ago? Was it two? Certainly, the way her husband and his two brothers had bickered, that could not have been an illusion. They had been shouting so loudly that she could hear them on the second floor while doing her prayers. When she came downstairs, their hands and arms were flailing in the air, gesticulating with passion their shared concern for their mother that had led each of them to a separate conclusion.

She must come home. She must stay with me. We will take care of her.

That was what her husband felt despite what his brothers had said. And so her mother-in-law was now staying at home with them as they tried to improve her medical state.

Mother tries to shake herself awake. Why is her mother-in-law downstairs by herself? There she is, sitting in her wheelchair, her mouth stuck in a smile, staring not at any person but deeply at the wall. Mother’s husband, Pedro, must have taken her in her wheelchair up and down the cobblestones to show her around the town before leaving to go to the hospital. It is only around six in the morning. Pedro must have left ten minutes ago. He trusts Mother to help him with the rest of his mother’s needs. This includes cleaning out her diaper, bathing her from head to toe, and feeding her by spoon the gazpacho or paella she makes for lunch.

This is not a dream. This is very much reality.

Mother suddenly shivers. She feels like she is in the middle of the tundra, but how can she feel this cold when she’s indoors and the heater is on? She feels like she has horse hair stuck to her pants, but when she picks it up, the hairs are grey and blond, clearly hers. She could have sworn she was in the middle of doing something, and it wasn’t cooking or cleaning.

I was about to realise something, and it was important…

« Oye… oye… ¿me escuchas?»

Is that her mother-in-law speaking? First of all, the dementia has been strong for the last year. If her mother-in-law speaks, which happens at random moments, it usually isn’t anything comprehensible, just a word here or there followed by a few sentences that don’t cohere to what was previously said.

The voice is also not coming from that side of the room. It’s almost like it is coming from somewhere underneath her. How is that possible? There is nothing below her other than the floor tiles they installed a few years ago…

« Oye… oye… ¿me escuchas? »

This is clearly a man’s voice. Mother is now scared. She reaches for the knife nearest to her, the one she normally uses to cut peaches and apples. The rough gesture frightens her mother-in-law, who gasps and looks about, as if she has been suddenly awoken from whatever dream world she was living in. What a beautiful thing, to live in a dream. Mother is almost jealous of her mother-in-law’s innocence, but only for a moment. Mother fears getting older and slowly losing her mind.

In a bid to console her mother-in-law, Mother comes to her side and tries to pat her arm.

« Suegra… no te asustas, por favor »

Her mother-in-law looks like she is about to cry. Teardrops are forming under her eyes. She is trying to lift a finger, like she is about to point somewhere behind Mother. She always does this regardless of what’s going on, but this time Mother wants to turn around. She brandishes the knife and faces the other side.

There is nothing. No one. It’s just the corridor that leads towards the living room, and a window facing the cliffs. Mother holds the knife firmly but considers putting it back on the table. She remembers she should be cutting some fruit for breakfast. It is difficult for her mother-in-law to chew apples, so Mother mashes them and feeds them to her mother-in-law via a spoon, like she would a little boy.

« Oye… you need to look below, not behind… »

Right on the tiles is the upper half of a man’s body. The man is wearing armour from the Medieval era. He has a sharp pointed goatee, and the two tips of his moustache curl upwards.

« ¿Quien eres tú? » Mother shouts. He cannot be human. His body is literally bifurcated by the floor. And yet when Mother stares firmly, she sees the rest of him. He is sitting up, lying on a bed, with the covers partially on top of him. He looks almost exactly like how Mother must look when she wakes up. Even the lower part of his body is in pyjamas, and the covers of his bed resemble hers.

« ¿Quien eres tú? » Mother asks again. « ¿And why are you on my bed? ¿How are you on my bed? ¿Who are you? »

« Tantas preguntas » the man complains. He rolls his eyes at Mother, then closes them, as if he would rather be sleeping. « I used to have all of these questions arise to me in my dreams. ¿Where is my Dulcinea? ¿What has happened to Sancho? ¿And who are you? ¿Who are you? Ultimately, it never mattered. I acted and made a lot of mistakes and embarrassed myself. And now here I am, lying here for eternity, known to the world as a fool. I just lie in bed and hide under the covers. If I had known back then that everything I believed in was an illusion, I would have never done what I did. »

Mother takes a few steps back. The fingers that are holding the knife are quivering. She has to concentrate to make sure she doesn’t drop it. Mother’s bottom lip wobbles.

The man carries on: « But then would I take it back? I acted as I did because I believed it. Belief is such a strong emotion. We do everything with the conviction that it is right, but most of the time, when we are in that state of mind, we do so much wrong. »

Mother would nod if she had the composure to do so. She sees a bit of herself in the man’s reflections, and the pit of feeling in the centre of her chest is aching, as what tends to happen whenever a truth is said and one is unprepared to deal with it.

« And yet the world is turning, the turns are turning. The world is like one giant windmill, and we are trying to catch on to it. »

The man laughs peculiarly, taking Mother out of the pain she is feeling. She now feels irate, annoyed, and confused. She wants to take the knife and cut the man right at the point where the tiles are reflecting the bed, to make the illusion dissipate like fog.

The man pulls at his moustache, twisting the hairs into an even finer upward curl. He looks at Mother and contracts his eyebrows.

« Life itself is a farce. We call something madness when we think it’s close to the odd, but in reality, being so fixed in how we should live life is a madness itself. What is wrong with dreaming? I lived my entire life as a dream, and the world made fun of me for it. And yet because I was willing to live this way, many others came after me and made a fool of themselves as well. People call such fools heroes. They make stories about them, they erect statues of them, they memorialise them, as time goes on and on. »

The man stifles a laugh, and then turns his eyes to meet Mother’s.

Mother turns away to face the wall, but the man’s half-body is coming out of the beige paint. Mother turns towards the kitchen, only the man is appearing out of the sink. Mother suddenly worries about her mother-in-law. Mother turns to face her, but she is facing the man instead, who is now sitting in the wheelchair, but also on the bed, as if it were an image pasted all around the wheelchair’s frames.

How is it that she can’t escape this man? He has become a part of everything she sees. She doesn’t have the time for this. It’s already getting late, the sun which was starting to rise is now full in the sky. She has to get on with washing and feeding her mother-in-law. If this apparition wasn’t disturbing her, she would have been in the midst of her prayers by now.

Mother closes her eyes and wishes, Dios, denounce this devil and leave me in peace.

She opens her eyes and sees he is still in front of her.

« You cannot get rid of me yet, dear. I am in front of you for a reason. I’m here to propose to you an adventure. It is an adventure far greater than the one I have undertaken. For though I have slayed many a knight and rescued many a damsel, it was only at the end of my journey that I realised anything about myself. You, my dear, have the gift of taking such a journey after countless others have tried and failed. You can start already knowing something a bit about yourself. You can start having already learned from our failures. And deep down, dear, you are far less in the fantasy than I ever was. I think you already know what you need to work on. »

The man touches Mother in the middle of her chest, and as if she is a pool stuck in stillness, she feels something inside of her ripple.

« You were dreaming for a reason. »

Mother looks at her mother-in-law, remembers the feeling of annoyance of having someone intrude on the schedule of her day. There are so many people and existences suffering on the planet, but Mother has not done anything for them. Mother has been extremely inactive. She wanders in her mind, she wanders in the four corners of her house. She has only lived her life while waiting for her life to end.

Perhaps she could use an adventure to take her closer to her destiny.

Mother suddenly imagines her son kissing another man, and her heart fills with disgust.

The man says:

« Do you want to leave this dream, to become disillusioned like I have? You have the chance to keep dreaming, to reach the heights I could only imagine reaching. »

Mother shakes her head.

The man smiles and extends his hand.

Unlocking Lasting Happiness: How Strategic Spending Can Transform Your Well-being

For years, the prevailing belief has been that money cannot buy happiness. Although money may solve certain issues, studies have revealed that material possessions only provide temporary satisfaction before losing their appeal. Nonetheless, recent research suggests that spending money in particular ways can have a positive impact on one’s well-being.

“Scientifically-backed purchases aligned with personal values can lead to more sustained joy,” the article explains. It emphasizes the importance of not just purchasing items but being deliberate about expenditures that enhance life, foster connections, and promote personal growth. By exerting some effort and engaging in self-reflection, individuals can cultivate a fulfilling and purposeful existence.

The article delves into seven categories of purchases scientifically linked to heightened happiness. It aims to provide insight into how to invest meaningfully in emotional health by supporting the suggestions with research, real-life examples, and practical tips.

1.Prioritize Experiences Over Material Possessions

Research consistently shows that investing in experiences such as travel, courses, or cultural events leads to longer-lasting happiness compared to material purchases. While people quickly adapt to new possessions like gadgets or clothing, experiences contribute to shaping one’s identity and often involve social connections.

“Choose experiential purchases that resonate with your core interests and values for maximum fulfillment,” advises the article. For instance, instead of splurging on the latest iPhone, consider taking a Mediterranean cooking class. Not only does this activity build self-confidence, but it also offers an enjoyable social experience with lasting joy.

2.Allocate Resources for Quality Time with Loved Ones

Human beings inherently crave social connections, which significantly contribute to happiness and well-being. Therefore, spending money to strengthen bonds with friends and family is considered a wise investment. Purchases that facilitate meaningful interactions and togetherness often result in shared laughter, joy, and comfort.

The article suggests considering activities that loved ones enjoy when making purchases to promote quality time. For example, rather than dining out at an expensive restaurant, opt for a potluck meal where everyone shops for ingredients together and prepares dishes collectively. This shared experience fosters deeper connections and lasting memories.

3.Support an Active Lifestyle

Regular exercise not only provides physical benefits but also boosts mental well-being by releasing endorphins that elevate mood. Investing in equipment and gear that supports an active lifestyle can reduce anxiety, alleviate depression, and increase energy levels. Outdoor activities further enhance mood by exposing individuals to sunlight and boosting vitamin D levels.

“Consider purchasing a bike, running shoes, or home workout equipment tailored to your interests,” suggests the article. Instead of buying more electronics or clothing, engaging in activities like biking along local trails or walking while listening to audiobooks can contribute to mood-enhancing movement.

4.Enhance Sleep Quality

Quality sleep is essential for allowing the brain and body to recharge, process information, and regulate emotions. Poor sleep can significantly impact focus, decision-making, immunity, and mental health. Investing in bedroom upgrades such as new mattresses, weighted blankets, and blackout curtains can improve sleep quality.

For instance, upgrading bedding with high thread count sheets, breathable comforters, and ergonomic pillows can create a luxurious sleep environment. Blocking external light with thick curtains can mimic natural melatonin rhythms and promote better sleep.

5.Invest in Personal Growth and Self-Care

Spending on personal development focuses on internal growth, healing, and learning, ultimately leading to a sense of purpose and accomplishment. Whether it’s furthering education, indulging in spa treatments, or seeking therapy, investing in self-improvement can boost confidence and overall well-being.

“Sign up for activities like a wine-tasting class, a shiatsu massage, or watercolor painting lessons to indulge your inner self,” suggests the article. Balancing physical pampering with intellectual or skill growth can lead to a more well-rounded identity and a greater sense of fulfillment.

Affordable Excellence: A Guide to 10 Outstanding Scotch Whiskies Under $60

Scotch whisky enthusiasts understand the magic that unfolds in the $50 to $60 price range. This sweet spot offers a more refined and special experience, with a tantalizing depth in oak, craftsmanship, and flavor diversity. In this entry-level arena for most Scotch whisky brands, we’ve curated a list of 10 exceptional bottles, all under $60, readily available at most liquor stores. Keep in mind that Scotch whisky prices can fluctuate due to factors such as import tariffs and shipping fees, and regional variations may also play a role in pricing.

  1. Glenfiddich Single Malt Scotch Whisky Aged 12 Years

ABV: 40%

Average Price: $50

Tasting Notes:

Nose: Creamy like vanilla pudding, bright pear orchard vibe, mild toffee, sweetgrass, and hints of oak.

Palate: Soft woodiness, candied pear, vanilla cream, soft cinnamon spice, and gentle malts.

Finish: Light and approachable with lingering pear, vanilla cream, mild spice, and a silken mouthfeel.

This entry-level Speyside whisky, aged in a blend of American and European oak, boasts a creamy vanilla pudding nose with notes of pear, toffee, and mild oak. The palate offers soft woodiness, candied pear, and a touch of cinnamon spice, leading to a light and approachable finish with a silken mouthfeel.

  1. Laphroaig Islay Single Malt Scotch Whisky Select

ABV: 40%

Average Price: $56

Tasting Notes:

Nose: Red fruit, plums, nuts, and peated maltiness.

Palate: Fruity with mild spice, Ace bandages, smoked salts, and malt.

Finish: Lingering fruit and wood with a distant wisp of smoke and Band-Aid.

Crafted by Master Distiller John Campbell, this Laphroaig whisky showcases the diversity of casking processes, with a nose featuring red fruit, plums, and peated maltiness. The palate offers a fruity, mildly spicy experience, with a finish marrying fruit, wood, and a subtle smokiness.

  1. Bruichladdich The Classic Laddie Scottish Barley Unpeated Islay Single Malt Scotch Whisky

ABV: 50%

Average Price: $53

Tasting Notes:

Nose: Wildflowers, granola bars, brine, salted caramel, orange oils, and softwood.

Palate: Seaspray, tart apples, Caro syrup mid-palate sweetness.

Finish: Sweet oak dominates, fading into a spicy malt with sea salt.

Bruichladdich’s unique philosophy shines in this unpeated whisky with a nose of wildflowers, brine, and salted caramel. The palate delivers seaspray, tart apples, and a sweet oak finish with a touch of spice, making it a great choice on the rocks or in whisky-forward cocktails.

  1. Highland Park Single Malt Scotch Whisky 12 Years Old

ABV: 40%

Average Price: $53

Tasting Notes:

– Nose: Rich holiday cake with dark spices, dried fruits, candied citrus, nuts, and a hint of smoke.

– Palate: Fragrant honey, sweet texture, and a touch of sweetness.

– Finish: Chimney smoke on a snowy day, connecting peated malt and dark bourbon.

– Hailing from Scotland’s far north Orkney Islands, this unique whisky offers a nose of rich holiday cake and a palate with fragrant honey and sweet texture. The finish, reminiscent of chimney smoke on a snowy day, bridges the gap between peated malt and dark bourbon.

  1. The Balvenie Single Malt Scotch Whisky DoubleWood Aged 12 Years

ABV: 43%

Average Price: $59

Tasting Notes:

– Nose: Soft and floral honey, vanilla extract, red berries, and wine-soaked oak.

– Palate: Marzipan, cinnamon, plum trees, tree bark, and leather.

– Finish: Spicy malt, hot cinnamon, and honey tobacco.

– Pioneering the “double aging” trend, this unpeated single malt offers a nose of floral honey and red berries. The palate meanders through marzipan, cinnamon, and plum trees, culminating in a finish with spicy malt and honey tobacco.

  1. Chivas XV Blended Scotch Whisky

ABV: 40%

Average Price: $50

Tasting Notes:

– Nose: Orange marmalade, cinnamon, clove, and mincemeat pies.

– Palate: Dark dried fruits, soft berries, butterscotch, and caramel-laced toffees.

– Finish: Lush and creamy with vanilla, mincemeat pie, brandy-soaked dates, and Christmas pudding.

– A classic Chivas blend aged for 15 years, this whisky delights with a nose of orange marmalade and mincemeat pies. The palate unfolds with dark dried fruits, soft berries, and a creamy, lush finish, making it perfect for sipping on the rocks or in cocktails.

  1. Aberlour Speyside Single Malt Scotch Whisky Double Cask Matured Aged 12 Years

– ABV: 40%

– Average Price: $59

– *Original Tasting Notes:*

– Nose: Brandy-soaked orange peels, almonds, sweet sherry, vanilla creaminess, and a hint of chocolate.

– Palate: Bitter and creamy chocolate, brandy-soaked orange, pear, cherry, and marzipan nuttiness.

– Finish: Stewed fruits, soft tobacco, and vanilla creaminess.

– *Paraphrased:*

– A cornerstone whisky for brands like Chivas, this soft unpeated single malt offers a nose of brandy-soaked orange peels and almonds. The palate features bitter chocolate, brandy-soaked fruit, and a finish with stewed fruits and vanilla creaminess.

  1. Ardbeg An Oa Islay Single Malt Scotch Whisky

– ABV: 46.6%

– Average Price: $54

Tasting Notes:

– Nose: Slow-smoked peaches, cherrywood, smoky savory herbs, and black licorice.

– Palate: Butteriness, burnt toffee, nutmeg, walnut, Earl Grey, and woody maple syrup.

– Finish: Salted black licorice, florals, singed savory herbs, and black-pepper-covered brisket fat.

– A quintessential Islay peated whisky, this Ardbeg expression features slow-smoked peaches and savory herbs on the nose. The palate is buttery with burnt toffee and nutmeg, leading to a finish with black licorice, florals, and a hint of smoked brisket fat.

 

  1. Glenmorangie Highland Single Malt Scotch Whisky “The Lasanta” Aged 12 Years

– ABV: 43%

– Average Price: $52

-Tasting Notes:

– Nose: Subtle spice, creamy toffee malts, honey, brandied berries, and vanilla tobacco.

– Palate: Dried fruit, leather, nuttiness, spicy orange, and dark chocolate.

– Finish: Creamy vanilla, marzipan, brandied pear, and dark dried berries.

– Glenmorangie’s 12-year-old expression boasts a nose of subtle spice and creamy toffee malts. The palate offers dried fruit and nuttiness, with a finish highlighting creamy vanilla and brandied pear, creating an easygoing sipper.

  1. Oban Little Bay Single Malt Scotch Whisky Small Cask

– ABV: 43%

– Average Price: $57

– Tasting Notes:

– Nose: Smoked prunes, plums, dates, creamy malts, walnut bread, and orange saltwater taffy.

– Palate: Clove-studded oranges, malted vanilla, saltwater taffy, stewed pear, brandy, and spiced nutty apple cake.

– Finish: Spiced nutty apple cake with a buttery crumble along a damp wooden pier.

– This Highland whisky from Oban, aged in small casks, presents a nose of smoked prunes and creamy malts. The palate features clove-studded oranges, saltwater taffy, and a finish reminiscent of spiced nutty apple cake along a damp wooden pier.

 

These 10 outstanding Scotch whiskies under $60 offer a diverse range of flavors and profiles, making them accessible to both novices and seasoned enthusiasts. Whether you prefer the bold peatiness of Islay or the refined sweetness of Speyside, this selection provides a delightful journey through the world of Scotch whisky without breaking the bank.

Inside the Staggering Wealth of the World’s Richest Family: The Al Nahyan Dynasty

The Al Nahyan royal family, rulers of the Emirate of Abu Dhabi, has secured its position as the wealthiest family globally, boasting a staggering fortune of $305 billion (Rs 25,38,667 crore) as of 2023. This places them ahead of the heirs of Walmart Inc., whose net worth totals $232.2 billion (Rs 19,31,374 crore), according to a report by Bloomberg.

Led by the influential United Arab Emirates (UAE) President Sheikh Mohamed bin Zayed Al Nahyan, commonly known as MBZ, the Al Nahyan family holds approximately six percent of the world’s oil reserves. Their strategic investments span various industries, from Rihanna’s lingerie line Savage X Fenty to Elon Musk’s SpaceX, as highlighted in The New Yorker.

One of the key figures in their financial empire is UAE National Security Adviser Sheikh Tahnoon, also known as Tahnoun bin Zayed Al Nahyan. He heads the International Holding Co., an investment company whose value has surged almost 28,000 percent in the last five years, reaching a market value estimated at around $235 billion, making it one of the largest firms in the Middle East. The company boasts a diverse portfolio, with interests in agriculture, energy, entertainment, and maritime, employing tens of thousands of individuals worldwide.

Presidential Palace and Luxurious Properties

The Al Nahyan family’s opulent property portfolio includes a collection of magnificent palaces. Foremost among these is the Qaṣr Al-Waṭan, a presidential palace in Abu Dhabi valued at $475 million (Rs 4078 crore). Spanning an expansive 380,000 square meters, the palace features a 37-meter-wide dome and a chandelier adorned with 350,000 crystal pieces. Divided into eastern and western wings, it houses a “House of Knowledge” with prized historical artifacts and halls used for official functions. Opened to the public in 2019, the palace stands as a symbol of the Middle East’s grandeur.

In addition to Qaṣr Al-Waṭan, the Al Nahyan family owns other lavish properties worldwide, including the Chateau de Baillon in northern Paris and several residences in the UK. Former family head Sheikh Khalifa bin Zayed Al Nahyan earned the moniker “landlord of London” for his extensive property holdings in affluent neighborhoods, rivaling even the British royal family’s London assets in 2015.

World’s Biggest Megayachts

The Al Nahyan dynasty’s fleet extends to some of the world’s most luxurious megayachts, surpassing even the possessions of Amazon founder Jeff Bezos. Notable yachts include the Azzam and the Blue superyachts, each valued at $600 million (Rs 4992 crores). Azzam, the world’s longest yacht at 591 feet, boasts accommodation for over 100 people and features a golf training room, overshadowing Jeff Bezos’ 417-foot superyacht, nicknamed ‘Koru.’ The $597 million (Rs 4967 crore) Blue, measuring 525 feet, ranks as the fourth-largest yacht globally, while the $660 million (Rs 5490 crore) A+ was even borrowed by actor Leonardo DiCaprio.

Eight Private Jets

The Al Nahyan family’s presidential fleet comprises eight aircraft, including the Airbus A320-200 and three Boeing 787-9s. Notably, Sheikh Mohamed bin Zayed Al Nahyan’s personal collection includes the $478 million (Rs 3977 crore) Boeing 747 and the $176 million (Rs 1464 crore) Boeing 787, reflecting the family’s commitment to a lavish lifestyle.

Uber-Expensive Fleet of Cars

Sheikh Hamad bin Hamdan al Nahyan’s car collection is museum-worthy, with over 700 vehicles, including the world’s largest SUV and the coveted Willys Jeep. Meanwhile, Sheikh Mansour bin Zayed bin Sultan Al Nahyan’s impressive collection features five Bugatti Veyrons, a Ferrari 599XX, McLaren MC12, Mercedes-Benz CLK GTR, and a Lamborghini Reventon, as detailed by The New Yorker.

Premier League Football Club

Beyond the realms of luxury, the Al Nahyan family has left its mark in the sporting world. The Abu Dhabi United Group, under Sheikh Mohamed bin Zayed Al Nahyan’s ownership, acquired the English football team Manchester City for $255 million (Rs 2122 crore) in September 2008. Moreover, the investment company holds an 81 percent majority stake in the City Football Group, managing football clubs like Manchester City, Mumbai City, Melbourne City, and New York City.

The wealth of the Al Nahyan royal family transcends conventional boundaries, reflecting not only in their financial holdings but also in their ownership of iconic properties, megayachts, private jets, luxury cars, and a prominent presence in the world of sports. As the world’s wealthiest family, the Al Nahyan dynasty continues to shape global investments and redefine opulence on an unprecedented scale.

Affordable Fitness: Building a Thrifty Workout Routine

If budget constraints have kept you from achieving your fitness goals, you’re not alone. While the dream of a personal gym with top-notch equipment may seem out of reach, there are cost-effective ways to get in shape without breaking the bank. Milo F. Bryant, a San Diego-based trainer, highlights the simplicity of free outdoor activities: “I can go to the beach for free. I can pick up some hundred-pound rocks and carry them.” Bryant also recommends bear crawls, emphasizing their effectiveness on steps.

Creating a home gym doesn’t have to drain your wallet. The classic jump rope, priced at just $10, offers an incredible workout. Gwen Gates, a coach at the Logan Health Medical Fitness Center, suggests a Tabata-style routine, utilizing 20 seconds on and 10 seconds off intervals for 10 to 20 minutes. For those uncomfortable with jumping, letting the rope hit the ground and stepping over it still elevates the heart rate.Affordable Fitness Building a Thrifty Workout Routine

Battle ropes are another budget-friendly option for working the arms and incorporating cardio. While commercial ones may start at $50, a homemade version using supplies from a hardware store can be just as effective. For those interested in strength training without barbells, exercise bands, costing no more than $20 for a full set, offer versatile options. Bryant recommends placing bands around ankles or knees while walking sideways, providing an effective workout.

Kettlebell workouts are popular, but the weights can be expensive. Brad Roy, the editor of the American College of Sports Medicine’s Health & Fitness Journal, suggests using medicine balls instead, starting at around $20. Gwen Gates advises incorporating them into squats, progressively adding difficulty by raising the ball above your head.

For a back-to-basics approach, consider rucking, or walking with weight on your back. This age-old practice builds strength, stamina, and muscular endurance. While specialized rucking backpacks start at $100, you can achieve the same effect by loading your current backpack with a few books or water bottles. Utilizing pull-up bars or exercise tools found during your walk adds an extra dimension to your routine. Playground exercises, from step-ups to tricep dips, provide a diverse set of options.

Bird-watching, disc golf, and shadowboxing can also be incorporated into your walks. Bird-watching, in particular, can extend the duration of your walk as you seek out new species. If you’re not a bird enthusiast, try disc golf, a budget-friendly activity with approximately 9,000 courses across the United States. Shadowboxing routines or walking with poles, starting at $25, provide effective arm and shoulder workouts. Trekking poles, suggested by Dr. Roy, encourage better posture than traditional canes, making them an excellent option for those considering walking aids.

For a more dynamic workout, consider pickleball on a tennis court. Paddle and ball sets start at $30, offering not only physical benefits but also improving hand-eye coordination and balance, especially beneficial for older adults. Dr. Roy describes pickleball as an “awesome activity” for overall fitness.

Achieving fitness goalsdoesn’t have to come with a hefty price tag. By incorporating affordable tools and outdoor activities into your routine, you can build strength, improve endurance, and enhance your overall well-being without burning a hole in your pocket. As Milo F. Bryant aptly puts it, “You want to be able to move,” and these budget-friendly optionsprovide the perfect opportunity to do just that.

https://www.nytimes.com/2024/01/02/well/move/cheap-workouts-fitness-exercise.html?smid=nytcore-android-share

Marital Shifts Among the Stars: Navigating the Changing Landscape of Celebrity Unions

The traditional belief regarding marital satisfaction follows a U-shaped trajectory. It commences with an exhilarating romantic phase, then experiences a decline as individuals grapple with the reality that life with a partner is not always a steady ascent to happiness but can resemble more of an arduous journey. However, as time progresses, satisfaction often returns, either through acceptance of one’s circumstances or, ideally, through the negotiation of a more harmonious union.

Contrary to this conventional wisdom, the events of 2023 have challenged the notion that a long marriage is synonymous with a lasting one, particularly when it involves two high-profile and driven individuals. This year witnessed the surprising dissolution of well-established celebrity couples, previously held up as #couplesgoals, signaling a clearcutting in what was once considered the old-growth forest of enduring unions.

In September, Hugh Jackman and Deborra-lee Furness, a resilient icon of celebrity coupledom, announced their separation after 27 years. The shockwaves continued in October when Jada Pinkett Smith revealed in her memoir that she and Will Smith had been living apart for seven years, constituting a quarter of their marriage. Meryl Streep and her husband, sculptor Don Gummer, married for 45 years, disclosed that they had been leading separate lives for six years. Additionally, Kellyanne and George Conway decided to part ways after more than two decades, surprising many with the longevity of their union.

Leaving a spouse after a quarter-century might appear perplexing to some, akin to learning Chinese and then relocating to Mexico or meticulously ironing a stack of laundry only to throw it all back in the wash. To others, it may indicate a shift in affections. Notably, in these high-profile splits, there have been no public accusations of infidelity as the root cause, though such details are often kept private.

Various perspectives offer more mundane explanations for these late-stage divorces. In the absence of children to raise, there may be a lack of a joint project to engage in. After 25 years, spouses may find it challenging to surprise each other, with their stories, habits, and chewing noises growing thin. Divergent views on retirement, coupled with the myriad distractions in today’s world, from food-delivery apps to OnlyFans, contribute to the perception that the benefits of growing old together no longer outweigh the drawbacks.

Alternatively, these late-in-life separations can be viewed as a positive sign—a refusal to settle for the hand life has dealt, an insistence on seeking change even after decades of marriage. It signals a message to the cosmic order that one is not done yet, that there’s still room for transformation and new beginnings.

This theme of resilience and continued pursuit of dreams is echoed in the experiences of prominent figures in 2023. Madonna, at 65, is on tour, while Barbra Streisand (81) and Martha Stewart (82) grace glossy magazine covers, the latter flaunting a different kind of “rack.” Annette Bening, aged 65, stars in a biopic about Diana Nyad, who swam 110 miles at 64. Even in the realm of politics, the leading candidates for the next U.S. presidency are 77 and 81 years old. The success of “The Golden Bachelor,” depicting a widower’s quest for love in his 70s, underscores that the elderly are not fading away quietly but are defying the waning of their cultural influence and romantic aspirations.

However, it’s worth noting that this resilience is more evident among the affluent. Just as the past two decades have witnessed a growing income gap between those who choose to marry and those who don’t, late-life separations and the subsequent quest for senior love are endeavors typically undertaken by high-net-worth individuals. The discreet nature of these splits, involving separate but desirable residences, comes with a hefty price tag, requiring both partners to be financially secure enough to handle the bills without public disputes over assets.

The pursuit of new love, although a perennially captivating fantasy, can also be a daunting endeavor. Even for individuals like Gerry Turner, the golden bachelor, who have potential suitors delivered to their doorstep, finding a new mate is not without its challenges. Embracing a fresh start with someone whose flaws are already known may not lead to a springtime of new experiences, but there’s a certain allure to the prospect of a spectacular autumn.

As we navigate the changing landscape of celebrity unions, it may be prudent to extend positive thoughts to our favorite celebrity couples, particularly the more seasoned ones. How are Kyra Sedgwick and Kevin Bacon faring? Has anyone heard from Angela Bassett and Courtney B. Vance recently? Perhaps a Groupon for a date night for Rita Wilson and Tom Hanks would be a thoughtful gesture. In the unpredictable realm of celebrity relationships, 2023 serves as a reminder that caution is never unwarranted.

New Study Unveils the Impact of Sleep Deprivation on Emotions: Positive Moods Take a Hit, Revealing a Nuanced Connection

In the realm of understanding the impact of sleep on our emotions, a profound analysis spanning over 50 years of data has illuminated the intricate relationship between sleep deprivation and our emotional well-being. This groundbreaking study, the first of its scale since 1996, unravels the complexities of how our nocturnal habits intertwine with our feelings.

Reflecting on the evolution of research in this field, Jo Bower, a lecturer and researcher at the University of East Anglia, notes the substantial growth since 1996. With an abundance of data at their disposal, researchers like Bower can now discern the effects of various types of sleep deprivation, such as staying up late, insufficient sleep duration, and intermittent awakenings during the night.

Published on December 21 by the American Psychological Association, Bower’s study, conducted in collaboration with colleagues from institutions in Texas, Colorado, and Montana, delves into the impact of these sleep patterns on emotional states. Examining data from 154 studies involving 5,715 participants, the team meticulously analyzed reported outcomes. The predominant and consistent effect observed across all types of sleep loss was a decline in positive emotions coupled with an increase in emotional numbness and anxiety.

Bower elucidates, “We looked at everything that they reported in those studies, and what was strongest and most consistent was an impact on positive moods.” Contrary to popular intuition, individuals experiencing sleep loss were more inclined to express diminished happiness, excitement, and contentment than heightened anger or anxiety. This revelation challenges common perceptions as people often associate sleep deprivation with heightened irritability or sadness.

The study highlighted a pervasive emotional numbing and a loss of pleasure in many participants, even in cases of mild sleep deprivation, such as staying awake just an hour or two later than usual. Notably, the negative impact on emotions was accentuated when participants lost Rapid Eye Movement (REM) sleep, suggesting that distinct neural processes during different stages of the sleep cycle could influence daytime emotions in varying ways.

Quoting Bower, “We thought that was really interesting because, intuitively, if you talk to someone [who hasn’t slept], they’ll quite often say they’re more grumpy or they’re more sad or they’re more irritable, but actually, the evidence suggests that it’s these positive emotions that suffer.”

This comprehensive exploration into the intricate dance between sleep patterns and emotional well-being underscores the profound implications of sleep on our daily lives. As we navigate the demands of modern life, understanding the delicate balance between a good night’s sleep and our emotional resilience becomes increasingly crucial.

Winter Wellness: Expert Tips for a Healthy and Happy Season

As the days grow colder and shorter, and the New Year’s resolution deadline looms, it’s the perfect time to focus on staying healthy this winter. We’ve gathered insights from experts, offering a mix of conventional and unique tips to keep you in top shape, from lip care to winter-friendly yoga.

  1. Protect Your Pout

The winter chill can wreak havoc on your lips, the thinnest skin on your body. Dermatologist Sarvenaz Zand recommends choosing petroleum-based balms with minimal ingredients or opting for those with beeswax and shea butter. While sunscreen-infused lip balms are great for summer, skip them in winter to avoid irritating sensitive lips. Zand suggests applying lip balm twice daily and, for severe chapping, trying an over-the-counter ointment with hydrocortisone.

“For those who prefer to avoid petroleum, I love the ones with beeswax and shea butter,” says Sarvenaz Zand, a dermatologist in Mill Valley, Calif. “Remember to use your lip balm twice a day.”

  1. Prioritize Social Connection

Amid the lingering threat of the coronavirus and year-end responsibilities, it’s essential to resist isolation for the sake of your heart and brain health. Consider organizing potlucks, starting a book club, or simply spending time outdoors with friends. Psychologist Tamar Mendelson emphasizes the importance of reaching out to those facing holiday blues, especially adolescents experiencing increased depression and anxiety. Acts of altruism not only benefit others but can also enhance your own well-being.

“Altruism won’t just help your targets; a growing body of research suggests it can make you happier and maybe even healthier as well.”

  1. Embrace Snowga

Combat winter lethargy by embracing “snowga” – yoga in the snow. While unconventional, this activity offers a unique way to stay active during the colder months. Dress warmly in full snow gear, including gloves, scarves, and boots, and avoid pushing your limits in the cold. Remember to incorporate indoor stretching after your snowga session to keep your body flexible.

“You don’t want to do this barefoot. Skip the thin leggings for your full snow regalia, with gloves, scarves, and boots.”

  1. Pamper Your Pet and Dust Off Allergies

Winter can make furry pets dust magnets, so veterinarians recommend washing them at least once a month. To minimize indoor allergies and asthma risks, conduct a dust inventory, change HVAC filters, and wash bedding weekly in hot water. Additionally, consider using special mite-proof cases for pillows. Maintaining a clean living environment contributes to overall health and well-being.

“Furry pets are dust magnets. In the winter, they may also track in snow and mud.”

 

  1. Savor the Moment with Mindful Moments

Practice “hygge” by indulging in mindful moments, such as a hot-chocolate meditation. Take 20 minutes to enjoy a warm beverage, focusing on its aroma and taste. Mindfulness teachers suggest imagining the experience if actual consumption is not appealing. Hydration is crucial during winter, so be sure to drink enough water and consider using a humidifier to maintain skin and respiratory health in dry indoor environments.

“If you want to go full-tilt hygge, cocoon your way into a pair of flannel PJs and slippers and settle down for a hot-chocolate meditation.”

  1. Stay Healthy, Keep Germs at Bay

Guard against winter ailments by getting a flu shot and maintaining good hand hygiene. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention provides a handy online demonstration on proper handwashing techniques. Moisturize after washing to prevent dry, cracked skin. Ensure adequate vitamin D intake through diet or supplements, as it plays a crucial role in fighting infections. Consult your doctor before adding curcumin, found in turmeric, to your winter immune-boosting regimen.

“Remember, of course, to apply moisturizer after you wash. Dry, cracked skin makes it easier for germs to get inside your body.”

  1. Prioritize Winter Footwear Safety

Take precautions to avoid falls, particularly for those over 65, as winter increases the risk of slips and falls. Choose footwear with rubber soles, waterproofing, and insulation. Consider slip-on cleats for snowy days, ensuring your footwear accommodates thick socks. If fashion-forward footwear is a must, bring them in a bag and change upon reaching your destination to minimize the risk of falls.

“The CDC warns that millions of people over 65, in particular, fall every year, with risks that rise significantly in winter.”

These expert tips cover a spectrum of winter wellness strategies to help you navigate the season with health and happiness. From caring for your lips to embracing unique winter activities and maintaining social connections, these practices aim to make your winter a season of well-being.

Nurturing Connections: The Power of Creative Expression in Combating Loneliness

Loneliness affects approximately one in four adults globally, with repercussions ranging from an increased risk of heart attacks to dementia and premature death. However, loneliness is not a new or rare phenomenon; rather, it is nearly universal. The key lies in how individuals respond to these feelings of isolation. Dr. Jeremy Nobel, a primary care physician and author of the recently published book Project UnLonely, emphasizes the importance of human connection in addressing loneliness.

“Just like thirst is a signal you need hydration, loneliness is a signal that you need human connection,” notes Dr. Nobel. His book, Project UnLonely, serves as a guide, advocating for creative expression as a means to communicate and establish connections. Vulnerability to loneliness can stem from various factors, including trauma, illness, or being part of a marginalized group. The prevalent American mindset of individualism and independence may also contribute to social disconnection.

The evolving societal norms over the past century have provided individuals with greater freedom to shape their own identities. While this presents opportunities, it also poses challenges, as determining one’s identity and sense of belonging can be disorienting. Dr. Nobel remarks, “It’s both a set of opportunities and a set of challenges.” The absence of a prescribed way to “belong” can make finding connections challenging, leading many to hesitate in expressing themselves or communicating openly.

Dr. Nobel, a poet himself, has experienced the healing power of creative expression firsthand. His early work with active-duty service members and veterans returning from Iraq and Afghanistan focused on using artistic expression and mindfulness activities to help them cope with post-traumatic stress. As a believer in the medicinal benefits of creative expression, he founded the Foundation for Art & Healing two decades ago.

Project UnLonely now collaborates with community-based organizations to develop evidence-based creative expression programs, spanning various forms such as music, painting, drawing, and culinary arts. Dr. Nobel emphasizes that the options are endless, including activities like knitting, crocheting, quilting, and even gardening.

Research supports the idea that engaging in art, or even appreciating the work of others, reduces stress hormone levels and increases feel-good hormones like dopamine, endorphins, and oxytocin. Dr. Nobel explains, “So what the arts do is they relax you and put you in a good mood,” creating an inviting atmosphere for connection.

Project UnLonely encourages individuals to take steps toward fostering connections:

1.Be Curious:Pay attention to your interests and motivations. Knowing yourself is the first step to bonding with others. Dr. Nobel suggests, “Connecting authentically with other people is best done if you have some kind of authentic connection with yourself.”

  1. Make Something:** Creative expression doesn’t require artistic prowess. Dr. Nobel recommends simple acts like doodling, dancing, cooking, or engaging in textile arts. Making something tangible becomes an artifact expressing your thoughts and feelings to others.

3.Take a Risk by Having Conversations:Share something about yourself, even if it’s not a deep secret. Taking a risk is the first step to authentic connection. Sharing something you’ve made, like a doodle or dance move, can act as a catalyst for more profound conversations.

  1. Find a Group that Matches Your Interests:Whether through volunteering or joining a group with shared interests, connecting with like-minded individuals is crucial. Dr. Nobel shares examples, such as an online group fascinated by brown bears in Alaska, which led to a unique connection during Fat Bear Week.
  2. Recognize Other People’s Loneliness:Loneliness can be a cycle, and reaching out to others experiencing loneliness is vital. Dr. Nobel advises, “If you see someone who’s experiencing loneliness, tolerate the risk of asking them how they’re doing.” Sharing your own experiences of loneliness can create a meaningful connection.

Project UnLonely and Dr. Jeremy Nobel advocate for the transformative power of creative expression in combating loneliness. By encouraging individuals to explore their interests, make tangible artifacts, take risks in conversations, join groups, and recognize others’ loneliness, the initiative aims to create a supportive and connected community, addressing the global issue of social isolation.

Loneliness A Global Health Threat

Loneliness is a pressing health threat, with serious consequences for the health and mental well-being of the elderly and young people worldwide, said the World Health Organisation (WHO) on Friday.

Social isolation — having an insufficient number of social connections, and loneliness — and the social pain of not feeling connected are widespread.

Loneliness A Global Health ThreatContrary to the perception that isolation and loneliness primarily affect older people in high-income countries, they impact the health and well-being of all age groups across the world.

According to research, social isolation is common among one in four older people and in five to 15 per cent adolescents. However, these figures are likely to be underestimations.

To address it, the UN health body announced a new Commission on Social Connection which will promote social connection as a priority and accelerate the scaling up of solutions in countries of all incomes.

“High rates of social isolation and loneliness around the world have serious consequences for health and well-being. People without enough strong social connections are at higher risk of stroke, anxiety, dementia, depression, suicide and more,” said WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, in a statement.

“This WHO Commission will help establish social connection as a global health priority and share the most promising interventions,” he added.

The Commission, to be co-chaired by US Surgeon General, Dr Vivek Murthy, and African Union Youth Envoy, Chido Mpemba, will have 11 leading policy-makers, thought leaders and advocates.

Running for three years, it will analyse the central role social connection plays in improving health for people of all ages and outline solutions to build social connections at scale.

The Commission will consider how connection enhances the well-being of our communities and societies and helps foster economic progress, social development, and innovation.

Studies show that lack of social connection carries an equivalent, or even greater, risk of early death as other better-known risk factors – such as smoking, excessive drinking, physical inactivity, obesity, and air pollution.

Social isolation also has a serious impact on physical and mental health; studies show that it has been linked to anxiety and depression and can increase risk of cardiovascular disease by 30 per cent.

The Commission on Social Connection, supported by a Secretariat based at WHO, will hold its first leadership-level meeting from December 6 to 8, the WHO said. (IANS)

The Impact of Daily “Micro-Acts” of Joy on Emotional Well-being

It’s 8 a.m., and your in-box is filling up. You spot an email about a colleague’s promotion. Do you scroll past or take a moment to give props? Or, you’re in line at the coffee shop, where it’s easy to tune everyone out. But, today, you decide to pick up the tab for the person behind you.

How might a small act like this influence your mood later today, tonight, or throughout this week?

An analysis released Tuesday from scientists behind a research initiative called the BIG JOY Project finds that people who commit daily “micro-acts” of joy experience about a 25% increase in emotional well-being over the course of a week.

“We’re really excited,” says Emiliana Simon-Thomas, a BIG JOY project leader, and science director of the Greater Good Science Center at the University of California, Berkeley. “There are statistically significant, measurable changes [including] greater well-being, better coping, less stress, more satisfaction with relationships.”

The BIG JOY Project is a collaboration between UC Berkeley’s Greater Good Science Center and other research institutions. So far, the researchers have preliminary results from over 70,000 participants in more than 200 countries. “What we’re really focused on is understanding impact and the potential for change in people’s lives,” Simon-Thomas. Overall, the new analysis shows micro-acts led to increased feelings of hope, optimism, as well as moments of fun or silliness.

This project did not begin as a typical research study, but rather a ‘citizen-science’ project which is still open to anyone who wants to participate. Here’s how it works. Participants take an on-line survey to answer questions about their emotions, stress, and their social tendencies. Then, every day for seven consecutive days, they agree to try small, happiness-boosting activities, what the researchers have dubbed “micro-acts” of joy.

All of the recommended micro-acts have been linked to emotional well-being in prior published studies. Examples include making a gratitude list or journal, or engaging in acts of kindness such as visiting a sick neighbor or doing a nice gesture for a friend – or a stranger. Some micro-acts involve celebrating another person’s joy, or engaging in self-reflection, meditation, or taking the time to identify the silver lining in a bad situation, known as positive reframing.

Each day, people answer questions about what they did and how they felt afterward. At the end of the week, they take another survey to gauge how their emotions and sense of well-being have changed.

A sense of agency

When people intentionally plan out a daily micro-act, it may help them feel as if they have a bit of control over their emotions, explains researcher Elissa Epel, a BIG JOY collaborator, and a professor of psychiatry at the University of California, San Francisco. “So there’s this feeling of agency,” Epel says, and that could be one explanation for the improvements in well-being seen in the survey.

For instance, participants were asked how much they agreed with the statement: “I have felt able to impact, influence, or play an active role in how happy I generally feel.” The participants’ level of agreement with this statement increased by about 27%, over the course of the week.

Since all participants chose to be part of the project, it’s likely they were hoping for a benefit. But it’s not clear if everyone — even people who don’t believe small acts can be beneficial – would see the same results. “We haven’t randomly assigned a group of people to do the seven day [program],” Simon-Thomas says, so without control group data, the results are all preliminary. The researchers plan to run some controlled studies and publish results in the future.

A tool for spreading well-being

At a time when global conflicts, political divide, and societal problems may seem insurmountable, some may question whether small acts of joy can help make a difference? The answer, the researchers say, stems from the ideas of the Dalai Lama and Archbishop Desmond Tutu, who both spoke about how it’s possible to feel joy even in the midst of suffering, and to use that feeling to help do good.

The BIG JOY project began as a collaboration with documentary filmmakers who produced a 2021 film called Mission: Joy, which aimed to illuminate this message. “They really wanted to spread the wisdom that we have more control over our happiness than we know,” Epel says.

Epel has spent decades studying how stress affects the body, and she says it’s been surprising to see the benefits of micro-acts of joy. “These very short practices are clearly having a positive residue,” Epel says. She’s come to think of the micro-acts as “tools at our fingertips” that we can use in the moment to relieve feelings of stress, anxiety and worry.

Of course, it’s important to point out what micro-acts cannot accomplish. They are not a replacement for therapy or medications used for serious mental health challenges, including depression. And, the researchers point out, it’s also not appropriate to think micro-acts can help overhaul the struggles of someone whose basic needs are not met. “It would be embarrassing and shameful to be like, hey, you don’t have enough to eat, why don’t you try Big Joy,” Simon-Thomas says.

But she says, the hope is that the joy that emanates from micro-acts may help spur some people to get involved in the greater good — whether it’s in your community, your workplace, your school, or an organization you admire. “What we’re hoping is that when people finish Big Joy they have that sense that, oh, my happiness is contingent in part on how generous and invested I am in common humanity,” Simon-Thomas says.

Starting a new practice

At a time when random acts of kindness could be viewed as bumper sticker cliché, researchers say it’s important to continue to nail down potential benefits through rigorous studies.

“I appreciate the skepticism,” says Judith Moskowitz, a social scientist at Northwestern University, Feinberg School of Medicine, who is not involved in the new Big Joy analysis. The body of research on positive psychology has to date produced mixed results. And Moskowitz says the ongoing research creates an opportunity to better understand the effects of these small steps.

Moskowitz’s own research has shown a series of small steps (similar to those used in the Big Joy project) can help people cope during bad situations. For instance, she found caregivers caring for a sick loved one were able to tamp down anxiety after going through a 5-week course.

“So many of the things that are causing us stress and sadness are out of our control,” Moskowitz says. “So these micro moments can give you something to hold on to,” she explains, and help you stay engaged.

“Decades of research have shown that even in the context of really stressful events or sickness, there is absolutely the capacity to experience moments of positive emotion as well,” she says.

Rather than thinking of joy as something that happens to you, it may make sense to think of it as a skill that you can get better at through practice, says Simon-Thomas. “If you want to stay physically fit, you have to keep exercising,” Simon-Thomas says, and the same likely goes for well-being, she says.

Just as the benefits of exercise wear off, so too do the effects of these micro-acts.

“I feel optimistic. I feel more relaxed. I feel more supported in the world when I engage in these micro practices myself,” says Simon-Thomas. “I just believe that humans can change for the better,” she says.

One way to get started with the Big Joy concept is to plan out the moment of your micro-act each day. Maybe build it into your daily dog-walking routine; that’s a good time to make a mental gratitude list or look for an opportunity to chat with a neighbor.

“Part of this is intention setting,” Simon-Thomas says. “If you have a map to where you’re going to go, you’re much more likely to go there,” she says.

Glamorous Showdown: Deepika Padukone and Alia Bhatt Shine at Jio World Plaza Launch

Deepika Padukone and Alia Bhatt made individual appearances at the grand opening of the Jio World Plaza Launch on Tuesday. Both actresses looked dazzling as they posed for the paparazzi in their off-shoulder dresses.

Deepika opted for an elegant off-shoulder grey Louis Vuitton dress, which she complemented with knee-high black boots. Her look was finished off with a chic messy bun. Deepika graced the star-studded event without her actor-husband Ranveer Singh, graciously posing for the photographers before heading inside.

On the other hand, Alia Bhatt chose a different off-shoulder dress featuring bold design patterns near the waist. She kept her accessories minimal and her hair untied. Alia arrived without her actor-husband Ranbir Kapoor, exuding her own unique style.

Among the notable stars in attendance were Katrina Kaif, Neil Nitin Mukesh, Riteish Deshmukh with Genelia D’Souza, singer Kanika Kapoor, and Javed Jaffrey, among others.

Deepika’s Revelations on Koffee with Karan

Deepika has been in the spotlight since her appearance with Ranveer Singh on Karan Johar’s chat show, Koffee with Karan. During the episode, Deepika disclosed that she and Ranveer hadn’t committed to each other and that she continued to see other people until he proposed to her.

“I was going through a phase where I said, ‘I just don’t want to be attached, don’t want to be committed.’ And I had fun! And then he comes along, so I didn’t commit until he proposed to me. There was no commitment as such. Even if we were technically allowed to see other people, we would just keep coming back to each other,” she candidly shared.

After her comments garnered both attention and criticism, Congress leader Supriya Shrinate extended her support to Deepika with a heartfelt note. Actor-comedian Vir Das also humorously addressed the men upset by her comments in his recent social media post.

Upcoming Projects for Deepika and Alia

Deepika’s most recent appearance was in a special role as Shah Rukh Khan’s mother in the blockbuster film Jawan. Her next project is “Fighter,” alongside Hrithik Roshan, directed by Siddharth Anand. “Fighter” is set for release on Republic Day next year.

Alia Bhatt, who recently won the National Award for Best Actress for her outstanding performance in “Gangubai Kathiawadi,” is gearing up for her next film, “Jigra,” directed by Vasan Bala.

Why children of married parents do better, but America is moving the other way

Economist Melissa Kearney’s recent book, “The Two-Parent Privilege: How Americans Stopped Getting Married and Started Falling Behind,” has sparked a wide range of reactions, with some critics accusing her of stigmatizing single mothers, while others view her findings as a validation of their support for marriage. In this book, Kearney argues that children raised by two parents have a higher chance of success, and the marital status of parents significantly impacts their children’s success.

Kearney’s argument runs counter to the trend in the United States, where an increasing number of children are being born and raised by single mothers. The U.S. has the highest rate of children living in single-parent households globally, with approximately 23% of U.S. children under the age of 18 living with a single parent and no other adults.

Kearney’s research shows that this trend is detrimental to children, widens inequality, and has far-reaching consequences for society as a whole. She is sounding the alarm and calling for a conversation on this issue.

“I’ve achieved what I aimed for, which was to initiate a discussion,” Kearney states. “But I am frustrated that the initial reaction is often knee-jerk.”

Critics on both sides have expressed their discomfort with Kearney’s focus on one family structure over another. However, Kearney emphasizes that she is not prioritizing one family type over another but is merely acknowledging the data, evidence, and the reality of the situation.

One undeniable fact is the increasing number of women who are choosing to have children and remain single. In 2019, almost half of all babies born in the U.S. were born to unmarried women, a significant increase from 1960 when only 5% of births were to unmarried mothers. This shift towards single motherhood is not due to divorce, as many unpartnered mothers have never been married.

While some children raised by single mothers achieve great success, the overall data indicates that those growing up in single-mother households face lower odds of high school graduation, college degrees, and high earnings in adulthood. Kearney’s research shows that families led by single mothers are five times more likely to live in poverty than those headed by married couples. The presence of two adults in a household who can contribute to the income significantly reduces the likelihood of poverty. Raising children demands various resources, including financial support, time, emotional energy, and more.

Single mothers often start from a disadvantaged position, with lower levels of education and income. This discrepancy exists across racial and ethnic lines. Many single mothers do not have support from other adults, such as grandparents or family members, which places the full burden of financial support and caregiving on the mother. This situation can lead to exhaustion and added stress, with no one to provide support when needed.

Kearney’s focus on single mothers is based on their large number, as single fathers represent a much smaller fraction. Kearney is especially concerned about boys growing up without fathers as role models, which can have negative consequences. Data shows that boys from disadvantaged homes are more likely to face difficulties at school and within the criminal justice system.

In summary, Kearney’s research underscores that single parenting, particularly when the mother is unmarried, can have a profound impact on children’s outcomes and can contribute to inequality and reduced social mobility. While the decline in marriage rates and the evolving definitions of family structures have changed societal norms, Kearney emphasizes that the data indicates the benefits of a stable, long-term, two-parent household in raising children.

The decline in marriage rates and the challenges faced by men without college degrees have led to more women entering the workforce and an increase in their earnings, making them less likely to marry men who cannot provide economic security or stability. The economic changes and shifts in gender roles have altered the dynamics of marriage and family structures.

Kearney aims to draw attention to the issue of single parenting and its impact on inequality and mobility in the United States, seeking to engage both conservatives and progressives in a much-needed conversation on this complex and important topic.

I apologize for any confusion. I understand your request, and I will provide a paraphrased version of the article.

New report reveals 98% of world population experienced alarming trend this summer: ‘Virtually no one on Earth escaped’

A recent study conducted by Climate Central has unveiled the ramifications of escalating temperatures in the year 2023 and has emphasized the role of humanity in exacerbating this issue. The discoveries are truly enlightening and serve as a poignant reminder of the collective responsibility we all share in addressing the underlying causes of global warming.

So, what precisely did this study reveal? In accordance with the research group Climate Central, this peer-reviewed investigation, as summarized by Euronews Green and Reuters, has brought to light a startling statistic. It was determined that a staggering 98% of the global populace encountered temperatures higher than the norm between the months of June and August in the current year. Moreover, these elevated temperatures were found to be twice as likely to be attributable to human-induced pollution.
This study delved into global heat events and employed advanced modeling techniques to eliminate the influence of pollution, enabling a determination of the potential high temperatures in a world untouched by human factors. By analyzing data from 180 countries and 22 territories, it was estimated that approximately 6.2 billion individuals endured at least one day of substantially high average temperatures that would have been extremely improbable to attain in the absence of carbon pollution.

The influence of human activities made these temperatures five times more likely to occur.

The Vice President for Science at Climate Central, Andrew Pershing, emphasized the far-reaching impact of global warming during the past three months, stating, “Virtually no one on Earth escaped the influence of global warming during the past three months.”

One of the most disconcerting revelations of this study pertains to the month of July, which emerged as the hottest on record. Additionally, August witnessed an average temperature increase of 2.7 degrees Fahrenheit when compared to the same month before the onset of widespread industrial activities.

The gravity of this situation becomes even more apparent when considering that these concerning heat trends were observed not only in traditionally warmer regions but globally. As Andrew Pershing noted, “In every country we could analyze, including the Southern Hemisphere, where this is the coolest time of year, we saw temperatures that would be difficult — and in some cases nearly impossible — without human-caused climate change.” This statement raises significant concerns, particularly in light of the devastating heatwaves and wildfires that have ravaged the United States and Southern Europe in 2023.

In examining isolated heatwaves, climate scientist Friederike Otto from the Grantham Institute for Climate Change and the Environment underscored that these extreme events had become “infinitely more likely” due to the planet’s rising temperatures, as reported by Euronews Green.

So, what actions can we take to mitigate the human impact on our climate? This study consistently points to human-induced pollution as the driving force behind the alarming heat trends. In light of this, it is imperative that we work towards reducing the harmful gases released into the atmosphere.

Initiating changes in our daily lives, such as opting for eco-friendly modes of transportation like walking, biking, or using public transit instead of relying on fossil fuel-powered vehicles, can be a significant step forward. Additionally, making a conscious effort to reduce meat consumption in our weekly diets can contribute positively to the environment. It is worth noting that the agricultural processes associated with beef, pork, and chicken supply chains make substantial contributions to global pollution and deforestation, as highlighted by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.

Given that 98% of the global population has experienced elevated temperatures in the year 2023, it is in the best interest of everyone to collectively address the root causes of this phenomenon. Each of us plays a crucial role in preventing further exacerbation of this issue and safeguarding the planet for future generations.

Dating For Seniors?

In the era of online dating and the advancement of technology, love knows no boundaries. Romance has found new avenues that do not adhere to any barriers, especially to that of age.  It is reported that there is a steady rise in the number of senior users on their app by dating app QuackQuack. It ran a poll among its senior users to better understand the changing dynamics of love and companionship.

The online survey ran for three days among a total of 6,000 participants from metros and smaller cities. The survey participants ranged between 50 and 68 years; a majority of them are retired,
and a portion of these daters are business owners. The survey results show the paradigm shift in societal attitudes towards love and romance in the later stages of life.

Breaking Bad Norms 

38 per cent of seniors from Tier 1 cities on the app explained how society would rather have them join a golf club or a yoga class, but dating is pretty much taboo for a retired individual. A man or a woman above 50 looking for romantic endeavors still instigates a lot of talks, but these seniors revealed they pay no heed to such gossip because having a healthy love life is much more satisfying than poking your noses into other’s business. They also mentioned how they find dating apps a more private way of finding love, keeping your love under wraps, especially from nosey neighbors.

Online dating to the rescue 

34 per cent of male daters from Tier 2 cities between the ages of 50 and 65 explained how online dating has turned out to be their saviour. 7 per cent of these men are widowed, 9 per cent
divorced, and 18 per cent never married. They disclosed the difficulties of dating in a small Indian city.

Firstly, women of that age are under more pressure from society than men. Hence, finding a suitable partner with the same emotional maturity and freedom to choose love over societal stigma is the biggest challenge. But on dating apps, they stated, people can connect from any part of the country, and not just their locality. Moreover, it offers the kind of privacy that is not possible in real life. Plus, the facility to chat with a person for a while before taking it IRL allows these men ample time to evaluate if they are being duped.

Companionship Over Love 

27 per cent of women above 50 voiced that companionship, the genuine kind, is superior to love, and that is what they are seeking. They mentioned being in relationships, experiencing true love,
and even truer heartbreaks when they were young, and after all these years, they have come to realise that comfortable companionship is what matters in the end. They also disclosed the exact
requirements on their bio, so no man will come with expectations that do not align with what they are willing to offer.

Success Stories 

8 per cent of the survey participants claim to have found genuine love on the app. 12 per cent of women mentioned they have found friends like family and urged more seniors to start using dating and friendship apps; age should never be the factor in deciding whether one deserves to find real connections. (IANS)

“Dancing The Christian Hymns”

The first of seven online seminars planned for 2023-2024, by the hostess, Sylvie Lagache, a contemporary dancer, therapist with a master's degree in theology specializing in liturgy is
scheduled for November 4 at 4 p.m. on the theme: “Dance in the liturgy.” Says Lagache, “I will develop the importance of a spiritualized body for a liturgy that is less mechanical, flat, reduced to formalism, but more lively, celebrating the living.”

Lagache will develop the concept  of a “spiritualized body” for a liturgy less reduced to formalism, but more lively, celebrating the Living. She will also talk about mystical dance and the parallel between the bodily learning of a dancer and the learning of the inner way.  “Being in your body as a temple of God and dance the prayer,” says Lagache.

The first seminar will focus on mystical dance and the parallel between the bodily learning of a dancer and the learning of the inner path: breath, anchoring, verticality and meditation and projection (giving and receiving). We will dialogue together on the universal dimension of dance as unity between religions.

“I have chosen to present to you a dance on the Kyrie Eleison, because for me, it is the message that Christ came to bring, that is to say the inner movement that every Christian must go through:
recognizing his errors, his transgressions, his negative emotions (anger, fears…) for a possible transformation which is metanoia, conversion,” says Lagache. “It's going from the Old Man bent and closed in on himself to the New Man, straight and open, on the move! It is Man resurrected in Christ, a subject developed in my book “The Unified and Spiritualized Body.”

Lagache says, she invited to this seminar first of all people who have been with her, one Ana for over 30 years and the other Beto for over 10 years, in Brazil. Both continue basic classical dance
classes with breathing online. They will give their testimony in relation to dance and spirituality.  Then she invited a dancer and dance therapist from Ivory Coast who lives his Christian faith
deeply and who will come and talk to us about the importance of dance in the Church.

“So the dance that I propose is not of the order of representation, but rather it is a communion between Man and God and God and Man. It is a prayerful dance, because instead of praying with
words we will pray with the body. The gestures purport to express prayer, repentance, listening, contemplating, bowing, begging, rising up, receiving grace,” adds Lagache.

The zoom link is https://us02web.zoom.us/j/9414526266. Visit:
https://youtu.be/dUK45NusSF8 . One can register at [email protected]

What Does Friendship Look Like In America?

Americans place a lot of importance on friendship. In fact, 61% of U.S. adults say having close friends is extremely or very important for people to live a fulfilling life, according to a recent Pew Research Center survey. This is far higher than the shares who say the same about being married (23%), having children (26%) or having a lot of money (24%).

How we did this

We decided to ask a few more questions to better understand how Americans are experiencing friendship today. Here’s what we found:

Number of close friends

A narrow majority of adults (53%) say they have between one and four close friends, while a significant share (38%) say they have five or more. Some 8% say they have no close friends.

There’s an age divide in the number of close friends people have. About half of adults 65 and older (49%) say they have five or more close friends, compared with 40% of those 50 to 64, 34% of those 30 to 49 and 32% of those younger than 30. In turn, adults under 50 are more likely than their older counterparts to say they have between one and four close friends.

There are only modest differences in the number of close friendships men and women have. Half of men and 55% of women say they have between one and four close friends. And 40% of men
and 36% of women say they have five or more close friends.

Gender of friends

Most adults (66%) say all or most of their close friends are the same gender as them. Women are more likely to say this than men (71% vs. 61%).

Among adults ages 50 and older, 74% of women – compared with 59% of men – say all or most of their close friends are the same gender as them. Among adults younger than 50, the difference
is much smaller: 67% of women in this age group say this, as do 63% of men.

majority of adults (63%) say all or most of their close friends are the same race or ethnicity as them – though this varies across racial and ethnic groups. White adults (70%) are more likely than Black (62%), Hispanic (47%) and Asian adults (52%) to say this.

This also differs by age. Adults 65 and older are the most likely (70%) to say all or most of their close friends share their race or ethnicity, compared with 53% of adults under 30 – the lowest
share among any age group.

Satisfaction with friendships

Picture: FOX

The majority of Americans with at least one close friend (72%) say they are either completely or very satisfied with the quality of their friendships. Those 50 and older are more likely than their
younger counterparts to be highly satisfied with their friendships (77% vs. 67%).

The survey also finds that having more friends is linked to being more satisfied with those friendships. Some 81% of those with five or more close friends say they are completely or very satisfied with their friendships. By comparison, 65% of those with one to four close friends say the same.

The survey didn’t ask adults who reported having no close friends about their level of satisfaction with their friendships.

What do friends talk about?

Of the conversation topics asked about, the most common are work and family life. Among those with at least one close friend, 58% say work comes up in conversation extremely often or often,
while 57% say family comes up this often. About half say the same about current events (48%).

There are differences by gender and age in the subjects that Americans discuss with their close friends:

Differences by gender

Women are much more likely than men to say they talk to their close friends about their family extremely often or often (67% vs. 47%).

Women also report talking about their physical health (41% vs. 31%) and mental health (31% vs.15%) more often than men do with close friends. The gender gap on mental health is particularly
wide among adults younger than 50: 43% of women in this age group, compared with 20% of men, say they often discuss this topic with close friends.

By smaller but still significant margins, women are also more likely than men to talk often about their work (61% vs. 54%) and pop culture (37% vs. 32%) with their close friends.  Men, in turn, are more likely than women to say they talk with their close friends about sports (37% vs. 13%) and current events (53% vs. 44%).

Differences by age

Those ages 65 and older (45%) are more likely than younger Americans to say they often talk with their close friends about their physical health.

There are two topics where young adults – those under 30 – stand out from other age groups.

About half of these young adults (52%) say they often talk with their friends about pop culture.This compares with about a third or fewer among older age groups. And young adults are more
likely to say they often talk about their mental health with close friends: 37% say this, compared with 29% of those 30 to 49 and 14% of those 50 and older.

India’s Supreme Court Rules on Same-Sex Marriage

India’s top court declined to legalize same-sex marriages in a historic ruling delivered on October 17, 2023. This ruling affects what is now the world’s most populous country. And same-sex marriages are not legal there at this time.

The marriage ruling will be a disappointment for LGBTQ+ people in India, who had hoped the supreme court judges would recognise their constitutional right to marriage equality.
In a sign of how contentious the issue remains in India, the five-judge bench of the supreme court, led by the chief justice of India, said they had been divided on the matter, and four separate judgments were written by the bench. Two of the judges had supported same-sex civil unions but the majority verdict ruled against them.
Rohin Bhatt, one of the lawyers in the case, said: “Today the court has reaffirmed that queer citizens will be relegated to an unsympathetic legislature and an apathetic executive. We are second-class citizens, no matter how many judicial platitudes say otherwise. We will rise in rage and protest.”

India’s Supreme Court delivered the judgment on petitions advocating for the legalization of same-sex marriage, and this decision has profound implications for the rights and recognition of LGBTQ+ individuals in the country.

Petitioners and Their Objectives

The court considered 21 petitions filed by same-sex couples, including those raising children together, LGBTQ+ activists, and organizations. The petitioners’ legal representatives argued that marriage is a union between two individuals, not restricted to a man and a woman. They asserted that laws should evolve to reflect changing concepts of marriage over time, with same-sex couples deserving the dignity and recognition of marriage.

Students and supporters of the Students’ Federation of India (SFI) shout slogans, hold placards and pride flags as they take part in an LGBT+ Pride vigil organised after India’s top court on Tuesday declined to legalise same-sex marriage and left it to parliament to decide, at North Campus in New Delhi, India, October 18, 2023. REUTERS/Anushree Fadnavis

The petitioners contended that the Indian constitution guarantees all citizens the right to marry a person of their choice and prohibits discrimination based on sexual orientation. They highlighted that the inability to marry deprives them of joint bank accounts, co-ownership of property, and the opportunity to adopt children together.

The petitioners argued that the prohibition on same-sex marriage infringes upon their constitutional rights and relegates them to “second-class citizens.” However, the government and religious leaders have staunchly opposed same-sex unions, contending that they run counter to Indian cultural norms.

In April and May during hearings, Chief Justice DY Chandrachud, leading the bench, described it as “a matter of seminal importance,” and these proceedings were “livestreamed in public interest.” The court reserved its order on May 12. Justice Chandrachud emphasized that they would not meddle with religious personal laws but would explore the possibility of amending a special law governing inter-caste and inter-faith marriages to include LGBTQ+ individuals.

This debate carries immense significance in a nation where tens of millions of LGBTQ+ people reside. While the Indian government reported their population at 2.5 million in 2012, global estimates suggest a much higher figure, possibly exceeding 135 million, or 10% of the entire population.

During the proceedings, the judges displayed empathy for the concerns of same-sex couples and pressed the government for its plans to address these issues.

Government’s Position

The government initially questioned the court’s authority to address this matter, arguing that it should be a decision for parliament. Solicitor General Tushar Mehta, representing the government, urged the court to dismiss the petitions, asserting that marriage could only occur between a heterosexual man and woman.

Government authorities also criticized the same-sex petitioners, characterizing them as “reflecting urban elitist views.” Remarkably, leaders from various religious denominations in India united in opposing same-sex unions, asserting that marriage should be reserved for procreation, not recreation.

Despite these strong objections from the government and religious leaders, the judges decided to hear the case. They clarified that they would not venture into religious personal laws but would explore the potential amendment of the Special Marriage Act (SMA) of 1954 to include LGBTQ+ individuals.

The Special Marriage Act: A Key Focus

In India, the majority of marriages occur under religious personal laws, such as the Muslim Marriage Act and the Hindu Marriage Act. However, these laws recognize marriages only between couples of the same religion or caste. Consequently, if a Hindu and a Muslim sought to marry, one of them had to convert to the other’s religion.

This approach posed a significant challenge to the concept of personal liberty, a right guaranteed by the Indian constitution. Consequently, after India gained independence, the government introduced the Special Marriage Act in 1954 to facilitate inter-faith or inter-caste marriages.
The Special Marriage Act effectively detached marriage from religion, affirming that individuals did not need to renounce their religion to marry. This was a major step forward for personal liberty. During the court proceedings, the petitioners proposed substituting “man” and “woman” with “spouse” in the Act as a means of achieving marriage equality.

However, it became evident as the hearings progressed that amending this single law might be insufficient since numerous other laws govern divorce, adoption, succession, maintenance, and related matters, many of which fall under the purview of religious personal laws.

In a 2020 Pew survey, 37% of respondents believed homosexuality should be accepted, a substantial increase from 15% in 2014 when the question was first posed in the country. In a June survey by Pew, 53% of Indian adults supported legalizing same-sex marriage, while 43% opposed it.

Nonetheless, conservative attitudes towards sex and sexuality persist in India, and LGBTQ+ individuals continue to face stigma and discrimination. Lawyer Mukul Rohatgi, representing the petitioners, argued that society sometimes requires a push to acknowledge LGBTQ+ individuals as equals under the constitution, and legalizing same-sex marriage could be that catalyst for acceptance.

Empathy from SC Justices
The Chief Justice of India, DY Chandrachud and the four other judges ruled that amending the special marriage act went beyond the scope of the court, amounting to “judicial lawmaking”, and was instead the job of the legislature.
In his ruling, Chandrachud emphasised that LGBTQ+ people should have the right to choose their partners and co-habit and should not face discrimination under the law.
“Choosing a life partner is an integral part of choosing one’s course of life. Some may regard this as the most important decision of their life,” he said. He instructed the government to form a high level committee to examine the concerns, rights and welfare entitlements of same-sex couples.
“Queerness is not urban elite. Homosexuality or queerness is not an urban concept or restricted to the upper classes of the society,” added Chandrachud. He had also expressed his support for LGBTQ+ couples being allowed to adopt, but was overruled by the majority of the bench.
One of the petitioners, Mario da Penha, said it was “a day to be disappointed, but not to lose hope. There’s been tremendous work that has gone into these petitions, and many hopes and dreams of the queer community attached to them — to lead lives that most other Indians take for granted. The fact that the dream could not come to fruition today is a disappointment for all of us.”

The Changing Landscape of Skills and AI in the Workforce

Executives are raising alarm bells about the impending impact of artificial intelligence (AI) on the workforce. A recent survey conducted by edX, an online education platform, sheds light on their concerns. The survey collected responses from 800 executives and 800 employees, revealing some thought-provoking insights about the evolving skills landscape.

According to the survey, a staggering 49% of executives believe that nearly half of the skills currently existing in the workforce will be irrelevant by 2025 due to AI. This revelation underscores the rapid pace of change that AI is ushering in. Furthermore, an equally substantial 47% of these executives express doubts about their workforce’s readiness for the future job market. While the identification of skills shortages may not be surprising coming from an educational platform, the timeframe in question is indeed an eye-opener.

Picture: LinkedIn

Executives foresee substantial changes on the horizon, particularly in entry-level knowledge worker roles. A striking 56% of these leaders anticipate that over the next five years, their organizations will eliminate more than half of these roles due to AI. Even more startling, 79% of executives believe that entry-level knowledge worker jobs will cease to exist entirely as AI ushers in a new era of roles for incoming employees. Notably, 56% of these executives also foresee their own roles being either “completely” or “partially” replaced by AI.

However, there are dissenting voices in the industry who take a more cautious stance. Richard Jefts, the executive vice president and general manager at HCL Software, believes that the immediate impact of AI on career trajectories may be less dramatic. He asserts that many companies, despite claims of AI adoption, are still in the early stages of implementation. In his view, the real transformation of careers will occur as AI matures, emphasizing a longer-term perspective.

The impact of AI on jobs and tasks is multifaceted and not simply a matter of replacing tasks with AI-driven solutions. Frederico Braga, head of digital at Debiopharm, points out the complexity of predicting where and when this transformation will manifest. He believes that professionals whose daily routines intersect with digital activities will need to adapt their career goals as they witness changes in their work-related activities and processes.

In some cases, career redirection may not be necessary. Jonathan Martin, president at WEKA, suggests that individuals can enhance their career prospects by leveraging emerging AI tools to amplify their existing strengths. He encourages individuals to explore how AI can make them incrementally better at what they already excel in.

Vittorio Cretella, CIO of Procter and Gamble, anticipates AI’s value as augmented, not artificial, intelligence. He asserts that the most successful AI applications will complement human skills rather than replace them. Humans, he believes, will continue to excel in problem definition and pattern identification, areas where AI still struggles.

The survey conducted by edX raises concerns even among the highest-level decision-makers, including CEOs. Surprisingly, 47% of C-Suite executives believe that “most” or “all” of the CEO role should be entirely automated or replaced by AI, a sentiment shared by 49% of CEOs themselves.

While AI may take over decision-making processes at certain levels, running organizations necessitates enduring qualities that only humans can provide. Leadership, curiosity, and strong soft skills are qualities that will remain in high demand, according to Jefts. These qualities are challenging for generative AI to replicate.

As AI continues to evolve, certain skills will become more crucial. These include critical thinking, logical intelligence, interpersonal and intrapersonal intelligence, and structured planning and organization. Conversely, skills in decreasing demand will encompass repetitive tasks, analysis, interpretation activities, and content generation as AI becomes integrated into daily work activities.

The survey highlights that while AI will replace certain tasks, it will also enhance the effectiveness of executives and free up their time for more critical business activities. Beyond handling routine tasks, AI can contribute to idea generation, planning, forecasting, and data-driven decision-making.

The survey reveals that 92% of executives recognize the importance of improving their AI skills within the next one to two years. Almost all of them are already incorporating AI into their roles. However, close to 80% express concerns that their lack of AI proficiency could leave them unprepared for the future of work. The rapid pace of change is cited as a source of anxiety for some executives.

Familiarity with AI and its capabilities is expected to empower business professionals, particularly in areas such as HR, sales, and support. Senior IT leaders, in particular, are likely to be the professionals most impacted by AI and will need to understand the technology.

Nevertheless, Martin maintains that there will always be a place for creative and strategic thinking. Innovation and great ideas will continue to rely on human creativity, as generative AI apps advance. Human involvement will still be needed to develop prompts, curate results, and determine how AI-generated output is applied.

The survey underscores the importance of creativity for problem-solving in any industry. Human creativity, agility, and tenacity will be essential to address the various challenges that arise throughout one’s career. In this realm, AI may struggle to replace years of real-world experience and human intuition.

The Common Thread of Insecurity: Everyone’s Battle with Impostor Syndrome

Steve Jobs’ Perspective:

Steve Jobs: it’s easy to think the Apple co-founder (did you know there were actually three?) possessed something — intelligence, talent, creativity, connections, etc. — that you don’t.

But here’s the thing. Scratch the surface of even the most successful people and you’ll likely find they suffer from impostor syndrome: the inner belief they’re inadequate and mediocre, despite objective evidence that proves their skills, talents, and achievements.

Jobs summed it up nicely:

“Life can be much broader once you discover one simple fact: Everything around you that you call ‘life’ was made up by people that were no smarter than you. And you can change it.

The minute you understand you can change it, you can mold it … that’s maybe the most important thing: to shake off this erroneous notion that life is there and you’re just going to live in it, versus embrace it, change it, improve it …

… and make your mark upon it.”

Jobs was a mixed bag. Visionary entrepreneur, and a guy who sometimes ate only carrots or apples for a week. Incredibly influential leader, yet also the antithesis of a warm, empathetic boss.

We’re all mixed bags. At times, we’re all a little insecure. A little uncertain. A little — or a lot — messy. As Avenged Sevenfold guitarist Synyster Gates puts it, “Everyone is some sort of [screwed] up.”

Depressing? Absolutely not; that perspective is actually empowering, especially when you consider other examples.

Richard Branson’s Perspective:

Take Richard Branson. Quintessential entrepreneur. Noted philanthropist and humanitarian. World-class adventurer. Influencer of world leaders. I was nervous the first time I interviewed him, but I shouldn’t have been. He was gracious. Thoughtful. Considerate. (He even gave me half his sandwich.) Even though personal reality rarely lives up to public perception, Branson was exactly what you would hope he would be.

And then there’s this: As I was leaving, I heard him say to the PR rep, “Do you think that went OK? I’m not sure I did some of his questions justice.”

And it hit me: Even though Sir Richard is incredibly successful, intelligent, and accomplished, he’s also insecure. Just as you or I would have been, he was worried he didn’t come off well.

Additional Examples:

A few more examples? After our first interview, Metallica guitarist Kirk Hammett told me he had been nervous because he “never imagined he would ever be in a magazine like Inc.” Dany Garcia, the Rock’s business partner and CEO of the Garcia Companies, called me back after our interview, not because she wanted to change a few answers but because she was worried they lacked depth. Jack Welch paused after a question and said, “Let me think about that for a minute. I don’t want to sound dumb.”

I can list plenty more examples.

A Common Human Thread:

Why?

Because we’re all just people: No matter how talented, how celebrated, how successful or influential someone may appear on the outside, on the inside, people are just people. We all share the same doubts and fears.

That high-powered investor you’re about to pitch? She’s smart. Savvy. Successful. Naturally, you’re nervous. Even intimidated. You’re afraid your vision, your plans, your foresight, and your passion won’t be good enough.

You’re afraid you won’t be good enough.

But so is she. No matter her track record, she’s still insecure about the future: whether she can spot the next group company, the next great entrepreneur, the next great opportunity. Deep inside, she worries that she won’t be good enough.

Underneath the trappings of success is a person just as nervous and insecure as you.

Because, to paraphrase Jobs, we’re all just people — and the playing field is a lot more level than it might appear.

Embracing Our Shared Humanity:

The next time you feel nervous about meeting someone, pitching someone, selling someone, connecting with someone, make sure your nervousness isn’t misplaced. It makes sense to be nervous about how you will perform, especially if you aren’t prepared. (Confidence is all about preparation; the more prepared you are, the more confident you feel.)

But it doesn’t make sense to be nervous about the person. No matter how successful on the outside, on the inside they’re just like you: Scared. Nervous. Insecure. Messy.

Some sort of (screwed) up.

Which means you can be just as successful, in whatever way you choose to define success, as the people you admire. You can be just as successful as the people you think might be smarter, more talented, more skilled, more connected.

Because deep inside, we’re all the same.

In the best way possible.

The Power of Emotional Intelligence in Leadership: Insights from Satya Nadella

When Satya Nadella assumed the role of Microsoft CEO in 2014, he displayed a distinct leadership approach. Rather than boasting about IQ points or intellectual achievements, he emphasized the importance of understanding people and building meaningful connections as a leader. His key mantra for effectiveness and setting himself apart from the crowd was encapsulated in just two words: emotional intelligence.

In a widely publicized event nearly a decade ago, Nadella addressed a large audience of students on the topic of their future and possibilities. During his speech, he stressed the significance of developing emotional intelligence (EQ), saying, “In the long run, EQ trumps IQ. Without being a source of energy for others, very little can be accomplished.”

Research indicates that companies that prioritize emotional intelligence in their workforce tend to experience higher levels of productivity and employee engagement compared to those that overlook this vital aspect.

Picture: Harvard

In an era where technological advancements often take center stage, the importance of emotional intelligence can sometimes be overshadowed. However, leaders like Satya Nadella have shown that emotional intelligence is not merely a desirable trait but a crucial element for achieving lasting success in the corporate landscape.
Let’s delve into several ways in which leaders and high achievers can harness emotional intelligence to enhance their own performance and create a more productive workplace environment.

1.Empower Through Active Listening

Two decades ago, I reported to an executive who possessed a high level of emotional intelligence, and I gleaned a valuable lesson that has stayed with me to this day. I was leading a team through a challenging project, and the pressure was palpable, causing tensions to run high. Within the team, there was a quieter member struggling to find their voice amid the chaos.

Instead of steamrolling ahead with his own ideas, our executive, who was also our boss, took a step back. He approached the team member and asked a simple but powerful question: “What do you think?” The impact was astonishing. The team member’s face lit up, and they began to share their valuable insights, including a brilliant solution that hadn’t been considered before. Subsequently, the project achieved resounding success, and we all imbibed a crucial lesson: Leadership is about empowering others and valuing their perspectives.

2.Lead with Authenticity and Empathy

Emotional intelligence is not synonymous with being overly sentimental or softhearted. It is about comprehending the emotions, motivations, and aspirations of the individuals you work with. It involves creating an environment where everyone feels genuinely valued and heard.
The crux of leading with emotional intelligence is to actively listen, empathize, and lead with authenticity. It also entails recognizing and managing one’s own emotions because a high-performing leader who can’t or won’t navigate their own feelings often struggles to guide a team effectively.

3.Embrace the Power of Humility

Admitting that you don’t have all the answers can be uncomfortable, especially when people expect you to provide solutions. Garry Ridge, chairman emeritus of WD-40 Company, had an unconventional perspective during his tenure as CEO. Ridge found that the three most powerful words he ever learned were “I don’t know.” As he became comfortable with not having all the answers, he started to experience personal growth and learning.
Ridge emphasizes that, “As soon as you pretend to know everything, you close yourself off from the opportunity to learn more and gain different perspectives. So, not only have I become comfortable with ‘I don’t know,’ but even more so today, I constantly ask myself, ‘Why do I believe that?’ This is because the world is changing so rapidly.”
As you reflect on your own leadership style, remember that authentic leadership is not about having all the answers but about creating a space where collective brilliance can flourish.

Satya Nadella, in his ongoing role as the leader of Microsoft, continues to demonstrate the power of emotional intelligence. His example underscores that emotional intelligence is not just a buzzword but a potent force that can shape the future of leadership in the tech industry and beyond.

The wisdom shared by Satya Nadella and other experienced leaders emphasizes the importance of emotional intelligence in today’s corporate landscape. This intangible yet powerful attribute, often overshadowed by technological advancements, plays a pivotal role in driving productivity, fostering collaboration, and shaping the future of leadership in the ever-evolving world of business.

The Impact of Religion on Well-Being: A Global Perspective

A recent Gallup report reveals that religious individuals worldwide tend to exhibit more positivity, higher social support, and greater community involvement when compared to their non-religious counterparts. This comprehensive study, spanning a decade of data, highlights the complexity of measuring the well-being of religious people, and it emphasizes that the benefits of religion can vary significantly from one country to another. However, it’s essential to acknowledge that not everyone is equally interested in or receptive to the potential advantages of religious engagement.

The report, released on October 10, states, “Gallup World Poll data from 2012-2022 find, on a number of wellbeing measures, that people who are religious have better wellbeing than people who are not.”

To assess these differences, the study evaluated nine aspects of individuals’ lives, covering positive interactions, social lives, civic engagement, physical health, community basics, optimism, and more. Each of these nine indexes was scored on a scale from 0 to 100, based on responses to a series of questions.

For instance, the positive experience index included questions like “Did you smile or laugh today?” and “Were you treated with respect?” The civic engagement index inquired about charitable donations and assisting strangers, while the physical health index asked about limitations in performing typical age-related activities and the presence of physical pain. The community basics index explored housing and infrastructure.

Religious individuals scored higher than their non-religious counterparts on five of Gallup’s indexes: social life (77.6 compared to 73.7 for non-religious individuals), positive experience (69 to 65), community basics (59.7 to 55.6), optimism (49.4 to 48.4), and civic engagement (35.8 to 31).

In two indexes, religious and non-religious individuals showed similar scores: the “life evaluation” index, which assesses whether individuals are thriving or suffering, and their local economic confidence.

However, religious individuals scored lower on two other indexes: negative experience and physical health.

Notably, these differences between religious and non-religious individuals were most pronounced in highly religious countries. Even small variations can have significant global implications. The report states, “Each one-point difference in index scores between religious and nonreligious people represents an effect for an estimated 40 million adults worldwide.”

For example, the four-point difference in the Positive Experience Index means that approximately 160 million more adults globally have positive experiences due to their religious affiliation.

The report suggests that religion and spirituality might serve as valuable resources for addressing the mental health crisis prevalent in many countries. However, the report also highlights the declining interest in and engagement with religion.

Gallup partnered with the Radiant Foundation for this report. The Radiant Foundation is associated with The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints and promotes a positive view of religion and spirituality.

Jeff Jones, Gallup’s senior editor, commented on the complexity of quantifying the impact of religion and spirituality on well-being, especially as religious landscapes change and spiritual practices evolve. He noted, “With the changing nature of religious landscapes and spiritual practice, it can make quantitative measurement amid the changes challenging, as the traditional forms of spirituality — namely, attending formal religious services, are becoming less common, and people are seeking other ways to fulfill their spiritual needs.”

The report also cites several factors contributing to the decline of religious engagement around the world. These include growing polarization, which pits religious and non-religious individuals against each other, with the latter sometimes viewing the former as a threat. Religious groups, particularly from larger faith traditions, may wield their power in ways that others perceive as harmful.

The report suggests that “religious groups and individuals — particularly from the dominant religious group in a society — who are hostile to other religious groups may promote a cultural context that is harmful to the wellbeing of those outside the group. Resentment toward the dominant group may also tune people out to their messages, both those that are harmful (out-group animosity) but also that are helpful (serving others).”

The Gallup report provides valuable insights into the impact of religion on individuals’ well-being and the intricate dynamics at play in various countries. It underscores the potential benefits of religious engagement while acknowledging the challenges posed by the evolving landscape of spirituality and the declining interest in religion worldwide.

Psychologists Studied 40,000 Couples — The Single Phrase That Bettered Their Relationship

What if a single phrase could change the course of your relationship?

The language and the words you use when you talk with your partner always matter. They are at the core of how successful your relationship is gonna be — they can literally make it or break it.

After studying 40,000 couples, psychologists Dr. John Gottman and Dr. Julie Schwartz Gottman discovered the one phrase that can significantly contribute to any relationship’s success:

We all want to feel appreciated

The #1 thing we all want in our relationships is to be valued.

We want our partners to notice the things we do for them. We want our efforts to be acknowledged. We want to be seen.

A simple “thank you” can do the trick.

Making room for gratitude within a relationship builds intimacy and emotional safety. But anyone who’s ever been in a long-term relationship knows that it’s far more common to notice the things our partners do wrong instead of what they’re doing right — and vice versa.

To quote the Gottmans:

“But it’s easy to fall into the trap of only seeing what your partner is not doing. You develop a narrative where you’re the one putting in all the effort, and you start to believe it’s true.”

We take the things our partners do for us for granted

We say “thank you” when our colleague or friend brings us a cup of coffee or holds the door for us, but when our partners do the same thing, we keep our gratitude silent.

Think about all the small and thoughtful gestures you and your partner do for each other. For example, you might make a cup of tea for them every morning. They, in turn, might cook your favorite meal every time you’re feeling down.

How often do you say “thank you” to each other?

The thing is, most of us take the little things our partners do for granted and act as if saying “thank you” should be reserved for some special occasions. Over time, we even forget how important saying “thank you” really is.

And it’s really important. Research has shown that romantic partners who express gratitude are more than three times less likely to break up. Another study suggests that individuals who feel appreciated by their partners have better-functioning relationships and are more resilient to internal and external stressors.

How to open a cycle of appreciation and gratitude

When it comes to relationships, “thank you” is the most under-appreciated and under-used phrase.

Saying “thank you” to your partner is like saying “I appreciate you”. You don’t always need grand gestures or big love words to show your appreciation. Those two “humble” words work their magic.

RELATED: 5 Words That Are Infinitely More Romantic Than Saying ‘I Love You’

Here are some situations where you or your partner (probably) don’t say thank you to each other but should:

  • With every little thing you do for each other (making a cup of coffee every morning, washing the dishes when it’s not one’s turn, or bringing home one’s favorite snack).
  • When you receive a genuine compliment (say “thank you” instead of deflecting the praise by saying something like “oh, it’s nothing”).
  • When one of you shows patience (e.g., when you run late, or when your partner is having a tantrum).
  • When one of you actively listens and gives the other one their undivided attention (say “thank you for listening”).
  • When you support each other, especially in times of need (say “thank you for being there with me when I was going through “X thing”).

Expressing gratitude to your partner might be the single best way to maintain a high-quality relationship.

You don’t have to go around saying thank you to each other 10 times a day, but you should say it often to make each other feel valued and appreciated.

It goes without saying that a good partner should be supportive and considerate but that doesn’t mean you should take the things they do for you for granted — and vice versa.

Every little thing one of you does for the other takes thoughtfulness, time, and energy, and none of you should ever feel your actions go unnoticed and under-appreciated.

Silent gratitude sucks. Be vocal. Say “thank you” more often. A cycle of mutual appreciation and gratitude can work wonders for your relationship.

(Margaret Pan is a freelance writer who writes to help others find love for others and themselves. This article originally appeared on YourTango)

Pope Francis Suggests Possibility Of Blessing Same-Sex Unions

Pope Francis has responded to a challenge posed by five conservative cardinals regarding church teachings on homosexuality, indicating the potential for blessings of same-sex unions under certain conditions. The Vatican recently released a letter, dated July 11, written by Pope Francis in response to a set of five questions, or “dubia,” raised by the cardinals a day earlier. In the letter, Pope Francis suggests that the possibility of blessing same-sex unions could be explored, provided it does not confuse such blessings with sacramental marriages.

New Ways Ministry, an organization advocating for LGBTQ+ Catholics, considers this letter a significant step forward in making LGBTQ+ Catholics feel more welcome in the church and a step away from their marginalization.

While the Vatican maintains that marriage is a sacred bond between a man and a woman, it has traditionally opposed same-sex marriage. However, Pope Francis has previously expressed support for civil laws granting legal benefits to same-sex couples. In certain parts of Europe, Catholic priests have been blessing same-sex unions without facing reprimand from the Vatican.

The Pope’s response to the cardinals represents a shift from the Vatican’s official stance. In a 2021 explanatory note, the Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith stated that the church could not bless gay unions because “God cannot bless sin.”

In his recent letter, Pope Francis restated that marriage is a union between a man and a woman. However, in response to the cardinals’ inquiry about homosexual unions and blessings, he emphasized the importance of “pastoral charity,” which requires patience and understanding. He noted that priests should not merely reject or exclude but should consider forms of blessing requested by individuals that do not convey a mistaken view of marriage.

Pope Francis explained that when a blessing is requested, it is a plea for God’s assistance, a desire to live a better life, and trust in a benevolent higher power. While there are situations that are objectively “not morally acceptable,” he stressed that “pastoral charity” requires treating people as sinners who may not bear full responsibility for their circumstances.

He further advised that dioceses and bishops’ conferences need not establish fixed norms or protocols regarding this issue. Instead, it can be addressed on a case-by-case basis, recognizing that the life of the church operates beyond mere regulations.

Francis DeBernardo, executive director of New Ways Ministry, welcomed the Pope’s stance, stating that allowing pastoral ministers to bless same-gender couples implies recognition within the church that holy love can exist between same-gender couples. He viewed this as a significant step towards greater equality for LGBTQ+ Catholics.

The five cardinals, all of whom are conservative prelates from various parts of the world, had posed several challenges to Pope Francis regarding church teachings on homosexuality, women’s ordination, papal authority, and other matters in their letter. They made this material public just two days before the commencement of a major three-week synod at the Vatican, where LGBTQ+ Catholics and their role in the church were among the discussion topics.

Picture: ABC

These cardinals, who are among Pope Francis’ most vocal critics, are all retired and belong to the doctrinaire generation of cardinals appointed by St. John Paul II or Pope Benedict XVI. The signatories included Cardinals Walter Brandmueller of Germany, a former Vatican historian; Raymond Burke of the United States, who was removed by Pope Francis from his position as head of the Vatican supreme court; Juan Sandoval of Mexico, the retired archbishop of Guadalajara; Robert Sarah of Guinea, the retired head of the Vatican’s liturgy office; and Joseph Zen, the retired archbishop of Hong Kong.

Some of these cardinals had previously signed a set of “dubia” in 2016 challenging Pope Francis’ position on allowing divorced and civilly remarried couples to receive Communion. At that time, they were concerned that his stance contradicted the church’s teaching on the indissolubility of marriage. Pope Francis did not respond to their questions, and two of their co-signatories subsequently passed away.

In response to their latest questions, Pope Francis did reply, although the cardinals found his response unsatisfactory. They revised their five questions, resubmitted them to the Pope, and requested a simple “yes” or “no” response. When they did not receive such a response, they decided to make the texts public and issue a “notification” to the faithful.

The Vatican’s doctrinal office later published the Pope’s reply to them, although it omitted his introductory remarks encouraging the cardinals not to fear the synod.

The Man Who Thinks He Can Live Forever

In a quaint neighborhood located in Venice, California, there exists a row of unassuming, similar residences inhabited by ordinary people going about their finite lives, engaging in activities like sharing pizza with friends, celebrating birthdays by blowing out candles on cakes, and indulging in late-night television binges. However, in the midst of this typical scene, halfway down the street, resides Bryan Johnson, a 46-year-old tech entrepreneur of substantial wealth, who has dedicated the past three years to an extraordinary pursuit: the quest for immortality.

Johnson, a centimillionaire, has invested over $4 million in the development of a life-extension system known as Blueprint. This system entails relinquishing all decisions regarding his physical well-being to a team of medical experts who employ data-driven methods to devise a strict health regimen aimed at reducing what Johnson terms his “biological age.” This regimen entails the daily consumption of an astounding 111 pills, the use of a cap emitting red light onto his scalp, the collection of his own stool samples, and the attachment of a miniature jet pack to his penis during sleep to monitor nocturnal erections—a regimen that categorizes any action hastening the aging process, such as enjoying a cookie or sleeping fewer than eight hours, as an “act of violence.”

Bryan Johnson is not alone in his pursuit of defeating the ravages of time among middle-aged, ultra-wealthy individuals. Figures like Jeff Bezos and Peter Thiel have previously invested in Unity Biotechnology, a company dedicated to developing therapeutics targeting age-related diseases. Elite athletes also resort to various therapies to maintain youthful bodies, from hyperbaric chambers to cryotherapy, along with specialized “recovery sleepwear.” However, Johnson’s mission transcends conventional means of preserving health and vitality; it is about surrendering his entire being to an anti-aging algorithm, with the firm belief that death is a choice he refuses to make.

Outsourcing the management of his body, in Johnson’s view, necessitates triumphing over what he terms his “rascal mind”—the part of human nature inclined toward post-dinner ice cream, 1 a.m. amorous encounters, or late-night beer with friends. The ultimate objective is to rejuvenate his 46-year-old organs to mirror the vitality and function of 18-year-old counterparts. Johnson asserts that the data amassed by his medical team suggests that Blueprint has already bestowed upon him the bones of a 30-year-old and the heart of a 37-year-old. This experiment has led him to assert that “a competent system is better at managing me than a human can,” marking a profound breakthrough that, in his perspective, redefines the essence of human existence. His rigorous dietary and exercise regimen, he contends, holds a place in history alongside the Italian Renaissance and the invention of calculus; while Michelangelo had the Sistine Chapel, Johnson extols his special green juice.

However, when I arrived at Johnson’s residence one Monday in August, my intention was not solely to ascertain the effectiveness of his intricate anti-aging strategies. Given my family’s history of cancer and my personal penchant for pepperoni pizza, I harbored doubts about my own prospects for longevity. Instead, I dedicated three days to observing Johnson’s lifestyle, aiming to understand what life governed by an algorithm would entail and whether this “next evolution of being human” would retain any semblance of humanity. If living akin to Johnson promised eternal life—a considerable if!—would such an existence be desirable at all?

Kate Tolo, Johnson’s 27-year-old chief marketing officer and ardent follower, greeted me at the door. Originally from Australia, Tolo had committed to Blueprint just two months prior, becoming the first individual besides Johnson to test its effects on a female body. Tolo is known as “Blueprint XX.”

Picture: Bible.com

Upon entering Johnson’s residence, I was struck by its exquisite simplicity, devoid of clutter, with expansive floor-to-ceiling windows offering vistas of the pool and luxuriant green surroundings—an ambiance reminiscent of an Apple Store set amidst a jungle. Tolo presented me with a small bowl of specially prepared chocolate, meticulously processed to eliminate heavy metals and sourced exclusively from regions with a high polyphenol density. Regrettably, it tasted quite disagreeable. Additionally, she prepared a juice-like concoction containing chlorella powder with spermidine, an amino complex, creatine, collagen peptides, cocoa flavanols, and ceylon cinnamon. Tolo and Johnson affectionately referred to it as the “Green Giant,” yet its appearance leaned more toward obsidian, resembling the residue washed off a duck following an oil spill. She deftly mixed it, avoiding any spillage on her pristine white jumpsuit, and informed me that its transit through the digestive system could vary among individuals. I hesitantly took a sip, finding it akin to Gatorade but gritty.

Johnson entered the room, attired in a green T-shirt and minuscule white shorts. His physique resembled that of an 18-year-old, though his visage bore signs of extensive cosmetic procedures undertaken in pursuit of a perpetually youthful appearance. His complexion radiated a pale, luminescent glow, partly attributed to numerous laser treatments and the absence of body hair. Johnson clarified that the hair on his head was not dyed, but he employed a “gray-hair-reversal concoction” infused with “an herbal extract” to impart a dark brown hue to his hair. Gesturing toward my glass of the Green Giant and then to the nearby bathroom, he inquired if Tolo had issued any warnings. I feigned another sip.

The following day, Johnson meticulously elucidated his morning routine, offering a step-by-step account. Although he had risen at 4:53 a.m., he had deferred most activities until my 7 a.m. arrival to facilitate observation. His bedroom appeared almost austere, devoid of photographs, books, television, or any items one might typically find in a bedroom—no glass of water, phone charger, chair laden with discarded clothing, neglected dry cleaning, towels, mirrors, or any other accoutrements. “I only sleep in here,” he stated. “No work, no reading.” The sole furnishings in the room, aside from his bed, comprised a laser face shield employed for collagen enhancement and wrinkle reduction, and the device attached to his penis during sleep to gauge nocturnal erections. “I experience an average of two hours and 12 minutes of nightly erections of a certain quality,” he disclosed. “To emulate an 18-year-old, it should be three hours and 30 minutes.” Johnson emphasized that nighttime erections serve as a “biological age marker for sexual function” with implications for cardiovascular fitness. The erection monitoring device resembled a petite AirPods case featuring a turquoise strap, resembling a purse for a unique purpose. (It is imperative to clarify that no visual observation of male genitalia occurred during the research for this article.)

When Johnson awakens and detaches the device, he steps onto a scale utilizing “electrical impedance” to gauge his weight, body mass index, hydration level, body fat, and a metric called “pulse wave velocity,” the specifics of which he elucidates but I struggle to fully comprehend. “I’m within the top 1% for ideal muscle fat,” he asserts. Following this, he engages a light-therapy lamp (emulating sunlight) for two to three minutes to reset his circadian rhythm. Monitoring changes in his body, he measures his inner-ear temperature. He initiates his day with two ferritin pills to boost his iron levels, accompanied by vitamin C. Afterward, he proceeds to cleanse his face, apply an anti-wrinkle cream, and dons a laser light mask for five minutes, featuring red and blue lights designed to stimulate collagen production and manage blemishes. By this time, it’s typically around 6 a.m., and Johnson descends to commence his day.

The Blueprint supplement regimen is meticulously laid out on Johnson’s kitchen counter, meticulously organized from left to right. It begins with eye drops intended for pre-cataract care. He then employs a small vibrating device against the side of his nose, purportedly stimulating a nerve that aids in tear production. Johnson prepares his “Green Giant” concoction, a blend he consumes alongside additional pills while sipping a dark-green sludge. “It’s what my body demands,” he remarks. Is there ever a pang of longing for coffee, even a hint? “I adore coffee; it’s such a delight,” he acknowledges. “It’s an addictive escalator for me.”

At this juncture, he embarks on specialized exercises to bolster his grip strength. Subsequently, he proceeds to his home gym, adorned with floor-to-ceiling wallpaper featuring a forest photograph. He partakes in a one-hour routine, even though Johnson is capable of leg-pressing 800 pounds, his daily workout doesn’t differ significantly from that of an exceedingly enthusiastic individual at the gym: a regimen involving weights, planks, and stretches. He adheres to this regimen seven days a week, supplementing it with a high-intensity workout three days a week. On certain occasions during these high-intensity workouts, he wears a plastic mask to gauge his VO2 max, the maximum oxygen consumption rate during physical exertion. Johnson asserts that his VO2 Max places him in the top 1.5% bracket compared to 18-year-olds.

Following his workout, Johnson consumes a meal comprising steamed vegetables and lentils, blended to a consistency resembling that of a sea lion’s skin. He and Tolo eschew conventional meal labels like “breakfast,” “lunch,” or “dinner,” opting instead for “first meal,” “second meal,” and so forth. This is his “first meal.” He extends an offer of “nutty pudding,” a concoction composed of macadamia nut milk, ground macadamia and walnuts, chia seeds, flaxseed, Brazil nuts, sunflower lecithin, Ceylon cinnamon, and pomegranate juice. It possesses the hue of a pencil eraser and offers a somewhat dusty taste, reminiscent of vegan yogurt if you have a palate for it.

Johnson contends that all of these practices are driven by a broader purpose beyond sculpting his physique and preserving a youthful appearance. “Most individuals assume that death is inevitable. We are essentially endeavoring to extend the time available to us before our demise,” he asserts. He further maintains that, until now, there has not been a historical era when Homo sapiens could assert with sincerity that death might not be an unavoidable fate.

However, experts hold a sharply contrasting viewpoint. “Death is not a choice; it is ingrained in our genetic makeup,” asserts Dr. Pinchas Cohen, the dean of the Leonard Davis School of Gerontology at the University of Southern California. Cohen underscores that while extending human life expectancy is conceivable — over the course of the 20th century, life expectancy surged from around 50 to over 80 years — achieving immortality is an implausible aspiration. “There is absolutely no substantiated evidence to support it,” Cohen contends, “and no existing technology even hints at such a possibility.”

Dr. Eric Verdin, CEO of the Buck Institute for Research on Aging, concurs, adding, “If you desire immortality, you should turn to a church.” He expresses skepticism not only about Johnson’s claims regarding attaining immortality but also about his assertions regarding age reversal. “He professes to be transparent in his approach, but as a scientist, it’s exceedingly challenging to comprehend the methods he employs to assess his age,” Verdin comments. He notes that the Buck Institute attempted to collaborate with Johnson on research but received no response. Johnson’s disinclination to engage in collaborative efforts with independent scientists deepened Dr. Verdin’s skepticism. “I believe that if he wishes to convince the scientific community that his methods are credible, he should be open to scrutiny and challenges from fellow researchers,” Verdin insists. (Johnson, on the other hand, claims not to recall ignoring Verdin’s invitation and asserts that he and Verdin have recently exchanged amicable emails.)

Some scientists believe that limited age-reversal is within the realm of possibility. In a provocative and hotly debated endeavor, researchers at Harvard Medical School claim to have rejuvenated older mice and are now in the process of investigating whether the aging process can be reversed in human skin and eye cells. However, their experiments adhere to established scientific protocols. In contrast, Brian Johnson, a visionary entrepreneur, has chosen to be a human guinea pig by embracing a multitude of age-related treatments simultaneously, aiming to discern their effectiveness.

Medical professionals not only question Blueprint’s potential to achieve immortality but also express concerns about the health implications of Johnson’s regimen. Dr. Nir Barzilai, the director of the Institute for Aging Research at the Albert Einstein College of Medicine in New York City, met Johnson at a recent retreat for the Academy for Health & Lifespan Research and was disconcerted by his appearance. Dr. Barzilai noted that Johnson looked unwell, with a pallid complexion and a distinct change in his facial features. He also raised alarms about Johnson’s low body fat, an essential component for bodily functions. Dr. Barzilai emphasized the potential dangers of Johnson’s approach, where numerous supplements and treatments are combined, suggesting that these treatments could interact adversely. He pointed out that conventional medical research typically focuses on the effects of one drug at a time, rather than studying the cumulative effects of over a hundred pills concurrently. Dr. Barzilai firmly stated that Blueprint is not an experiment accepted by the scientific or medical community.

Johnson has not made his personal medical team available for interviews, nor has he provided detailed information about his team. Nevertheless, he intends to share Blueprint with the public. Johnson makes all his biological measurements, ranging from resting heart rate to plaque index to images of his intestines, available online. His YouTube videos detailing his exercise routine and therapeutic experiments have garnered millions of views, and approximately 180,000 people subscribed to his newsletter in the first five months. Blueprint’s inaugural commercial product, a cholesterol-reducing olive oil, is available on his website and features a black box adorned with a red-lit image of Johnson, accompanied by the slogan “Build your autonomous self.” Johnson himself consumes this olive oil, constituting fifteen percent of his daily diet, and it has quickly sold out.

As Johnson, his associate Tolo, and I prepare to enjoy our “first meal” on his expansive rust-colored couch, Johnson directs my attention to a bookshelf filled with biographies of historical figures like Ben Franklin, Harry Truman, Winston Churchill, and Napoleon. He emphasizes his affinity for the 25th century more than the 21st century, asserting that he is more concerned with how future generations will perceive him.

Johnson believes that artificial intelligence (AI) represents the most significant development in the galaxy’s history. He contends that in response to the impending AI revolution, allowing algorithms to manage the human body is the ultimate form of human-AI “alignment.” Johnson argues that as AI optimizes various aspects of human life, from marketing to legal research to retail, it is logical for algorithms to also oversee human physiology. He views this as an evolutionary adaptation to an AI-dominated future.

I inquire about the intangible aspects of human existence, the emotions and experiences that define us beyond mere biological functions. Johnson’s perspective is starkly different. He asserts that everything, from love to sex to attending a baseball game, can be reduced to biochemical states in the body. He believes that humanity is heading into a future where control over these aspects will diminish, leading to a divorce from traditional human customs, including philosophy, ethics, morals, and happiness.

I attempt a different angle, questioning the implications of living forever. I ask Johnson to imagine outliving everyone he knows, including his children and grandchildren. He compares this scenario to the feelings of separation experienced during “senior night” in high school, where individuals bid farewell to friends with the understanding that they may never meet again. Johnson suggests that life is a series of transitions, and each stage prompts the question of whether it’s worth continuing.

Tolo, who has been quietly enjoying her nutty pudding on a separate corner of the couch, has not contemplated this aspect. She expresses hope that as many people as possible can embark on the journey of immortality.

In the pursuit of immortality and a future deeply intertwined with AI, Brian Johnson’s Blueprint experiment challenges conventional wisdom, stirring both fascination and skepticism within the scientific and medical communities. While Johnson’s unorthodox approach raises numerous questions, it undeniably provokes contemplation about the boundaries of human existence and the potential for radical transformations in our understanding of life itself.

Johnson voices his perspective once more, stating, “I think your question reflects Homo sapiens for the 21st century. The underlying assumption is, they have roughly 70 years of life. That’s their starting frame: I’m going to die soon, and I can’t do anything about it. So I’m optimizing in this window of time… If you change the frame, and death is not inevitable, none of the previous practiced thought patterns work.”

My 21st-century Homo sapien mind remained skeptical. Johnson seemed to imply that for humans to thrive in a future harmonized with AI, they might have to relinquish some of their innate humanity. It brought to mind “Tuck Everlasting,” the 1975 children’s book about an immortal family who, due to their inability to age, became disconnected from the world, forever isolated.

After leaving Johnson’s residence, I headed to the DoubleTree hotel in Marina Del Rey. At the front desk, as is customary at DoubleTrees, I was offered a chocolate chip cookie. My impulse was to indulge, but I recognized it as an act that would expedite my inevitable demise. So, I left it on the counter and took my Blueprint-approved dinner—steamed broccoli, cauliflower, and lentils, doused in $75 olive oil but utterly devoid of flavor—up to my room.

Johnson’s path to this perspective was far from straightforward. He grew up in a small Mormon community in Utah, where his grandfather owned a farm with horses. Johnson and his four siblings spent most of their time outdoors, assisting with the harvesting of alfalfa and corn. He served as a Mormon missionary in Ecuador, pursued education at Brigham Young University, and later attended business school at the University of Chicago. He married, became a father of three, and in 2007, he established Braintree, a payment-processing company. Five years later, Braintree acquired Venmo, and in 2013, the merged entity was sold to PayPal for approximately $800 million, leaving Johnson with over $300 million.

Despite his financial success, Johnson describes this period as agonizing. He plunged into a deep depression in 2004, which lasted for a decade. The challenges of building his company while raising three young children overwhelmed him. Neither medication nor therapy provided relief. He found himself 50 pounds overweight and deeply unhappy.

Within a year of selling his company, Johnson divorced and left the Mormon church. In 2014, he invested $100 million in creating the OS Fund, which focuses on companies operating in what he terms the “programmable physical world.” These are companies utilizing AI and machine learning to develop new technologies in therapeutics, diagnostics, and synthetic biology. In 2016, he established Kernel, a neurotechnology company that employs a specially designed helmet to measure brain activity. The company’s objective is to detect cognitive impairment at its earliest stages, with a current focus on identifying biomarkers for psychiatric conditions. It can also serve as a somewhat quirky hobby to measure the age of his own brain.

During my visit, we drive to Kernel’s offices, located approximately 20 minutes from Johnson’s home. Despite his mission to “not die,” he still drives himself around Los Angeles in an electric Audi, albeit at a notably sedate pace. Before pulling out of his driveway, he repeats his pre-driving mantra: “Driving is the most dangerous thing we do.” Johnson is aware that his unwavering commitment to living indefinitely could render an accidental death rather ironic. He muses, “What would be more beautiful irony than me getting hit by a bus and dying?”

In Kernel’s open-plan office, I am ushered into a small room where a technician equips my head with what resembles a ski helmet fitted with numerous circular probes. I am instructed to sit and watch a screensaver-style video featuring soft, crystalline shapes morphing into one another. Later that day, I receive my results via email, revealing that despite being 34 years old, my brain’s age is 30.5.

On the way back home, Johnson repeats his pre-driving mantra as he cautiously navigates the streets of LA at around 16 miles per hour. As he elucidates once more why Blueprint represents “the most significant revolution in the history of Homo sapiens,” a black Chevy truck emerges from a Trader Joe’s parking lot. He swerves to avoid it, scarcely missing a beat before returning to his comparisons with explorers like Magellan and Lewis and Clark. Johnson clarifies, “I’m not a biohacker. I’m not an optimization enthusiast. I’m an explorer, concerned with the future of human existence.”

In the not-so-distant past, even individuals with the most futuristic aspirations were once ordinary humans. Tolo initiated contact with Johnson back in 2016 when she was immersed in the world of fashion in New York City. The dawn of the AI revolution was on the horizon, and she strongly believed that the future of our species necessitated a symbiotic relationship with AI. Her motivation stemmed from encountering a quote by Johnson in a tech newsletter, where he advocated for humans to “merge with AI.” It was at that point she resolved to work alongside him. After years of persistent efforts, an opportunity eventually materialized, leading Tolo to accept a lower job title and reduced pay to become Johnson’s assistant at Kernel. She reminisces about the countless hours spent in his office, engaging in discussions about the trajectory of humanity.

At the outset of her tenure with Johnson, Tolo was your typical twenty-something individual. She enjoyed alcoholic beverages, creamy lattes, fast food, and late-night dancing escapades with her friends. However, earlier this year, she and Johnson began deliberating whether she should embrace Blueprint, an endeavor to understand how this lifestyle would affect a female body. Before fully committing, Tolo requested a 30-day trial period, during which she adhered to a stringent regimen. This included a meticulously structured sleep schedule, Johnson’s precise dietary protocol, the ingestion of over 60 pills daily, and a rigorous exercise routine consisting of 13 minutes of intense activity and 39 minutes of moderate exercise daily. Tolo also closely monitored her ovulation and menstrual cycle.

Reflecting on her trial period, Tolo recalls attending brunches with friends while bringing her Blueprint-compliant food. She experienced a tinge of melancholy as her friends savored delectable dishes while she adhered to her prescribed regimen. Ultimately, she decided to fully commit to Blueprint, convinced that the health benefits outweighed the lifestyle adjustments. Tolo’s friends adapted to her Blueprint lifestyle, and she shifted her social engagements to earlier hours to safeguard her sleep pattern. They grew accustomed to her habit of bringing her own vegetable concoctions to restaurants. This decision was more than just a commitment; it was a definitive choice. Tolo expressed, “It would also be the final decision in a way. It’s like, I’m deciding to no longer decide again.”

As Blueprint XX, Tolo has relinquished numerous aspects of her life that she had come to cherish. She and Johnson view themselves as contemporary versions of Adam and Eve, contemplating even an Adam-and-Eve themed photoshoot to convey the magnitude of the revolution they advocate for the entire human race. Although Tolo is positioned as vital to humanity’s future, she served and plated all the meals during the visit and appeared to handle most of the household chores.

Currently single, Johnson spends the majority of his time with his 18-year-old son, Talmage. While Talmage adheres to the Blueprint diet, rest, and exercise routines, he opts out of the anti-aging therapies. He briefly donated blood plasma to his father as part of an experiment to assess its impact on aging but discontinued after the results proved inconclusive. Talmage, on the verge of embarking on his freshman year of college, shares many of his father’s attitudes towards lifestyle and life extension. He remarks, “The idea of having pizza is more painful than pleasurable for me.”

Johnson acknowledges that his lifestyle makes dating a challenging prospect, citing “10 reasons why [women] will literally hate me.” These reasons include early dinner times, a lack of sunny vacations, a strict bedtime of 8:30 pm, aversion to small talk, solitary sleeping habits, and prioritizing matters above relationships.

Throughout the visit with Johnson, the interviewer contemplated the concept of “the emergent self,” a notion esteemed by Johnson. It is a self guided “more by computational guidance and less by human want.” However, the innate human trait of desire cannot be discounted. The experience of wanting is profoundly human. Observing Johnson’s commitment to his unconventional lifestyle, questions arose: What did he truly want? Did he miss indulging in birthday cake, staying up late dancing, or savoring hot dogs and beer during baseball games? Johnson yearned for eternal life, but what is life without desires?

There existed numerous desires, each potentially leading to life’s eventual end. The desire to meet a friend for cocktails in Santa Monica, to luxuriate in a hotel bed while watching TV, or to engage in late-night text conversations with friends. The longing to FaceTime with a daughter, one who had led to a joyful weight gain during pregnancy due to buttery pasta and cheese pizza indulgence. The craving for eggs and bacon for breakfast. A fundamental realization surfaced: the richness of life is intertwined with desires, and the pursuit of these desires, despite potential consequences, is an inherent aspect of being human. Life is too brief to cease wanting.

Caring for the Old: On the United Nations Population Fund’s India Ageing Report 2023

A substantial portion of the global population is aging, and India is no exception to this trend. According to the India Ageing Report 2023 by the United Nations Population Fund, there is a stark reality on the horizon. The population aged 60 and above is projected to double from 10.5% or 14.9 crore individuals (as of July 1, 2022) to 20.8% or 34.7 crore by the year 2050. This means that one in every five people will be a senior citizen, with far-reaching implications for healthcare, the economy, and society as a whole.

In regions like Kerala and West Bengal, a growing elderly population is experiencing solitude as their children migrate in search of better opportunities. While advancements in healthcare have contributed to increased life expectancy, and declining fertility rates are observed in various countries, including India, there are formidable challenges in providing for a burgeoning elderly population. Within this overarching demographic shift, there are numerous other noteworthy statistics. Notably, elderly women outnumber their male counterparts. A 60-year-old person in India can anticipate living another 18.3 years, with women having a slightly longer life expectancy of 19 years compared to men at 17.5 years. In India, where female labor force participation stands at a meager 24%, it is imperative to ensure economic and social security for women to prevent their increased vulnerability in old age.

Furthermore, there are substantial variations between states. In 2021, most southern states reported a higher proportion of elderly citizens compared to the national average, and this gap is expected to widen by 2036. In contrast, states with higher fertility rates, such as Bihar and Uttar Pradesh, are also projected to witness an increase in the elderly population’s share by 2036, but it will remain below the national average. Overall, more than two-fifths of the elderly population belong to the poorest wealth quintile, ranging from 5% in Punjab to a staggering 47% in Chhattisgarh. Additionally, 18.7% of the elderly have no source of income, which exacerbates their economic vulnerability. A significant portion of the elderly population resides in rural areas and often faces economic hardships. Addressing these challenges necessitates a comprehensive societal approach that encompasses physical and mental health, basic necessities like food and shelter, income security, and social care. Geriatric care should be tailored to their distinct healthcare requirements.

While there are several government schemes aimed at assisting the elderly, many remain unaware of them or find the application process overly complex. The National Policy on Older Persons from 1999 and the Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act of 2007 establish guidelines for the care of the elderly. However, to ensure that senior citizens can lead dignified lives, both public and private policies must create a more supportive environment.

India is witnessing a significant demographic shift with a rapidly aging population. This transformation has profound implications for various aspects of society, including healthcare, the economy, and social well-being. To address the challenges posed by this demographic transition, it is imperative to implement a holistic approach that encompasses healthcare, economic security, and social support. Furthermore, raising awareness about existing government schemes and simplifying access to them is essential to ensure that the elderly receive the assistance and care they deserve in their later years.

Loneliness Trends Among Older Adults In The U.S.

In January of 2023, the University of Michigan National Poll on Healthy Aging (NPHA) conducted a survey involving adults aged 50 to 80 to assess their feelings of loneliness and social interactions. This study aimed to compare the results with similar surveys conducted in 2018, 2020, 2021, and 2022 to discern trends in loneliness and social engagement before and during the COVID-19 pandemic.

According to the NPHA’s latest report, 34% of adults aged 50 to 80 reported feeling isolated from others at some point in the past year. This marks a significant decrease from 56% in 2020 and a slight increase from 27% in 2018. Similarly, 37% of older adults indicated experiencing a lack of companionship in the past year, compared to 41% in 2020 and 34% in 2018.

The survey also revealed that one-third of older adults reported infrequent contact with people outside their homes in 2023. This rate was notably lower than the 46% reported in 2020, yet higher than the 28% in 2018. These findings indicated a mixed trajectory in terms of social interaction during the pandemic.

The survey identified certain factors associated with feelings of isolation, lack of companionship, and limited social contact. Those reporting fair or poor mental health, as well as poor physical health, were more likely to experience loneliness. The same was true for individuals with health issues or disabilities that affected daily activities, those not employed or retired, those living alone, and those in the 50-64 age group. Women also reported feeling lonelier than men.

Loneliness has substantial implications for mental, cognitive, and physical health, general well-being, and even longevity. Previous NPHA surveys consistently demonstrated that isolation, lack of companionship, and infrequent social contact correlated with poorer mental and physical health among older adults.

While the report showed a decline in feelings of isolation and lack of companionship among adults aged 50 to 80 in 2023, the rates were still significant. The findings emphasized that addressing loneliness requires a multifaceted approach. Similar to discussing diet and exercise, clinicians should identify older adults at higher risk of loneliness and refer them to community resources like senior centers or local libraries to promote social connections. Friends and family members are also encouraged to reconnect with older individuals who might have experienced limited contact in recent years.

The study’s results underscored the importance of tackling the issue of loneliness, which the U.S. Surgeon General has referred to as an “epidemic.” Policymakers, clinicians, and family members need to work together to combat this issue and its adverse effects on older adults’ well-being.

The data for this report were collected through a nationally representative survey conducted by NORC at the University of Chicago for the University of Michigan’s Institute for Healthcare Policy and Innovation. The survey, administered in January 2023 to adults aged 50 to 80 (n=2,563), combined online and phone methods. The sample was weighted to reflect U.S. Census Bureau figures, resulting in a completion rate of 61%. The margin of error ranged from ±1 to 3 percentage points for overall results and higher for subgroups.

It’s important to note that the findings from the National Poll on Healthy Aging do not necessarily reflect the opinions of the University of Michigan, which retains all rights over the material.

AAPI’s Leadership Training Focusses On “Leading From The Inside Out”

(New York, NY: August 22nd, 2023)  Physician burnout is an epidemic in the U.S. health care system, with nearly 63% of physicians reporting signs of burnout such as emotional exhaustion and depersonalization at least once per week. The American Association of Physicians of Indian origin (AAPI) in its efforts to provide education and helping the reduce burnout and offer insights into effective leadership strategies, organized a Leadership Conference for AAPI leaders at the Indian Consulate in New York on Saturday, August 19th, 2023.

“Leading From The Inside Out” was the theme for the Leadership Conference organized by AAPI, which was attended by dozens of AAPI members form across the nation. Experts from Brahma Kumaris and Point of Life Foundation presented insightful workshops for the members of AAPI. The workshop is intended to provide healthcare workers with practical self-care tools for health and wellness and help build a simple daily meditation practice.”

In her welcome address, Dr. Anjana Samadder said, “Welcome to the first ever Leadership Conference by AAPI after the Covid pandemic that impacted our  lives in so many ways. This Conference led by Brahma Kumaris and Point of Life Foundation has been designed to help AAPI leaders develop deeper clarity about the nature, scope, and the need for and ways to care for us, who are deeply impacted by the pandemic and the daily stressors of caring for our patients. The workshops today encompasses a wide range of skills that not only reflect one’s ability to process emotions, but even more importantly, their ability to communicate with, manage, and be true leaders in the modern world.”

In his brief remarks, Consul General of India, Shri Randhir Jaiswal praised the achievements and contributions of Indian American physicians. He highlighted the recent visit of Prime Minister Narendra Modi to Washington, DC and thanked AAPI members for coming out in large numbers to be part of the event. Calling the Indian American Physicians as the “real heroes” Ambassador Jaiswal said “You are the real heroes who have risked your lives and have been out to assist others. What is unique about AAPI is that you bring a global perspective to defeat the virus and serve the people. We are proud of your achievements, serving the people all across the United States.”

Shri Randhir Jaiswal thanked AAPI members for their response to the Covid pandemic and beyond, serving selflessly millions of people around the nation,  and  their actions have become a benchmark for the rest of the Diaspora community. He lauded AAPI and the tireless work of its members. “You have put a benchmark for all other diaspora organizations,” he said.

Dr. Anupama Tiwari, a Professor of Pulmonary Critical Care at the Albany Medical School and a Raja Yoga advocate for holistic healing led the presentation along with along with Judy Rodgers, a consultant and media specialist, who is also the co-founder of the Center for Business as Agent of World at Case Western. Judy, the co-author of “Something Beyond Greatness,” spok about the three critical areas of Doing Leadership: Adaptability, Mindful Communication, and Self Mastery. She said, “Listening is an act of love and respect.”

Dr. Neha Bungla presented her insightful thoughts On Being A Leader. Dr. Neha is a primary care physician in outpatient and inpatient, as well as a dance teacher. A Raj Yoga practitioner, her mission has been advocating for a healthy mind. According to Neha, “Values matter the most to you as a leader” and she spoke about values such as: Integrity, Honesty at the core, and Dedication. Her insightful talk was focused on “How do we maintain stability in the midst of low frequency energy.” She said, “What you think, affects how you act and feel. Great leaders don’t tell what you need to do but show you the way.”

Satyan Shah, an Investors turned Board Certified Health Coach, having an MBA, is now turned to meditation, whose passion is promoting holistic lifestyle for the past 14 year. He shared with the audience how his successful job at the highly competitive Finance World took a turn for the better, by practicing Yoga and mindfulness.

Self Care and Meditation wer the topics presented by Dr. Anjali Grover, an Endocrinologist,

and a wellness chief and trustee. She’s a Raj Yoga meditation enthusiast, using it to influencing patient care, teaching and life.  Elaborating on self-care strategies, Anjali said, “Time is trying to tell us something. When I take care of myself I can give my best to others. The foundation of self-care is awareness of who I am. We have the dual Self Beauty and Beast. Beast is the acquired self, and we forget our true natural self, which is Beauty,” she said. “Start with one moment, one thought. Embrace the role entrusted to you. Embrace change. Embrace challenges. Nurture the seed of inner strength by spending few moments daily on meditation. Accept and appreciate each one plays in your role. Be there in the present moment.”

Dr. Kala Iyengar is a pediatrician turned spiritual teacher, who advocates meditation’s role in health. She directs Peace Village Learning and Retreat Center, BK, US. Sr. Kala provided education on Raj Yoga Meditation and creating the right mindset for mediation. “Yoga is the connection to the spiritual self,” she said. “Mind is like a horse that is driven by the external world. Knowing what is controlling my mind is essential. Then, there is a need to reverse the trend,” she said. She led the participants to a 20 minutes long meditation, using techniques from Raja Yoga.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President-Elect said: “The leadership conference was a well organized event by Dr. Kusum Punjabi. The speakers were outstanding and there was so much to learn from them as leaders. Thanks Consulate General of India, New York for hosting this event.

It was an awesome experience participating in India’s Independence Day celebrations in New York City. Thanks to FIA for organizing it and proud of AAPI for representing American physicians of Indian origin!”

In his remarks, Dr. Sumul Rawal, Secretary of AAPI, who coordinated the conference. said, “Our physician members have worked very hard during the covid 19 pandemic and this is a perfect time to heal the healers with a special focus on wellness and leadership through Yoga and Meditation practices.”

Dr. Avinash Gupta, Executive Vice President of the Federation of Indian American Associations (FIA) and an organizer of the AAPI Float at the annual India Day parade urged AAPI members to join in the 41st annual India  Day Parade by FIA on Madison Avenue at the heart of New York City.

Dr. Kusum Punjabi, a key organizer of the event, while introducing the need for the timely conference said, “This is an afternoon of informative and enlightening presentations by leaders from the Brahmakumari’s World Spiritual Organization and Point of Life Foundation is geared to provide RP members and healthcare professionals with them. effective management and relationship assertive communication strategies, practical self-care tools for health and wholeness and step to build a simple daily meditation practice.”

The AAPI Leadership Conference was sponsored by MOCAAPI, Suresh Nachani, Real Assets, Dr. Nand Panwani, Polina Tours, ABC Billing, Dr. Lokesh Edara, and, Dr. Anajana Samadder.  For more details on AAPI, please visit: http://www.aapiusa.org

Eight Lifestyle Factors Identified to Add Decades to Lifespan

A recent study unveiled during the annual gathering of the American Society for Nutrition has pinpointed eight pivotal lifestyle factors that have the potential to significantly extend an individual’s lifespan. Drawing insights from an extensive analysis encompassing 719,147 participants enrolled in the Million Veteran Program, the research underscores the benefits of engaging in regular physical activity, cultivating robust social connections, practicing sound sleep routines, abstaining from excessive alcohol consumption, adhering to a wholesome dietary regimen, refraining from smoking, effectively managing stress levels, and steering clear of opioid dependence, all of which are correlated with a noteworthy increase in longevity.

Picture : Medical News Today

In accordance with the study’s findings, individuals who wholeheartedly embraced all eight of these behaviors from the age of 40 onward were rewarded with a substantial boost in their lifespans, as compared to their counterparts who remained aloof from these practices. The upshot was particularly remarkable, with a remarkable lifespan augmentation of around 21 years observed among women and an even more impressive extension of 24 years among men. Furthermore, those individuals who rigorously adhered to the complete spectrum of these practices exhibited a remarkable 13% reduction in the risk of mortality during the duration of the study, in stark contrast to those who chose to forgo these habits entirely.

However, the study also underscored that there are advantages to be reaped even from the partial adoption of these behaviors, or commencing their practice subsequent to the age of 40. This underscores the study’s emphasis on the importance of inculcating these practices early on, to facilitate more favorable health outcomes as individuals age.

While all eight practices were underscored as critical pillars for fostering longevity, specific behaviors such as smoking, opioid consumption, and a sedentary lifestyle were intrinsically linked to an escalated jeopardy of untimely death. This poignant revelation underlines the need to prioritize these practices as a means to mitigate the looming threat of premature mortality.

Lending his expertise to the discourse, Dr. Patrick Coll, a distinguished geriatrician and the medical director for senior health at the esteemed University of Connecticut, accentuated the pivotal role of physical activity in the context of aging individuals. He expounded upon the manifold benefits of incorporating regular exercise routines, encompassing elements of resistance training, aerobic exercises, and exercises aimed at enhancing balance and flexibility. Such holistic physical engagement, he asserted, augments muscular strength and serves as an efficacious deterrent against potentially perilous falls.

In concurrence with its comprehensive findings, the study acknowledged that not all individuals enjoy uniform access to these propitious practices, owing to factors such as socioeconomic status, geographical location, and cultural disparities. The multifaceted inequities ingrained within society can exert a palpable impact upon an individual’s capacity to wholeheartedly embrace these transformative lifestyle shifts. Moreover, the researchers reiterated that the results gleaned from the study were of an observational nature and, thus, did not lay the foundation for causal relationships to be established with certitude.

The study’s profound insights contribute substantively to the burgeoning domain of research that endeavors to decipher the intricate nexus between lifestyle choices and the duration of one’s lifespan. Nevertheless, the researchers remain acutely aware of the imperative need for further in-depth investigations to definitively unravel the intricate tapestry of causation that underlies these associations.

More Americans Say They Can Never Retire

A developing portion of working Americans don’t figure they will at any point resign, ongoing studies recommend. Retirement is a respected life stage and a close widespread assumption in working America. However, an agreeable retirement requires reserve funds, and numerous laborers dread they need something more.

In a July survey directed mutually by Axios and Ipsos, 29% of laborers under 55 addressed a retirement question with, “I don’t figure I will at any point resign.”

Inquired as to why not, 3/4 of the never-resign bunch said they couldn’t bear to quit working. A more modest offer said they would have rather not.

“Instructions to make the dollars and pennies of retirement work is a steady difficult exercise for the individuals who are resigned and Americans wanting to arrive at that achievement one day,” said Clifford Youthful,president of Ipsos Public Affairs.

Another overview, from the Employee Benefit Research Institute (EBRI), found that 33% of laborers presently hope to resign at 70 or later, or never.

A third report, from the Transamerica Community for Retirement Studies, discovered that 40% of Age X specialists, and almost 50% of boomers, hope to resign after 70, or not by any stretch.

Picture : NYSSCA

Retirement fears appear to be rising. In the EBRI study, the portion of laborers wanting to defer retirement rose to 33 percent in 2023 from 29 percent in 2022 and 26 percent in 2021.

The late spring of 2023 could appear to be an odd second for Americans to feel shy of retirement reserves. Almost 3/4 of all 401(k) cash sits in stocks, and the financial exchange is blasting, albeit this week has been rough.

Yet, the full story of American retirement arranging is more convoluted.

One main explanation laborers are stressing over retirement is expansion, which flooded in 2021 and 2022 after numerous long periods of somewhat level costs.

Another component is reduced retirement investment funds. The normal 401(k) lost around 20% of its worth in 2022, as per speculation house information.

The two stocks and bonds plunged in 2022. That shouldn’t occur: At the point when stocks fall, bonds typically rise, as well as the other way around. Last year was a strange exception, set off by the expansion emergency and the remedial mission of government loan fee climbs.

The country’s retirement accounts are recuperating, however they are not completely mended. The typical IRA held $109,000 in the main quarter of this current year, down from $127,000 simultaneously last year, as per Devotion Speculations.

More than two-fifths of children of post war America in the 55-64 age bunch have no retirement reserve funds, Evaluation information show. Many work for little organizations that don’t offer retirement reserve funds, or work independently, or miss the mark on pay to take care of cash.

The middle retirement bank account in that age range has a surplus of $71,168, as per a NerdWallet examination.

Normal insight proposes that is not anywhere close to enough. Laborers accept they will require about $1.8 million for an agreeable retirement, as indicated by another Charles Schwab review.

As anyone might expect, numerous Americans don’t figure they will have adequate cash to live serenely in retirement. In the 2023 EBRI review, 36% of respondents said they don’t trust monetary security after retirement.

That data of interest, as well, is crawling up. A year prior, 27% of laborers needed retirement certainty.

Transamerica research observed that main 17% of Age X laborers are “extremely certain” of an agreeable retirement. The most seasoned individuals in that associate are approaching age 60.

Open Communication Is Key In Every Relationship: Aditya Roy Kapur

Kindness is one of the most attractive qualities in a person and 41 per cent of Indian Gen Z respondents on the social networking app, Bumble, consider being unkind to strangers as a deal breaker in a relationship. Bumble also found that an overwhelming majority (76 per cent) of those surveyed stated that how they define what makes a great partner has changed dramatically over the past five years. 46 per cent of Indian respondents say that they are no longer willing to date someone who doesn’t make time for them and 44 per cent of respondents say they are no longer willing to put up with toxic behaviours.

Picture : Lifeberrys.com

The women-first dating app launched a global integrated campaign titled Kindness is Sexy featuring new content with actor Aditya Roy Kapur. This partnership comes at a time when singles in India are more focused on kindness as a key element of their dating decisions. According to its latest survey, an overwhelming majority (81 per cent) of respondents in India agree that kindness is sexy now more than ever before and 56 per cent of respondents value kindness over physical attributes in a potential partner.

“When we approach dating with kindness, we help create an environment of respect and compassion, and for connections to grow,” said Whitney Wolfe Herd, founder and CEO of Bumble. “Kindness is a core value here at Bumble, and we know it is the driving force behind our mission of creating healthy and equitable relationships. This new content helps redefine the idea of attraction and encourages us to never lose sight of the most valuable traits in a relationship.”

The campaign’s new film embodies this sentiment as it features popular actor, Aditya Roy Kapur exploring modern online dating as he redefines stereotypical tropes of sexy through the lens of different facets of ‘kindness’ in a relationship-respect, vulnerability to empathy. The film leverages a playful, humourous twist in the end which ultimately shows how kindness is sexy and goes a long way in making meaningful connections.

Speaking on this partnership, actor Aditya Roy Kapur shares, “At the end of the day, the heart of everything lies at being good to people around you, including your romantic relationships. I think it’s great what Bumble is doing by telling everyone, who is on their platform and whoever wants to join, that what matters is being good to each other, being accountable and responsible on the platform. By showing kindness is sexy, I think they have set the tone very clearly about the kind of interactions and the kind of people they want on the platform – I think more power to Bumble for doing that!”

IANSlife caught up with Aditya Roy Kapur to get his opinion and thoughts regarding the campaign and dating:

According to you, what are the simple acts of kindness that can make a positive impact in the dating culture these days?

Aditya: I think open communication is key in every relationship, being open to listening and understanding each other is an act of kindness. So I would say being comfortable with each other is important and expressing gratitude in any kind of relationship goes a long way too!

Any tips for your fans to make kindness a habit?

Aditya: I think whenever you think someone is doing something nice, make them know that you notice and appreciate it. It feels nice to know that someone has noticed good things that you do and good qualities, if they have been nice to you or checked in with you – let them know that you notice because it matters to them that you see them for the good.

How does it feel to associate with Bumble for Kindness is Sexy Campaign? What message do you hope to communicate through this collaboration?

Aditya: What Bumble is trying to put across is something that resonated with me. I think being kind, asking people how you like to be treated with empathy should be at the core of any healthy relationship, whichever form it may take. So, when I heard of the campaign and what its message was, I looked at it only as something that can be positive, and I felt that Bumble always goes about putting their ideas across in a fun way. I really liked the stuff that they have done for their other campaigns as well. So, it was a really exciting prospect to collaborate with them on something that I felt would be fun, interesting and also a positive message. (IANS)

How to Keep Your Home Cool in Extreme Heat

Global temperatures have reached alarmingly high levels across the U.S., Europe, and Asia as heat waves set record highs this week.

Parts of European countries including most of Italy, eastern Croatia, southern Spain, southern Bosnia and Herzegovina, and Montenegro are under red alert, the European Union’s Emergency Response Coordination Centre said on Wednesday. Meanwhile, as of July 18, Phoenix had experienced 19 consecutive days of 110°F temperatures or higher. And Beijing is also experiencing a record stretch of 95°F heat.

The extreme heat comes as weather phenomenon El Niño, which occurs every two to seven years and brings higher global temperatures along the northern hemisphere, takes place. It also arrives at a critical point in global warming.

“Extreme heat events in the United States are already occurring and expected to become more common, more severe and longer lasting due to climate change,” said Claudia Brown, a health scientist at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

Some scientists say that 2023 could be the warmest year on record, posing a problem for millions across Europe where air-conditioning is relatively rare. Only about 3% of homes in Germany and less than 5% of homes in France have an air cooling unit in their home, according to the Washington Post. That’s compared to 90% of homes in the U.S.

TIME spoke to experts about how to keep cool in your home. Here’s what they said.

Block out sunlight

The main thing to do when attempting to keep your house cool, is to block sunlight from entering the home.

“What you want to do is stop the heat before it gets through the glass or any other wall,” David Wright, a solar environmental architect, says. “You can use outside shading techniques or shades that go up and down and block sunlight at certain times of the day, or horizontal shading devices like arbors, trellises, and awnings.” Any sort of plant life that can absorb sunlight before it hits a wall is helpful, he adds.

While blocking sunlight and heat from the outside before it has a chance to enter the home—such as by having trees around your house—is the most efficient way to keep your home cool, there are tricks for people living in apartments too, says Wright, pointing to blackout curtains as a good option.

“If sunlight is allowed to come through glass into the house, once it gets inside and strikes an object,” explains Wright, “the wavelength goes from long wave to shortwave. And the short waves don’t go back through the glass. That’s what traps heat.”

Homeowners can opt for insulated glass or low-e glass—which has a thin coating that reflects heat—to prevent heat from entering the home. Applying a tint to windows in your home may also be beneficial, Miami Chief Heat Officer Jane Gilbert writes to TIME in an email statement.

Gilbert adds that residents can paint their roof a reflective white to help block out sunlight, while Wright suggests people invest in a heat pump or air conditioner to help with additional cooling.

Improving insulation in ceilings, attics, crawl spaces and even walls, will also reduce heat, according to Gilbert. Residents can also get a deal when fixing their homes as “utilities offer rebates and the IRS provides tax credits for insulation,” Gilbert tells TIME.

Use the nighttime to your advantage

If you live in a house with thermal mass (meaning it’s made of brick or concrete and retains heat well), Wright says that you can try to cool your home at night without air conditioning. He suggests homeowners take note when the outside temperature drops below the interior temperature, and then open all the windows and doors that you can.

Of course, Wright mentions, this should only be done if safety is not a concern. Low lying windows or doors are especially beneficial when doing this technique because hot air rises.

Wright also mentions that any part of your house that is built into the ground, like a basement, is going to be much cooler than other parts of your house because it is touching the surrounding earth, which is likely cooler than the air temperature. Spending time there may be optimal for cooling.

Know when a fan is efficient

Wright says that ceiling fans with large paddles, or Casablanca fans, are most helpful. “It pushes the heat up toward the ceiling and provides evaporative cooling around the body of the person,” Wright tells TIME.

Sonia Singh is the marketing communications supervisor for Maricopa County, Ariz., where Phoenix is located. There, it can get so hot that simply slipping on the concrete can lead to second-degree burns. Singh says that fans “become insufficient for cooling the air at a safe temperature” when its hotter than 90°F. At that temperature, residents without air conditioning should move to a space with air conditioning.

Know when to move to a cooling center

Brown emphasizes that air conditioning is the most efficient way of staying cool when temperatures are particularly high.

 Living a Happy, Successful, and Meaningful Life Comes Down to 5 Simple Things: Steve Jobs

After twelve years, a lot of individuals actually seek Steve Jobs for exhortation. Seems OK: The co-founder of Apple’s perspectives on leadership, creativity, innovation, and entrepreneurship still hold up today. Great representation: Science supports Jobs’ assertion that the best managers never wanted to be managers.)

The following are five of his suggestions that have stayed with me.

On Insight

Occupations invested a ton of energy pondering the idea of insight, if by some stroke of good luck since it’s difficult to encircle yourself with savvy individuals in the event that you can’t distinguish brilliant individuals.

So what did he feel was the best sign of high insight? As Jobs said:

“A lot of it is memory. But a lot of it is the ability to zoom out, like you’re in a city and you could look at the whole thing from the 80th floor down at the city. And while other people are trying to figure out how to get from point A to point B, reading these stupid little maps, you can just see it in front of you. You can see the whole thing.

And you can make connections that seem obvious to you, because you can see the whole thing.”

Regardless of how much data you’re ready to hold, memory doesn’t be guaranteed to assist you with deciding. ( I know a lot of brilliant individuals who once in a while battle to simplify choices.)

Jobs believed that the smartest people are good at connecting with others. However, you can’t make associations except if you gather various encounters you can interface. As Jobs said:

“One of the funny things about being bright is everyone puts you on this path. To go to high school, go to college. …

[But] the key thing that comes through is they had a variety of experiences which they could draw upon in order to try to solve a problem, or attack a particular dilemma, in a unique way.

What you have to do is get different experiences. To make connections which are innovative, to connect two experiences together, you have to not have the same bag of experiences as everyone else … or you’ll make the same connections.”

Attempt new things. Discover new things. Do things that aren’t happy; That’s a sure sign that the experience, as well as the lessons you can learn from it and relate to it in the future, are unique to you.

Since it’s simple, in any event, soothing, to get familiar with something you definitely know. However at that point you’ll have something similar “pack of encounters” and make something very similar “road level” associations as every other person.

On Authority and Obligation

Nobody at any point does anything genuinely advantageous all alone. That implies we as a whole are, whether officially or casually, on occasion in a situation to lead.

Furthermore, to assume liability.

Here’s a story from John Rossman’s book Think Like Amazon:

Steve Jobs told employees a short story when they were promoted to vice president at Apple. Jobs would tell the VP that if the garbage in his office was not being emptied, Jobs would naturally demand an explanation from the janitor. “Well, the lock on the door was changed,” the janitor could reasonably respond, “and I couldn’t get a key.”

The janitor can’t do his job without a key. As a janitor, he’s allowed to have excuses.

“When you’re the janitor, reasons matter,” Jobs told his newly-minted VPs. “Somewhere between the janitor and the CEO, reasons stop mattering.

“In other words, when the employee becomes a vice president, he or she must vacate all excuses for failure. A vice president is responsible for any mistakes that happen, and it doesn’t matter what you say.”

Certain things A lot of people believe that external factors, particularly those of other people, are to blame for success or failure. Assuming I succeed, others helped me, upheld me- – others were “with” me. On the off chance that I come up short, others let me down, didn’t have confidence in me, didn’t help me- – others were “against” me.

Somewhat, that is valid. Yet in addition not absolutely inside your control.

The one and only thing you can influence? Yourself. So go about as though achievement or disappointment is absolutely inside your control: Assuming you succeed, you caused it. Assuming that you fizzle, you caused it. As Jobs would agree, “Reasons quit making a difference.”

Never rationalize. Never list reasons. And never blame others.

Except if, obviously, you point them at yourself – – and resolve that in the future, you’ll take the necessary steps to make turn out the manner in which you wish.

Regarding Perseverance If talent is the capacity to acquire a skill or knowledge more quickly than the majority of people, I definitely lack talent.

But that’s fine because, as Jobs stated:

“I’m convinced that about half of what separates successful entrepreneurs from the non-successful ones is pure perseverance. It is so hard. You pour so much of your life into this thing.

There are such rough moments… that most people give up. I don’t blame them. It’s really tough.”

Although Jobs was referring to founders of startups, the concept is generalizable. For a large portion of us, achievement depends on appearing, many days, in any event, when we would rather not.

Despite the fact that persistence is only one factor in achieving any worthwhile goal, science demonstrates that showing up every day is of utmost importance. A meta-examination distributed To Review of Educational Research found that undergrads who reliably go to class get better grades.

That may appear to be more of a correlation than a causation because the smartest people may attend class more frequently, but there is more to it. Class attendance (better predicts) college grades than any other known predictor of academic performance, including scores on standardized admissions tests such as the SAT, high school GPA, study habits, and study skills.

Results also show that class attendance explains large amounts of unique variance in college grades because of its … weak relationship with student characteristics such as conscientiousness and motivation.

Are you not particularly gifted? Not very intelligent? However long you appear, and continue to appear, you’ll probably get along nicely.

On the off chance that you don’t have an ability for deals, deals abilities can in any case be learned. Most leadership skills—giving feedback, building teams, setting expectations, showing consideration for others, seeking input, focusing on meaningful priorities, etc.—are useless if you lack the ability to lead people. can be acquired.

Progress in many pursuits doesn’t need ability. Achievement basically requires expertise and experience you can acquire.

However long you’re willing to continue to appear.

Perhaps you would rather not start your own organization, significantly less form a flourishing business. All things considered, Jobs felt everybody ought to plunge a toe in the enterprising water, regardless of whether it’s “just” a part time job.

Why? As Jobs said:

I think that without owning something — over an extended period of time, like a few years — where you have the chance to take responsibility for your recommendations, where you have to see your recommendations through all action stages, and accumulate scar tissue for the mistakes, and pick yourself up off the ground and dust yourself off, you learn a fraction of what you can. Coming in and making recommendations and not owning the results, not owning the implications, [provides] a fraction of the value and a fraction of the opportunity to learn to be better.

Without the experience of actually doing it, one never gets three-dimensional. Begin a business or a part time job and you get to diagram your own course, go with your own choices, commit your own errors, be liable for your own prosperity – – and gain from those choices, missteps, and triumphs.

Additionally, add another dimension to your life, personality, and skills.

On Money

Abundance isn’t an intermediary for insight. Also, certainly not so much for progress.

Jobs stated:

“When I was 25, my net worth was $100 million or so. I decided then that I wasn’t going to let it ruin my life. There’s no way you could ever spend it all, and I don’t view wealth as something that validates my intelligence.

My favorite things in life don’t cost any money.”

Simple to say when you’re valued at $100 million, yet at the same time. While money does a ton of things – – one of the most significant is to make decisions – – after a specific point, research shows cash doesn’t make individuals more joyful.

Jobs set his sights on earning a living doing what he loved. It’s up to you to decide what constitutes a “living,” but once you’ve achieved that level of financial success, you should put in a lot of effort to include at least some of the “love what you do” component.

Because if you do that, you’ll be living the life you want.

Unveiling Yoga’s Transformative Power in a Post-Pandemic World

Like few other ancient practices, yoga has shaped the world’s consciousness. Over a quarter of adults in the United States say they can’t function because they are so stressed. As indicated by the World Wellbeing Association, normal mental issues, for example, uneasiness and melancholy expense the world economy US$ 1 trillion yearly. This International Yoga Day, as we mark the second year since a major pandemic, it is high time that we delve deeper into the benefits of yoga for our post-pandemic world, which is dealing with significant shifts in work, wellness, and personal lives.

This Yoga Day is special because Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi was in New York to celebrate it at the UN Headquarters this year, where he proposed the idea of a dedicated yoga day in 2014.

While Yoga has become well known with an expected 300 million specialists around the world, 34 million in US alone, the famous origination of yoga is many times restricted to ‘asanas’, the actual stances that structure only one of the eight appendages of yoga as per Yoga Sutras of Patanjali. Although the asanas can provide a workout comparable to that of a gym session, comparing yoga to a gym routine would be like comparing a single wave to the ocean.

Pranayama, or breath mindfulness, is another basic appendage that remains closely connected with asanas is in many cases disregarded in Western practices. Breathing methods can pivot crippling medical problems and as per Dr. Andrew Huberman, a neuroscience teacher in Stanford College, changing how you inhale can end pressure in its tracks. He referred to a specific form of pranayama as a “psychological sigh,” which involves taking a shorter inhalation followed by a longer exhalation.

Whether as basic as a mental murmur or as perplexing as the ‘Wim Hof Technique’, which assisted its namesake with enduring outrageous cold and procure a few notices in the Guinness Book, are characteristically attached to our profound and actual prosperity. Yoga stands out because of the harmony between Asana and Pranayama, which gives us a mindful synchronicity that goes far beyond the mat.

Yama and Niyama, the initial two appendages, lay the moral and moral foundation for a yogic way of life. They create a mutually respectful agreement with the outside world, which results in mental clarity, emotional equilibrium, and spiritual awakening. Strangely, the pandemic has pushed us towards these standards. We have reduced our ecological footprint by working from home and commuting less, which is in line with “Ahimsa,” or nonviolence toward our planet. The thoughtfulness time, then again, mirrors ‘Svadhyaya’ or self-study. For sure, the pandemic has pushed us to ponder our lives, rethinking our connections, and reevaluating our work-life reconciliation.

The fifth appendage, Pratyahara, urges us to separate from the computerized over-burden and reconnect with ourselves. Initial five appendages structure the Bahiranga (outer) yoga, which, when dominated, can assist us with taking advantage of inert human potential.

The last three appendages — Dharana, Dhyana, and Samadhi — address Antaranga yoga, the inner part of yoga that takes advantage of the force of the brain. Here, we track down the underlying foundations of care — an idea now far reaching in the West. Care Based Pressure Decrease (MBSR) procedures, broadly perceived for their adequacy in managing pressure and injury, can be followed back to the standards tracked down in these appendages of yoga.

So, what does this all mean for the world after the pandemic? The comprehensive form of yoga provides a path as we shift our focus to health, well-being, and meaningful living. This isn’t just about adaptability or stress help, yet an excursion of self-change that starts with self-restraint, prompting internal harmony, poise, and euphoria.

Dharana and Dhyana can get us in contact with our inward presence, true serenity and inward joy and those manifest remotely as us having ‘chief presence’, which is progressively pursued in our work places. Yoga’s standards of concentration and discipline have even been applied effectively by Indian young people in bringing home the Scripps Spelling Honey bee titles a large number of years because of training that they get from North South Establishment.

Presently, envision the potential if we somehow happened to expand the utilization of these standards to more extensive life difficulties and open doors. An increase in productivity, creativity, and focus as well as a decrease in stress levels and a greater comprehension and acceptance of oneself and others could result from an expanded yoga practice.

As we celebrate Global Yoga Day this year, it merits thinking about how yoga, in its complete structure, has such a huge amount to propose in rethinking our reality. Its range stretches out past the Indian diaspora, who, with their developing presence across worldwide influential positions, have a one of a kind chance to share this all encompassing comprehension of yoga.

The principles and practices of yoga can help leaders establish businesses and communities that are harmonious and sustainable as the focus of leadership shifts from profit as the single bottom line to a triple bottom line that incorporates social and environmental considerations.

Moreover, it’s interesting to take note of the amount of this old insight lines up with the goals of contemporary developments. For instance, the developing accentuation on psychological wellness tracks down a friend in the yoga sutras. The Yama and Niyama tenets are in line with the focus on sustainable living. Careful practices, when thought about other option, are currently at the very front of standard wellbeing discussions. Yoga’s timeless relevance is demonstrated and its role in shaping our collective future is demonstrated in this synergy.

Yoga provides us with a framework for transformation—an opportunity to redefine our relationship with ourselves, others, and the world as a whole—as we navigate the complexities of our post-pandemic reality. Every small step on the yoga path can result in significant inner shifts, whether through mastering a challenging pose or simply observing our breath.

The force of yoga lies not simply in that frame of mind to assist us with contacting our toes yet in aiding us reach inside and contact our actual selves. To draw in with yoga at this level means to set out on an excursion of persistent learning and development, one that can prepare us to explore existence with versatility, elegance, and serenity.

As we keep on investigating the profundities of yoga, we should make sure to praise its extravagance and variety. Whether you’re rehearsing Ashtanga yoga in a New York studio, pondering by the Ganges, or performing Pranayama in your family room, you’re adding to a worldwide embroidery of change.

Thus, on this Worldwide Yoga Day, we should imagine a future where the comprehension of yoga rises above past the asanas. How about we endeavor to embrace its more profound insight in our regular routines. All things considered, a definitive objective of yoga, as portrayed in the Yoga Sutras, is to in any case the vacillations of the brain. In the midst of the variances of our impacting world, that feeling of quietness may very well be the securing force we want.

Bill Gates Says Warren Buffett Taught Him To Value Free Time

As President of Microsoft, Bill Doors had a pressed timetable — in any event, sending 2:00 a.m. solicitations to workers. Gates didn’t realize how to be kind to himself and his staff until he looked at the personal daybook of Berkshire Hathaway CEO Warren Buffett.

“I had consistently pressed, and I felt that was the main way you could get things done,” Entryways told writer Charlie Rose in a meeting with Buffett in 2017. “[ I] recollect Warren showing me his schedule … he [still] has days that there’s nothing on it.”

Buffett’s sparser timetable showed Entryways a significant example: ” You control your time … It’s anything but an intermediary of your reality that you fill consistently in your timetable. I can purchase anything I need, essentially, yet I can’t delay,” Buffett added.

Science actually supports Buffett’s strategy, which is essentially “work smarter, not harder.” Laborers’ capability steeply declines when they work over 50 hours out of each week, a 2014 Stanford College concentrate on found.

Individuals who stir as long as 70 hours seven days get a similar measure of work done as the people who slouch over their PCs for 55 hours, the examination uncovered.

That lesson hasn’t just been hard for Gates’ CEO. For instance, Tesla CEO Elon Musk revealed to CNBC’s David Faber in May that he now sleeps at least six hours per night. Musk had previously stated that he frequently worked all-nighters to get to work. “I’ve tried [to sleep] less, but… even though I’m awake more hours, I get less done,” Musk stated. What’s more, the cerebrum torment level is terrible in the event that I get under six hours [of rest for each night].”

For some, getting there might be difficult. It took Doors years to find a solid balance between serious and fun activities, he said in a new beginning discourse at Northern Arizona College.

I didn’t take vacations when I was your age. I didn’t trust in ends of the week. Gates stated, “I didn’t think the people I worked with should either.”

He continued, “Don’t wait as long as I did to learn this lesson.” Take your time to nurture your relationships, recoup from your losses, and rejoice in your accomplishments. Whenever you need to, take a break. Resist the urge to stress about individuals around you when they need it, as well.”

Harvard Professor Claims 3 Habits Helped Him 10 Years Younger

A Harvard genetics professor who only gets six hours of sleep each night and does not exercise every day claims that three habits helped him age by a decade. David Sinclair consumes polyphenols in a couple of spoonfuls of yogurt in the morning, green matcha tea, and 80 percent dark chocolate on occasion to maintain his healthy lifestyle.

However, Sinclair, a 54-year-old Harvard Medical School professor of genetics and co-director of the Paul F. Glenn Center for Biology of Aging Research, is not rigid about everything.

In a recent interview, he told GQ that he doesn’t usually exercise every day and doesn’t sleep more than six hours a night (standard guidelines recommend 150 minutes of moderate-intensity exercise per week and between seven and nine hours of sleep each night).

Despite this, he claims that his regimen has helped him maintain a biological 10 years younger than his age, highlighting the modern phenomenon known as “reverse aging” or fighting decline and disease caused by age.

Sinclair tells GQ, “I think a lot of us think that when you’re in your twenties, you’re impervious to aging and illness. What we now know is that the epigenetic clock starts to tick from birth and that what we do in our twenties does affect our ultimate longevity.”

Experts say that your epigenetics are the focus of research that is relatively new on delaying and reversing aging. The 12 hallmarks of aging, which include epigenetic changes, cellular senescence, and chronic inflammation, have been outlined by longevity experts. The aging process may be slowed down by lifestyle choices and other treatments that target one or more of these characteristics.

Sinclair previously stated to Fortune, “Biological age is a much better representation of health status than birthday candles.” Birthday candles don’t tell you how well you’ve been living or how many years you have left in your life.

He is of the opinion that we will one day be able to go back 20 years. He continued, “I see no reason why that wouldn’t be possible.” The only question is when.

So, how does Sinclair manage to stay young and healthy as she gets older? In his early thirties, he started working on it. The longevity researcher started out in three ways:

Consuming Resveratrol Sinclair swears by resveratrol, a natural polyphenol or antioxidant that can be found in peanuts, red wine, and berries. Each morning, he takes it as a supplement along with “a couple of mouthfuls of yogurt.” Sinclair also has green matcha tea, which is high in polyphenols like ECGC catechins.

Antioxidant properties of polyphenols have been shown to improve mood, strengthen the gut microbiome, lower the risk of tissue damage, and increase heart strength.

Sinclair, on the other hand, consumes the micronutrient as a supplement, which is not regulated by the FDA in the United States; As a result, the dosage may be ambiguous and higher, increasing the likelihood of adverse effects like nausea and vomiting. The Cleveland Clinic says that the whole food source of the micronutrient is more likely to help you than the micronutrient in a supplement.

Sinclair tells GQ that for about 15 years he has made morning polyphenols a priority. Skipping breakfast Sinclair does intermittent fasting, in which he waits between 16 and 18 hours between large meals—a practice that is supported by many C-suite executives.

He tells GQ, “That’s basically having a very late lunch or a big dinner.” However, he warns against malnutrition and starvation and says that starting this regimen when you’re younger can be risky.

Intermittent fasting may reduce the risk of diabetes, heart disease, and dementia, all of which are common causes of aging. Fasting, on the other hand, is not for everyone and can be harmful to one’s health, as well as a trigger for people who struggle with eating disorders or disordered eating. Without being excessively severe, there are additional ways of fasting that might work for you.

Specialists suggest beginning little, making feasts exceptionally nutritious, and remaining hydrated. Sinclair began reducing his intake of sugar and meat. He centers around a plant-based diet; Rice, couscous, and almonds make up a typical dinner.

According to what he tells GQ, “I rarely, rarely eat anything other than plant-based and nut-based foods, including milk.” Even though drinking wine is a part of the Mediterranean diet, Sinclair has given up the nightcap.

I’ve stopped eating dairy and alcohol as well. I rarely consume food or drink, but when I do, I’m happy to do so for a celebration or other occasion, but that’s what I focus on. Additionally, he admits to having an “occasional french fry.”

He claims that his diet “made a huge difference to my blood biomarkers and epigenetic age” within months. A plant-based diet is related with medical advantages like bringing down the gamble of diabetes, dementia, stoutness, and hypertension. Additionally, eating foods made from plants lowers the risk of cardiovascular disease. According to Harvard Health, excessive sugar consumption, particularly added sugar in highly processed foods, is linked to diabetes, obesity, and heart issues.

“My memory also returned when I switched to this new diet. He tells GQ, “I used to have a hard time remembering phone numbers and key codes. Now it’s easy. As a result, I returned to my 20-year-old mind.”

An Important Skill Successful People Use At Work—And How To Develop It

There aren’t all people who are self-assured, well-organized, or great at solving problems who are happiest at work or who become millionaires before retiring?

According to Juliette Han, a Harvard-trained neuroscientist, a different skill gives successful people a competitive advantage in the workplace: Self-awareness.

Yet, Han, who is likewise an employee at Columbia Business college and a scholastic counsellor at Harvard Clinical School, says many individuals erroneously accept that mindfulness is “tied in with grasping your sentiments and defects.”

She adds that reflecting on your strengths and mapping them to your goals is part of being self-aware. Research recommends that creating mindfulness assists us with being more inventive, pursue sounder choices, convey better and assemble more grounded connections. Han describes it as “the most underrated skill” that successful individuals use to advance in their careers.

To discover your strengths and cultivate greater self-awareness, here are three suggestions:

Consider your skills and interests. What are your strengths? What activities do you enjoy? These are two of the main inquiries you ought to present yourself at work, whether you’re beginning a new position or crashing from burnout, says Han.

“For instance: Do you appreciate driving a group, or investigating information?” she says. ” You may be able to identify repetitive tasks with the assistance of these questions.”

When you have a decent comprehension of your assets and the work liabilities you’d appreciate, you can foster an arrangement to work on your abilities and spotlight on the ventures and errands that invigorate you.

When you meet with your boss or go out for coffee with a coworker, ask them for feedback by asking them these questions: Can you give me a specific instance when I contributed to your work?

Anything their response is will “assist you with gathering something important to you, the effect you have on those you work with and how others view you,” Han makes sense of.

Additionally, these conversations can assist you in determining which skills need improvement. For instance: On the off chance that a collaborator specifies a period your capacity to perform multiple tasks came in grasp on a significant venture, and this isn’t an expertise you use frequently, you should consider rehearsing that ability more.

Han asked her dear companions how they would portray her in three words, and “amusing” sprung up in pretty much every reaction. She understood that her humor not just made her an old buddy, as per her loved ones — it could likewise make help her be a more sympathetic, cordial chief.

Han adds, “Sometimes, you don’t realize your strengths until you see them through the eyes of someone else.”

Put forth objectives and keep tabs on your development

When you know which abilities you need to improve or integrate more into your work, you ought to lay out objectives and keep tabs on your development, which can assist you with remaining inspired and work all the more proficiently.

According to Han, the skill pays off in dividends, but it takes a long time to notice measurable improvements in self-awareness.

Han says, ” It is possible to possess all of the world’s technical skills and charisma, but if you are completely unaware of who you are, how you present yourself, and how you interact with others, it will be much more difficult to cultivate the friendships you need to truly succeed.

Bill Gates On Problem Solving

While possessing the correct answers is crucial, success can also be attained by posing the right questions. As Gates stated:

Ever since I was a teenager, I’ve tackled every big new problem the same way: by starting off with two questions. I used this technique at Microsoft, and I still use it today. I ask these questions literally every week about Covid-19.

Here they are: Who has dealt with this problem well? And what can we learn from them?

In essence, this encapsulates Gates’ approach. When attempting to tackle a significant problem or reach a substantial goal, avoid spending time trying to create something new from scratch. Instead, look for an excellent existing solution that can be adapted to your needs. Seek out individuals who have successfully resolved the issue or achieved the objective. Begin with the end in mind – the resolution or accomplishment – and work your way back.

This method serves as a great equalizer since it doesn’t require you to be exceptionally creative, intelligent, connected, educated, or wealthy. All that’s needed is the willingness to search, examine, and follow the steps and processes discovered. The best part is that you’ll embark on this journey with confidence – rather than hope – that your efforts will produce results.

As the saying goes, “what works for others can definitely work for you.”

Bill Gates on Using Your Time Wisely

Warren Buffett once remarked, “The difference between successful people and really successful people is that really successful people say no to almost everything.” Gates shares a similar perspective:

He recalls Warren showing him his calendar, which had many empty slots. Gates used to believe that filling every minute was the only way to be productive. However, he realized that being cautious with time and allowing for days with nothing on the schedule meant that “sitting and thinking may be a much higher priority.”

Gates emphasizes that a packed schedule is not an indicator of your commitment or effectiveness; it simply makes you busy.

If you find yourself struggling to achieve your goals, take a step back and identify what truly matters and drives results. In most cases, the key factor isn’t you, so don’t assume your presence is indispensable in every meeting or call.

Remember, an overbooked calendar might be preventing you from attaining the success you aspire to and rightfully deserve.

Bill Gates on Being a Good Leader

During Microsoft’s early years, Gates utilized his remarkable memory to monitor the hours employees worked by memorizing their license plates. He would check the parking lot to see when they arrived and left. Given that Gates worked weekends and “didn’t believe in vacations,” this approach is not too surprising.

However, Gates eventually recognized that focusing on results was more important and a better use of his time as a leader. He also learned to adjust his expectations, particularly in terms of patience. As Gates mentioned:

Patience is an essential component of success, particularly for leaders.

Reflect on the most exceptional boss you’ve ever had. You were inspired to perform your best because you knew they cared about and believed in you, and you didn’t want to disappoint them.

One of the most effective ways to demonstrate to your employees that you care and have faith in their abilities is by exercising patience. When you display patience and convey genuine confidence, your team members will naturally be driven to discover methods to accomplish tasks that astonish everyone – themselves included.

3 Effective Ways to Enhance Relationships

Navigating relationships can often appear more complex than necessary. We find ourselves questioning whether our partner is “the one” and if perfection can be sustained. However, reality doesn’t always meet our expectations. When issues arise, the feeling of being overwhelmed or lost in love can set in. To address this, you might explore scientific research, seek counseling, or sift through myriad relationship advice, trying to find something valuable.

The sheer volume of information can be daunting, making inaction seem like the best option. While doing nothing may provide temporary relief, it won’t lead to lasting improvements in your relationship. The good news? Enhancing your relationship is actually simpler than you think, boiling down to just three fundamental strategies.

Take Initiative People who adopt the “take initiative” approach tackle problems head-on. If this sounds like you, it’s difficult for you to sit idly by. Instead, you’re eager to take action and invest time and energy into resolving issues. You prefer being proactive, anticipating potential hurdles and addressing them before they become major concerns. As Nicholas Sparks penned in The Notebook, “So, it’s not gonna be easy. It’s gonna be really hard. We’re gonna have to work at this every day…” Embrace the effort; it’s a natural part of building a strong relationship. Here are some ways to take initiative:

  • The four-hour commitment:

Enhancing your relationship doesn’t need to be time-consuming. With 168 hours in a week, allocate just four to prioritizing your relationship. To maximize the impact, plan date nights with “N.I.C.E.” activities—those that are “new, interesting, challenging, and exciting.” Studies indicate that couples who engage in such activities together enjoy better relationships (Aron et al., 2022).

  • Develop relationship skills: Use some of those four hours to improve your relationship skills. Key areas to focus on include communication, conflict resolution, understanding your partner, self-awareness, life management, stress management, and sexual/romantic skills (Epstein et al., 2013). Most of these skills involve self-improvement, making them easier to implement without your partner’s assistance. And since there’s always room for growth, revisiting these skills is beneficial. Research suggests that honing these abilities leads to a healthier relationship.
  • Be more adventurous in bed: Here’s an enjoyable suggestion: increasing sexual variety can boost arousal and desire (Morton & Gorzalka, 2015). Greater desire and arousal lead to improved sexual satisfaction by combating monotony and boredom, ultimately reducing the likelihood of infidelity. It’s a win-win situation.

Lower Expectations

If adding more to your already busy life seems unattainable, consider wanting less instead of doing more. This doesn’t mean discarding all your standards; rather, adjust your expectations to be more realistic and appreciate what is sufficient.

The “lower expectations” approach appeals to those who understand that their perception of their partner’s actions or their relationship rules affects their happiness. For instance, viewing occasional moodiness as a deal-breaker or believing that happy couples don’t argue is counterproductive. As Hamlet said, “…there is nothing either good or bad, but thinking makes it so.” The issue might not be the relationship itself, but your perspective. Educating yourself about healthy relationships can help.

  • Soulmate myth: While romance is important in a relationship, believing in soulmates can impose nearly impossible standards on your partner. No one is truly flawless. Soulmates are thought to be your perfect match, the person you’re destined to be with (Knee & Petty, 2013). When your partner inevitably falls short, doubts arise. You may question whether you’re in the right relationship or if your partner is the right person for you. Let go of these impossible standards.
  • Manage expectations: In the film Up in the Air, Anna Kendrick’s character, Natalie, has a highly specific list of qualities she wants in a partner and claims, “I just don’t want to settle.” Vera Farmiga’s character, Alex, explains that not ticking every box on a wishlist isn’t a failure. However, unrealistic expectations will always disappoint, setting both your partner and your relationship up for failure. Instead, lower your expectations by recognizing that neither you nor your partner is perfect. Excessively high expectations and constant dissatisfaction can prevent you from appreciating your amazing partner.
  • Avoid searching for problems: Even with properly adjusted expectations, you might still be overly critical of your partner and relationship. Our natural negativity bias encourages us to focus on negative aspects (Rozin & Royzman, 2001). This can lead to “problemicity” or identifying problems where none exist. Research suggests that when your relationship lacks significant issues, you tend to overemphasize smaller ones (Levari et al., 2018). One way to lower expectations is by not creating drama or seeking out problems.

However, don’t disregard all your standards. Lowering expectations too much can lead to unhappiness. Find a balance with reasonable and realistic expectations.

Appreciate What You Have Sometimes the best solutions are the simplest. If you struggle to find time to “do more” and you have fair expectations, consider adopting the easiest strategy: cherish your current relationship. As Alan Kay said, “A change of perspective is worth 80 IQ points.” It’s time to gain wisdom about your love life.

  • Be grateful: Improving your relationship could be as simple as expressing gratitude for what you already have. Acknowledge everything that is easy, comfortable, uncomplicated, stable, and predictable in your relationship. We often take these fundamental building blocks for granted, but they are crucial to success. Expressing gratitude for these positive aspects can enhance relationship quality (Algoe et al., 2013).
  • Celebrate the positives: Take your appreciation a step further by emphasizing the good parts even more. Researchers call this “capitalization,” which involves savoring good news and positive moments in a relationship to boost individual well-being and self-esteem (Gable & Reis, 2010). Capitalization also increases closeness, satisfaction, intimacy, and commitment in the relationship. Remember, healthy relationships typically have more positives than negatives – just take the time to notice them.
  • Embrace positive illusions: You might worry that your partner and relationship aren’t as great as you perceive them to be. What if you’re wrong or deceiving yourself? Surprisingly, holding positive illusions, or viewing your relationship as better than it is, can actually benefit the relationship (Murray et al., 1996). Our overly generous assessments give our partners a goal to strive for, encouraging self-improvement (e.g., “My partner thinks I’m really wonderful, so I better make sure I am so they’re not disappointed.”), which ultimately benefits the relationship.

What’s the Ideal Approach? So, which of these three strategies should you choose? The best one is the one you’re most likely to put into practice. Your personal problem-solving preference will determine the ideal approach.

  • If you’re proactive and driven, take initiative.
  • Are you somewhat critical, judgmental, or demanding? Lower your expectations.
  • If you believe stepping back and reassessing is necessary, focus on appreciating what you have.

Select the strategy that allows you to get started immediately. Once you begin implementing it, you’ll create positive momentum that can be utilized to incorporate other techniques. Feel free to mix and match or stick with the one that works best for you. What truly matters is that you’re actively working to enhance your relationship. Its future is too valuable to do anything less.

First-Ever Sex Championship To Be Hosted In Sweden

While many countries, even many European ones, are slow to make big moves in recognizing sex as a recreational activity, Sweden, in true trendsetter style, has not held back. This Nordic country was the first to register sex as a sport and is now all set to host the first-ever European Sex Championship which will be held on June 8.
The championship is being organized by the Swedish Sex Federation and is open to anyone from any European Country. The tournament is expected to last for several weeks, with each participant having to compete for 6 hours a day. Challenges are bracketed under 16 disciplines, including seduction, oral sex, penetration and more.
According to Dragan Bratych, the chairman of the Swedish Sex Association, the focus of sex as a sport is on maximizing pleasure, so the more pleasure one’s partner experiences, the more points one earns. Creativity, strong emotions, imagination, physical fitness, endurance and workability are all under the scanner during the challenges.
Contestants are also expected to be well-versed in the Kamasutra and will be given extra points for displaying as many of its disciplines in their challenges. During the final evaluation, winners will be determined through a 70-30 split; 70% audience votes and 30% jury rating.
According to the report, 20 contestants from different countries have already applied. The organizers have also expressed that sexual orientation can play a strategic role in this sport and believe that other European countries will adopt the same in the future.
Sport has often been used as a loose term to apply to many weird and unusual activities such as wife-carrying, underwater hockey, extreme ironing, chess boxing – all legitimate sporting activities that a quick Google search will confirm. But none compare to Sweden’s move to declare sex as a sport. As could be expected, the internet has a lot to say about it, both for and against. Here’s a quick snapshot:

The Dutch Art of Doing Nothing for Stress Relief and Enhanced Productivity

Residing in The Hague, I am surrounded by 11 kilometers of stunning coastline that features picturesque dunes and sandy shores. During summer, it’s common to find locals at Scheveningen or Kijkduin, the city’s most popular beaches, basking in the sun, taking leisurely walks, or cycling before settling on one of the many benches available. They might be reading, conversing with friends, or simply engaging in the act of niksen.

Niksen, a Dutch wellness trend translating to “doing nothing,” gained global attention in 2019 as a method for managing stress and recovering from burnout. At that time, many people were seeking relief from fatigue and depression caused by overwork, leading to the adoption of concepts like Japanese ikigai or Danish hygge. As a linguist, I appreciated how the idea of doing nothing could be conveyed in a single, easy-to-pronounce word.

In my book, Niksen: Embracing the Dutch Art of Doing Nothing, I describe it as “doing nothing without a purpose” – not mindlessly scrolling through Facebook or meditating. While mindfulness focuses on being present in the moment, niksen is about setting aside time to simply exist, allowing your mind to wander freely. In our post-pandemic world, reevaluating how we work and utilize our time is crucial.

From a linguistic standpoint, the verb “niksen” (doing nothing) is derived from “niks,” meaning “nothing.” According to Monique Flecken, a psycholinguist at the University of Amsterdam, “It fits with the tendency of the Dutch language to create verbs out of nouns,” such as “voetbal” (football) becoming “voetballen” (playing football), or “internet” turning into “internetten.” She adds, “The Dutch are a practical, direct people and their language reflects that.”

In the Netherlands, niksen can have both positive and negative connotations. Flecken explains that a parent might ask their child, “Zit je weer te niksen?” (Are you doing nothing again?), while someone might also say “lekker niksen,” translating to “delicious doing nothing,” when referring to an evening blissfully devoid of tasks or work.

Psychologist and author Thijs Launspach defines niksen as “doing nothing or occupying yourself with something trivial as a way of enjoying your own time.” He notes that this concept is more applicable to older individuals with unstructured free time, whereas younger generations in the Netherlands – a country known for its work-life balance – are more stressed than ever.

Launspach attributes this stress to various factors: “Our lives and our jobs have become increasingly complex. We tend to spend a lot of time with computers. There is a lot of pressure on being the best version of yourself, be it in our jobs, or the expectations of parents [or] from social media. There is a lot of pressure to perform.”

Stress, as Bernet Elzinga, a psychology professor at Leiden University, points out, isn’t always detrimental. “It’s not necessarily bad to be for a moment in a state of stress, where you’re really on and focused. The problem is when this is getting out of hand,” she remarked. However, niksen can offer a solution by allowing the mind to wander and reflect, connecting us to our default mode network.

Interestingly, engaging in niksen can boost productivity, as taking breaks enables our brains to rest and refocus. This might explain why the Dutch, despite not working long hours, are highly efficient at work. In the Netherlands, the prevailing attitude is “just be normal, that’s already crazy enough,” discouraging overtime and reflecting the country’s honest and egalitarian culture.

This approach appears to be effective, as the Dutch are renowned for their creativity and innovation – from famous painters like Rembrandt, Vermeer, and Escher to inventive flood control measures like massive dams and floating houses.

The Dutch also value enjoyment, as evidenced by the word lekker, meaning “delicious,” but applicable to anything pleasant, such as lekker warm, lekker slapen, and lekker niksen. Their focus on leisure makes it easier for people to do nothing more effortlessly. Locals often spend their time actively, cycling or hiking, and flocking to cafes and terraces whenever the sun emerges, even in winter. These spaces are ideal for practicing niksen.

However, Launspach remains skeptical of using niksen as a stress prevention strategy. “I’m a little bit skeptical of the idea that you should create a buffer between you and stress. I don’t know if that’s even possible in the way that we live and work now,” he stated. Elzinga, on the other hand, believes engaging in physical activity in nature is a better way to distract from daily concerns.

Fortunately, the Netherlands offers opportunities to combine niksen, nature, and movement. The Dutch cherish their limited natural areas, with many dune spaces forming part of an extensive network of hiking and cycling routes across the country. Even in larger cities like Rotterdam, The Hague, or Amsterdam, trails are never too far away.

In collaboration with the Dutch Railway system, Wandelnet has developed NS Wandelingen, a series of easily accessible hiking routes via public transport. With distances ranging from 7 to 22 kilometers, these routes are perfect for day trips, and the numerous benches along the way provide opportunities for niksen breaks.

The Dutch can enjoy such leisure time thanks to their excellent welfare system and balance between hard work and ample days off. “Having a good social support system, having lower stress level relates to feeling secure and in balance. So, I wouldn’t overestimate the importance of that,” said Elzinga. Given the ongoing global challenges – the Covid-19 pandemic and the war in Ukraine – stress relief is more vital than ever.

Effective Communication Helps Strengthen Relationship and Fulfil Your Needs

Arguably, the most crucial aspect you can bring to your relationship is being conscious of your own emotions. Equally important is understanding your partner’s feelings. To say that these skills are essential for a couple’s well-being and happiness would be a massive understatement.

Even with awareness of your relationship’s emotions, what should you do with this knowledge? This is where communication skills come into play. How do you express to your partner that they’ve angered or hurt you? How can you convey your needs to them? As most couples therapists know, “The way you communicate a difficult message is even more important than the message itself.”

Let’s examine examples of unsuccessful communication.

Ineffective Communication Examples

Mark is upset and angry because Beth didn’t pay attention to him at a party, even after he asked her to stay by his side since he didn’t know anyone.

  1. Passive-aggressive: Mark decides, “I’ll show her how it feels. I’ll ignore her at my work party next week.”
  2. Aggressive: Mark approaches Beth during the party and quietly, but furiously, says, “You are so self-centered! I’m never going to another party with you again.”
  3. Sarcastic: As soon as they get in the car to drive home, Mark angrily says, “Well, I hope you had fun at that party because I sure didn’t.”

Passive-Aggressive

Passive-aggressive actions are more about retaliation than communication. Mark believes his tit-for-tat approach will teach Beth a lesson, but it won’t. When Mark ignores Beth at his work party, it’s likely that she’ll never link his behavior to her own. Even if she does, resentment will follow. This method only burdens the relationship with negativity over time.

Aggressive

In this example, Mark uses an accusatory and confrontational approach, with poor timing. His words, tone, and decision to confront her during the party guarantee that Beth won’t want to fix the issue. Instead, she’ll feel attacked, hurt, and potentially humiliated. Sadly, Mark’s needs will remain unaddressed.

Sarcastic

Here, Mark waits until it’s too late for Beth to correct her behavior in the moment. He doesn’t communicate his feelings directly or considerately. Sarcasm is like “a jab that comes at you from the side.” Beth will feel accused and attacked, raising her defenses. Consequently, Mark’s message will be lost.

The Worst Thing About Ineffective Communication

If you see yourself or your partner in these examples, it’s likely that neither of you learned effective communication skills growing up. As a therapist specializing in childhood emotional neglect, I’ve observed that many couples’ communication is heavily influenced by their upbringing.

Some families openly and directly address emotions and are comfortable discussing problems. Others are deeply uncomfortable or entirely oblivious to their members’ feelings. Emotionally neglectful families fail to teach their children essential emotional communication skills required for a happy marriage.

If you or your partner were raised in an emotionally neglectful family, there’s a high chance your marriage suffers from a lack of communication skills. This can be frustrating and divisive, but there’s another lesser-known negative result: your messages, feelings, and needs go unheard, and thus, unfulfilled.

Good Communication Skills Examples

Consider the same scenario where Mark feels hurt and angry because Beth disregarded him at a party, even after he requested her to stay with him since he was unfamiliar with the crowd.

  1. At the party, Mark gently places his hand on Beth’s shoulder and whispers in her ear, “Don’t forget, I don’t know anyone here. Please remember to stay with me.”
  2. As they drive home, Mark calmly asks, “Beth, I thought we agreed to stick together at the party tonight. What happened?”

In the first instance, Mark’s communication is spot-on. He conveys his needs to Beth while still at the party, giving her the chance to rectify the situation. His approach is non-confrontational, as he merely reminds her. This way, he not only assumes she isn’t deliberately ignoring him but also encourages her to address the issue.

In the second example, although Beth cannot fix the problem during the party, Mark still communicates in a non-accusatory and non-aggressive manner.

Posing questions is an excellent method for avoiding blame and allowing your partner to explain their actions. It also fosters open discussion rather than inciting an angry or defensive reaction. Remember, “the moment your partner’s defenses are up, you lose their capacity to attend to your feelings or needs.”

The Greatest Benefit of Effective Communication

Effective communication skills offer numerous advantages. They facilitate honesty within the relationship and continuously deepen your understanding of one another—even after 20 years together.

As with poor communication skills, there’s another crucial aspect that most people overlook: when you express yourself appropriately, your partner is more likely to listen, increasing the chances of getting your wants and needs met.

If you or your partner were raised in an emotionally neglectful family and didn’t have the opportunity to learn effective communication skills, it’s essential to know that it’s never too late. As long as you’re willing to learn, you can acquire these skills and even pass them on to your children.

Harvard-Trained Expert Reveals Top Technique for Gaining Trust: ‘That’s What I Would Do’

Establishing trust with others is crucial for success, but setting an example as a leader is not the most effective approach, according to a Harvard-educated leadership consultant. Yasmene Mumby, founder of management consulting firm The Ringgold, tells CNBC Make It that many people believe demonstrating their leadership competence will earn them trust. However, she emphasizes that trust is built when people know “that you have their back, that they’re supported by you and that your support isn’t going to be used for exploitation later.”

Mumby suggests that the key to cultivating this deep connection lies in active listening. By being fully engaged in conversations and demonstrating understanding through your responses, you can gain the trust of others. “Go in utilizing your deep, inquiry-based listening,” Mumby advises, adding, “That’s what I would do.”

Mastering this simple yet not necessarily easy strategy involves maintaining eye contact, remaining still, and waiting for the speaker to complete their thoughts before responding, as mental health coach Amanda O’Bryan suggested in a Positive Psychology blog post. When you do respond, consider asking open-ended follow-up questions, such as “How did that make you feel?” or “How can I help?”

According to Mumby, giving undivided attention is essential, as any form of mental multitasking can detract from the conversation.

A 2010 study from the University of Utah’s psychology department found that only 2.5% of people can multitask effectively. To truly build trust, Mumby emphasizes the need for consistency and repetition in practicing active listening.

She concludes, “You need to be able to demonstrate that you’re consistent and you don’t switch up when the moment is right.”

12 Habits Successful People Avoid in Social Settings

What differentiates successful people from others in social situations? The answer might be simpler than anticipated: habits. Adopting the right habits can lead to success in business and life, while letting go of harmful ones can help overcome challenges. To achieve greater success, learn from those who have already found it by emulating their habits and identifying any personal behaviors that might hinder your progress. In this article, we’ll discuss key habits that successful individuals avoid in social settings, providing a clear path for personal growth and achievement.

1.They Never Put Anyone Down

The journey to success can sometimes be lonely, especially if what we consider accomplishments aren’t widely recognized. Truly successful people understand this and develop empathy for those striving to succeed. Rejections and obstacles can be disheartening, but knowing that their efforts are appreciated by some can keep them going. Successful people are aware of the struggles involved in reaching the top, so they always advocate for fair treatment. They never intentionally demean anyone in public; instead, they elevate and uplift others’ spirits, encouraging them to keep going.

  1. They Don’t Conform Just to Fit In

Successful individuals know how to adapt in social situations without conforming to ideas that conflict with their values. They consistently align with their core values, embracing authenticity and simplicity while overcoming challenges and expectations. If successful people stopped pursuing their passions after listening to naysayers, they wouldn’t become pioneers in their industries. For them, external validation is appreciated but not necessary for achieving success. Their priority is following their convictions, even if they’re in the minority.

  1. They Don’t Tolerate Disrespect

Truly successful people recognize their worth and refuse to let others disrespect them. Their strong sense of self-respect enables them to distance themselves from situations or individuals who fail to appreciate and value them as they deserve. Disrespect in social settings can manifest in various ways, from subtle to blatant actions or words. However, instead of creating a scene, successful people handle confrontations gracefully. They maintain professionalism but always communicate their feelings and reasons for taking offense.

4.They Never Claim Perfection

Genuinely successful individuals understand that achieving perfection is impossible, and as such, they don’t pretend to be perfect. Maintaining a faultless exterior can be draining, as “it’s easy to slip up and make mistakes.” Society’s concept of perfection is so restrictive that those perceived as perfect often fear taking risks or stepping outside their comfort zones. Successful people acknowledge that certain factors, like the actions of others, are beyond their control. Instead of fretting over things that don’t go according to plan, they concentrate on what they can influence. They never feign perfection and consistently accept responsibility for their failures, rather than burdening themselves with stress and blaming those around them.

5.They Don’t Overcompensate

Successful individuals never feel compelled to overcompensate, as they possess a natural confidence based on a firm grasp of their own identity. They understand that their best efforts are sufficient for any given situation. Moreover, successful people recognize that overcompensation often arises from a need to hide personal deficiencies. With a strong faith in their own abilities, however, they have no reason to disguise any perceived shortcomings. This self-confidence enables them to concentrate on their objectives without succumbing to the pressure to overcompensate. Defining one’s own vision of success is essential – successful people clearly comprehend what accomplishment means to them, which eliminates the urge to overcompensate or overachieve. While they have a guiding compass directing them towards their goals, they’re not impervious to insecurities and failures. Nevertheless, they refuse to allow setbacks to define them or hinder their pursuits, maintaining focus and resilience in the face of adversity.

6.They Always Celebrate Their Achievements

For successful individuals, reaching their current position required a long and challenging journey. Many might have considered giving up along the way, but various motivations and milestones kept them going – which is why it’s crucial for them to consistently celebrate every victory. “Celebrating small wins gives us a feeling of pride and happiness that keeps us working towards bigger goals.” This sentiment is particularly true when others join in the celebration. However, celebrating achievements in social situations doesn’t grant people the right to be boastful or arrogant. Successful people do so because they’re genuinely proud of their accomplishments and wish to share their positivity, not because they want to feel superior to others.

7.They Always Listen to Others

While successful people have a clear sense of their goals, they also appreciate the significance of listening to others – even if it proves challenging at first. They never neglect to listen because they recognize that their ideas may not always be the best – others might have more valuable insights or methods for achieving a shared objective. Effective listening involves more than simply allowing others to speak; it also requires giving full attention and resisting the urge to react defensively. “If you start listening closely to what others have to say, then it’s easier to gain their trust and respect.”

  1. They Always Prioritize Their Friends

Successful individuals understand when to accept requests and invitations, but they also recognize when it’s appropriate to decline. They develop the skill of discerning when to say no over time. These people always make time for their loved ones, ensuring they never cancel plans. Highly successful individuals avoid flaking on others by not overcommitting themselves. They enjoy spending quality time with important people in their lives while also setting boundaries and prioritizing self-care. Success, in their eyes, involves choosing whom to say no to. Effective time management allows them to strike a balance between pursuing their passions and bonding with loved ones.

  1. They Seize Every Opportunity

Highly successful individuals believe that valuable lessons can be found in the most unexpected places. They are confident in their ability to handle any opportunity that comes their way. Many people struggle with self-doubt and impostor syndrome, but successful individuals set themselves apart with their unwavering faith in their own capabilities. Instead of being intimidated by significant opportunities, they confidently embrace them, understanding that even failure provides essential learning experiences. Successful people approach every situation as a chance for growth and improvement.

  1. They Don’t Expect Too Much Too Soon

While successful people do their best to help those around them, they also acknowledge that they are not responsible for meeting everyone’s needs. They believe in earning their success and never anticipate handouts or unearned favors from others. When it comes to offering assistance, they are more than willing to return the support they’ve received during their times of need. Appreciative of the aid they’ve been given, they often form lasting friendships with those who have supported them, cultivating a network of caring, uplifting connections.

  1. They Avoid “Humble Bragging”

Humble bragging is a way of boasting that thinly disguises arrogance with a semblance of humility. Successful people understand that humble bragging is irritating and toxic behavior, so they exercise restraint in their choice of words and tone. They don’t embellish their stories with exaggerations or false details to make them seem more impressive than they are. Their friends and family members take pride in their accomplishments, ensuring that their achievements are recognized and celebrated without the need for humble bragging.

  1. They Never Pretend to Know It All

Successful individuals never claim to have all the answers, especially when their knowledge on a subject is limited. Rather than speaking thoughtlessly, they listen attentively to others and strive to learn from them. Many people lack the intellectual humility to admit their ignorance and seek help, often because they perceive it as a sign of weakness. However, successful individuals recognize that listening to those who possess greater expertise is crucial for achieving their goals. They understand that admitting what they don’t know is perfectly acceptable, as there is always room for growth and improvement.

5 Pieces of Advice Bill Gates Would Give His 21-Year-Old Self

What wise life advice would you offer your younger self if given the chance? Bill Gates addressed this question during his commencement speech at Northern Arizona University (NAU) in Flagstaff.

You might wonder why Gates, who typically declines most commencement invitations, chose to speak at a public college ranked 284th in the U.S. News & World Report college rankings. Gates believes NAU is “redefining the value of a college degree.” Rather than boasting about its exclusivity, the school focuses on inclusivity and transforming as many lives as possible through the power of higher education. NAU welcomes any Arizona high school graduate with a GPA of 3.0 or higher, and tuition is free for those with family incomes below the state’s median of $65,000. Students who don’t qualify for admission are directed to community colleges and encouraged to transfer later.

Gates himself never earned a college degree, aside from honorary ones received for speeches like this one. After three semesters at Harvard, he dropped out to co-found Microsoft. “So, what does a college dropout know about graduation? Not much personally, to be honest,” he told the NAU graduates.

Nevertheless, he envisioned the college graduation ceremony he never had and the valuable insights he could have gained from a commencement speaker. Since he never experienced that, Gates shared his advice with NAU’s new graduates from the perspective of a 67-year-old philanthropist, former CEO, and former world’s richest person.

  1. “Your life isn’t a one-act play.”

When Gates left college to start Microsoft, he thought he would work there for the rest of his life. “I’m so glad I was wrong,” he said.

He’s not alone. Staying in one job or even one profession throughout an entire career is no longer common. In a 2021 survey, 52 percent of Americans considered changing jobs, and 44 percent had actual plans to do so. Experts agree that it’s nearly impossible to predict what you might want in 20 or even 10 years.

Gates told the graduates, “You’re probably facing a lot of pressure right now to make the right decisions about your career.” He reassured them, “It might feel like those decisions are permanent. They’re not. What you do tomorrow–or for the next 10 years–does not have to be what you do forever.”

  1. “You can never be too smart to feel confused.”

Gates left Harvard believing he knew everything necessary, but he was mistaken. He now asserts that the journey to knowledge involves “leaning into what you don’t know, instead of focusing on what you do know.” Eventually, everyone encounters a work problem they can’t solve independently. Gates advises staying calm and seeking guidance from someone knowledgeable. “People want to help you. The key is to not be afraid to ask,” he said. “You may be done with school. But the rest of your life can–and should–still be an education.”

  1. “Seek work that addresses a problem.”

Gates emphasized that more jobs and professions enable you to “make a living by making a difference.” Pursuing such roles is highly rewarding. “When you spend your days doing something that solves a big problem, it energizes you to do your best work. It forces you to be more creative, and it gives your life a stronger sense of purpose,” he explained. A strong sense of purpose can prevent future regrets about wasted time on unimportant work. Moreover, Sanjiv Chopra, a Harvard Medical School professor and author, claims that having a purpose in life will make you happier than winning the lottery.

  1. “Never underestimate the power of friendship.”

Gates reminded listeners that he co-founded Microsoft with his friend Paul Allen and that the graduates’ friends and contacts could significantly impact their success. “They are your network,” he stated. “Your future co-founders and colleagues. Your best sources of support, information, and advice. The only thing more valuable than what you walk offstage with today is whom you walk onstage with.”

  1. “Cutting yourself some slack doesn’t make you a slacker.”

Gates wishes he had learned this lesson earlier. “When I was your age, I didn’t believe in vacations,” he told the students. “I didn’t believe in weekends. I didn’t believe the people I worked with should either.” He used to monitor employees’ hours from his office, but becoming a father changed his perspective. “Don’t wait as long as I did to learn this lesson,” he advised. “Take time to nurture your relationships. To celebrate your successes. And to recover from your losses. Take a break when you need to. Take it easy on the people around you when they need it, too.” He encouraged new graduates to have fun before embarking on the next stage of their lives.

The author’s new book, Career Self-Care, discusses how professionals can balance their dedication to work with self-care and personal relationships. As Gates mentioned, learning this lesson earlier can lead to greater happiness and success. Prioritizing self-care and a life outside work often results in higher career achievements.

6 Powerful Habits To Transform Your Life One Day At A Time

Small habits can often bring about substantial changes in our lives. Incorporating easy yet impactful practices into our everyday routines can lead to enduring self-improvement and transformation. In this article, we delve into six minor habits that can alter your life for the better when consistently applied.

Write Down Your Goals

The initial habit to embrace is recording your objectives. “When you put your aspirations on paper, they become more concrete,” serving as visible, solid reminders of what you want to accomplish. Writing down your goals helps to engrave them in your memory, making it simpler to concentrate on achieving them.

To establish practical objectives, think about using the SMART criteria, which stands for Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound. By setting SMART goals, monitoring your progress and maintaining motivation becomes easier. With your written goals, you can “refer to them regularly,” supplying you with continuous motivation and guidance.

Establish Systems for Goal Achievement

Although goal-setting is essential, it’s equally important to develop systems that support their realization. A goal signifies the desired result, while a system represents the process leading you there. Having a systematic approach to attaining goals reduces the chances of being sidetracked by unexpected obstacles or distractions.

For instance, if you aim to lose 10 pounds within three months, a potential system could include regular exercise, meal planning, and monitoring your daily calorie consumption. By concentrating on the system rather than the outcome, you can maintain constant effort and enhance your chances of success.

Implementing and sustaining systems necessitates discipline, organization, and occasional reevaluation. Regularly assess your systems’ effectiveness and make adjustments to guarantee ongoing progress.

Apply the Pareto Principle to Prioritize Important Tasks

The Pareto Principle, or the 80/20 rule, implies that roughly 80% of results stem from 20% of efforts. Utilizing this principle in various aspects of your life enables you to concentrate on the most crucial tasks, ensuring that your energy is channeled toward activities with the most significant outcomes.

To effectively employ the Pareto Principle, start by identifying and prioritizing the most vital tasks in your personal and professional life. Focusing on these high-impact activities can lead to “meaningful progress toward your goals” while preventing the risk of overextending yourself.

Learn to Say No

Developing the ability to be selective with your commitments is one of the most influential habits you can cultivate. By declining things that don’t align with your objectives or values, you make room for activities that truly matter.

Establishing boundaries is crucial for maintaining equilibrium and focus in your life. Mastering the art of saying no without causing offense or straining relationships is essential. Practice assertive and transparent communication, and keep in mind that it’s often better to turn down an invitation or request than to overcommit and disappoint others or yourself.

Saying no to the right things can result in heightened focus and productivity, ultimately enabling you to accomplish more in less time.

Treat Time as Your Most Precious Asset

Time is a finite resource that cannot be regained once spent. When you acknowledge the true value of your time, you’re more likely to make choices that mirror your priorities and bring you closer to your goals.

To effectively utilize your time, devise methods for managing and monitoring it. Consider using tools like calendars, planners, and time-tracking apps to stay organized and maintain oversight of your schedule. Set aside time for crucial tasks and ensure you have enough downtime for relaxation and rejuvenation. Periodically evaluate how you use your time and adjust as necessary to maximize this invaluable resource.

Improve a Little Each Day

The notion of continuous improvement highlights the power of small, incremental changes. Rather than aiming for huge leaps forward, concentrate on making daily progress in various aspects of your life, such as health, relationships, and career. Over time, these minor adjustments can accumulate, leading to significant transformation.

To integrate daily improvement into your routine, begin by identifying areas where you want to grow. Next, establish attainable micro-goals that can be addressed each day. For instance, if you want to enhance your fitness, commit to doing ten minutes of exercise daily, gradually increasing the duration or intensity as you become stronger.

Consistency is the key to continuous improvement. Consciously engage in daily activities that promote growth and progress, creating a positive feedback loop that fuels your motivation and reinforces your commitment to change.

Inspirational stories of people who have transformed their lives through small, consistent changes serve as powerful reminders of what can be achieved when we concentrate on daily improvement. Embrace the potential of incremental progress, and you might accomplish more than you ever imagined.

Conclusion

The six habits examined in this article – recording goals, establishing systems for goal achievement, applying the Pareto Principle, learning to say no, valuing time, and pursuing daily improvement – can bring about lasting change when consistently practiced. As you begin your journey toward enduring transformation, remember these habits and commit to incorporating them into your everyday routine.

Change is rarely easy, but with perseverance, determination, and a focus on these minor habits, you can create a life that is more satisfying and more aligned with your values and ambitions. Keep in mind that small, consistent steps lead to major transformations. Start today and harness the power of small habits to change your life forever.

FDA Recommends Over-The-Counter Birth Control Pill In The US

Federal health advisors announced on Wednesday that a long-standing birth control pill could potentially be sold over the counter, potentially leading to the first non-prescription contraceptive medication in the U.S. A panel of FDA advisors unanimously supported Perrigo’s proposal to sell its daily medication alongside products like eye drops and allergy pills. The recommendation came after a two-day meeting discussing whether women could safely and effectively use the pill without professional supervision. The FDA is expected to make its final decision this summer.

Picture : WTSP

If the agency follows the non-binding recommendation, Perrigo’s drug, Opill, would become the first contraceptive pill available without a prescription. The company stated that sales could commence late this year if approved. External experts mostly expressed confidence that women of all ages could use the drug appropriately without consulting a healthcare provider first.

“In the balance between benefit and risk, we’d have a hard time justifying not taking this action,” said Maria Coyle, an Ohio State University pharmacist who chaired the panel. “The drug is incredibly effective, and I think it will be effective in the over-the-counter realm just as it is in the prescription realm.”

Despite numerous criticisms from FDA scientists regarding how Perrigo studied the drug, including questions about whether study participants could understand and follow labeling instructions, the panel largely dismissed these concerns. Instead, they emphasized the advantages of providing more effective birth control, particularly to young people and lower-income groups, than what is currently available over the counter, such as condoms and gels.

Opill belongs to an older class of contraceptives containing only progestin, which generally has fewer side effects and health risks but may be less effective if not taken consistently at the same time daily. Although the FDA’s decision will not apply to other birth control pills, advocates hope that an approval might encourage other drugmakers to seek over-the-counter sales. In many parts of South America, Asia, and Africa, birth control pills are available without a prescription.

Approved in the U.S. five decades ago, Opill was shown to be over 90% effective in preventing pregnancy when taken daily. However, it remains uncertain how popular it might be if approved for over-the-counter use, as Opill has not been marketed in the U.S. since 2005.

Certain women, particularly those with breast cancer, should avoid taking Opill due to the risk of accelerating tumor growth. Women experiencing unusual vaginal bleeding are advised to consult a doctor before using it, as bleeding could signify a severe health issue. However, in reading comprehension studies conducted by Perrigo, 68% of women with unexplained bleeding incorrectly believed they could take the drug. A few women with breast cancer also indicated they could use Opill.

Panel members noted that nearly all women with a history of breast cancer would be under the care of a cancer specialist who would advise against taking hormonal drugs that could exacerbate their condition. “I would think any woman who had a breast cancer diagnosis in the past would be highly aware of that, so I don’t think that’s going to be a concern,” said Dr. Deborah Armstrong of Johns Hopkins University.

Perrigo claimed its 880-patient study demonstrated that women would consistently take the pill daily if made available over the counter. However, the FDA identified several issues with the study, including over 30% of participants who mistakenly reported taking more pills than they were given. FDA reviewers argued that this problem cast doubt on the company’s overall conclusions about the drug’s use and effectiveness.

FDA regulators also suggested that changes in U.S. demographics since the pill was first tested—including increased obesity and other chronic conditions—could diminish the drug’s effectiveness. Despite these concerns, Opill has garnered support from numerous reproductive rights and medical groups advocating for broader access to birth control.

“Opill over the counter would give us one more option for access and the more options that are available the better,” stated Clare Coleman, president of the National Family Planning and Reproductive Health Association. Coleman was among over 25 speakers who endorsed Perrigo’s application during a public comment session on Tuesday.

Catholic organizations, including the United States Conference of Catholic Bishops, oppose the move, arguing that women should be evaluated by a doctor before receiving the drug. Perrigo has not publicly discussed pricing for the drug if approved. Non-prescription medications are typically less expensive, but they are generally not covered by insurance. Requiring insurers to cover over-the-counter birth control would necessitate a regulatory change by the federal government.

Happiness Is A Trap

Despite global issues such as the cost-of-living crisis, climate change, and mass shootings, people remain obsessed with happiness. Happiness has become a central focus in modern society, with terms like “Chief Happiness Officer,” the Happy Planet Index, and the World Happiness Report emphasizing its importance. However, despite this, people are often unhappy, with millions suffering from depression and anxiety worldwide.

Happiness has long been seen as a goal and a reward for hard work, even by ancient Greek philosophers like Socrates. However, the positive thinking movement and abundance theory have made it seem like happiness is the primary objective that people can achieve if they try hard enough. However, the phenomenon of affective forecasting shows that people often misjudge what will make them happy, leading to disappointment.

Picture : Freedom and Flourishing

Amidst this confusion, it’s worth asking whether happiness is the right goal to pursue. Instead, what if people pursued wonder, an emotion as universal as happiness and fear? Wonder can make people feel like a small part of a bigger system, which can make their problems seem smaller too. Negative emotions like sadness and fear shouldn’t be avoided, as they contribute to a more profound sense of well-being. Psychologist and philosopher Kirk Schneider calls happiness “potential fool’s gold” and warns against toxic positivity, which can be just as harmful as negative thinking.

Embracing negative emotions and emotional granularity, or emodiversity, can help people broaden their emotional vocabulary, which makes them more resilient. Co-activation, holding positive and negative emotions in one’s mind simultaneously, is also a powerful coping mechanism that increases people’s sense of meaning and gratitude in the face of adversity. Bittersweetness, sympathy, nostalgia, and wonder are mixed or “dually valenced” emotions that can have positive effects.

During times of stress, people often lean on simple emotions like happiness or sadness instead of embracing complex emotions like wonder. However, complex emotions make people more resilient and help them metabolize traumatic experiences. In one study, widows and widowers who recalled both positive and negative elements of their deceased spouses were better able to manage their grief. Author Susan Cain describes mixed emotions as “some of the most sublime aspects of being human,” connected to our appreciation of how fragile life can be.

In conclusion, it’s important to question whether happiness is the right goal to pursue. Wonder and mixed emotions like bittersweetness, nostalgia, and wonder can provide people with more profound well-being and resilience. By embracing complex emotions, people can better metabolize traumatic experiences and find meaning in them.

10 Key Traits Of Trustworthy People

When it comes to trusting someone, certain traits help in establishing a sense of reliance. From honesty to accountability, here is a list of qualities often found among trustworthy people:

Honesty:

Signs that someone may not be entirely honest are difficulty making eye contact, nervous body language, and changing stories.

Reliability:

Consistency and following through on commitments indicate reliability. From being punctual to meeting deadlines without fail, trusted people remain dependable when called upon.

Consistency:

Unexpected changes in behavior and decision-making can pose as a warning sign – if you’re looking for someone to trust it’s best to observe their consistency across various scenarios over time.

Responsibility:

Taking initiative and dealing with problems before they arise sets responsible people apart from those who cannot be trusted, as they will always take ownership of their actions rather than shifting blame onto others.

Integrity:

Moral and ethical principles create an internal compass ensuring decisions will be made justly regardless of any external influences – making these people good role models for others to learn from.

Transparency:

By being open about thoughts, feelings, and intentions transparency creates a level of trustworthiness due to the knowledge that you’re never in the dark about how another person truly feels or what is really going on within them.

Loyalty:

Whether we’re talking about friendship or romantic relationships, loyalty is essential for another person to be considered trustworthy – staying committed even when times get tough or shinier alternatives come along!

Accountability:

In line with taking responsibility for their actions, accountable people are willing to face consequences if things do not go according to plan while also learning from mistakes so they don’t repeat them in the future as well as happily taking glory when success is achieved.

Empathy:

Having empathy means being able to understand how one feels and put yourself in their shoes – leading towards more favorable outcomes when another can identify with your experience at a human level instead of acting solely based on logic.

Confidentiality:

When confiding in someone any violation of secrecy shows lack of trustworthiness which applies both personally or within the workplace context where sensitive information needs protection from gossip or loose lips!

Sense Of Smell To Boost Energy And Mood

One of the surprising ways to boost energy and happiness is through the sense of smell. Every time one indulges in a lovely scent, it ties them to the present, with a feeling of being transported into the past. Scent memories can be powerful, prompting a person to remember the most loving moments of their past. Enjoying lovely fragrances helps people recall happy times. “With a scent, you can’t bookmark it, rewind it, stockpile it, or save it for later. It ties you the present moment,” says the author in the book.

Picture : Organi Aromas

Utilize Your Sense of Touch to Alleviate Stress

Another sense that people can tap into to calm their anxious selves is the sense of touch. Holding something cuddly and warm can be comforting in anxiety-ridden situations, such as medical facilities. “My aunt works in palliative care, and they recently put in a big order of light, cuddly throws. It’s comforting for people to touch something soft and warm,” the author explains. Similarly, the author has her way of using touch to address anxiety-ridden situations involving public speaking. She says, “I hold a pen when I’m in a situation that makes me anxious, like being backstage before giving a big talk.”

Boost your focus and productivity by harnessing the power of sound

Those distracted and feeling unproductive can use their sense of sound to help focus. One way to address the challenge of controlling the surroundings is to take breaks from enclosed spaces in a quieter and more serene atmosphere. For instance, one could work in a coffee shop or similar bustling environment while secluding oneself to a private space at the library or other areas designated to promote quiet workspaces.

Boost your creativity with your sense of sight

On the other hand, those seeking to boost their creative inspirations can use their sense of sight. Rather than getting lost in thought during a walk, the author suggests looking for small details. For example, during the daily walks, find small details such as colors, tree types, or materials on buildings. Notably, the author advises looking closer each day for the more beauty and surprises that likely exist. The author gained insights into mismatched details on a street she had walked on hundreds of times before.

Want to feel more connected to people? Tap into your sense of taste

Lastly, for those seeking to connect better with others, she recommends using taste. Sharing unique foods and flavors brings people together, as it is an ancient human custom. In creating shared sensory experiences, people loosen up and feel closer. Thus, the author organized a “Taste Party” event where her guests examined various flavors and rated them. They explored the five basic tastes of sweet, sour, salty, bitter, and umami, asked each other about childhood candy, and continually laughed throughout the evening. It was a tremendous experience, made their conversations feel unusually warm and intimate.

The five senses can help people to live healthier, happier, and more fulfilled lives. The author’s journey to find ways to enhance the quality of life led to her inspirational book “Life in Five Senses.” By tapping into the power of the senses, individuals can connect to the ordinary moments of life that they want to experience and remember.

(Gretchen Rubin is a happiness researcher and bestselling author of “The Happiness Project.” Her most recent book is “Life in Five Senses: How Exploring the Senses Got Me Out of My Head and Into the World.” She’s also host of the popular podcast, Happier with Gretchen Rubin, and founder of the award-winning Happier app.)

-+=